EDUCATIONAL WOKKS published by OLIVEK and BOYD, 
 Edinburgh ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co,, London. 
 
 Poetical Reading-Book, with Aids for Grammatical Analysis, 
 Paraphrase, and Criticism ; and an Appendix on English Versifica- 
 tion. By J. D. Morell, A.M., LL.D., Author of Grammar of the 
 English Language, etc., and W. Ihne, Ph. D. 8th Thousand. 2s. 6d. 
 Containing, 
 
 The Deserted Village. 
 The Task (Book I). 
 Paradise Lost (Books I. & V.) 
 
 The Merchant of Venice. 
 Miscellaneous Selections. 
 The Prisoner of Chillon. 
 
 Dr - 
 says ( 
 Readi 
 specia 
 extra( 
 the at 
 
 Outlii 
 
 MENT 
 
 M.A. 
 
 lished 
 
 "Ai 
 of the 
 practii 
 
 Dalgl( 
 
 The Field of Waterloo. 
 
 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 
 
 Chap. 
 
 Shelf aR*_.9_2,_H_ 
 
 i UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 
 
 -" Many of our recently published Grammars are bey 
 as far as they go ; hut still there was wanting a complete and c( 
 work on the subject, a grammar advancing by easy and familiar t 
 first rudiments of the subject to its fullest development, carefully 
 all its intricacies, and equally adapted to the highest and meanest >.{ 
 and we must admit that a work amply fulfilling all these condition: 
 given to the public in Mr W. S. Dalgleish's Progressive English Gf? 
 
 Dalgleish's Grammatical Analysis, with Pr« 
 
 Exercises. 3d Edition, Revised. 9d. Key, 2s, 
 
 guage," 
 Poetical 
 a.r, and 
 poetical 
 ng it to 
 
 Ele- 
 leish, 
 st jivb- 
 
 abreast 
 •oughly 
 
 M 
 
 i t s a w » » ^ 
 
 ; rammar." 
 
 gressive 
 
 Dr Schmitz, formerly Rector of the High School, Edinburgh, and no£l 
 of the International College, London.— "I scarcely know any -wof£iw Principal 
 so small a compass, contains so complete and lucid an expositic-z^fk which, in 
 ject it treats of." i\ <■ o f the sub- 
 
 Dalgleish's English Composition in Prose 
 
 based on Grammatical Synthesis. 5th Edition. ! 
 
 2s. 6d. 
 
 Professor Craik. — "The treatise is evidently, for the purposes I 
 instruction, at once the most practical and the most scientific e^ 
 we have yet had." 
 
 Id Verse, 
 
 " 6d.— Key, 
 
 of elementary 
 ^position that 
 
 I I 
 
OLIVEK AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 
 Shakspeare's King Richard II. With Historical and 
 
 Critical Introductions ; Grammatical, Philological, and Miscellaneous 
 Notes, etc. Adapted for the Use of Pupils in Training Colleges, 
 Candidates for Civil-Service and other Examinations, and Students of 
 English Literature generally. Edited by the Rev. H. G. Robinson, 
 M.A., Rector of Eolton Abbey, Yorkshire, and Canon of York; late 
 Principal of the Diocesan Training College, York. First published, 
 January 1867. 2s. 
 
 Wordsworth's Excursion. Book I. The Wanderer. 
 
 With Notes to aid in Analysis and Paraphrasing. By Rev. Canon 
 Robinson. 8d. 3d Edition. 
 
 English Composition for the Use of Schools. By Eobert 
 
 Armstrong, Madras College, St Andrews ; and Thomas Armstrong, 
 Heriot Foundation School, Edinburgh. Part I. 15th Edition. Is. 6d. 
 Part II. 6th Edition. 2s. Both Parts in one, 3s. Key, 2s. 
 
 Economy of time in the class-room has been prominently kept in view in 
 the compilation of the work. The exercises, which are so planned as to afford 
 ample employment to the pupils when left to themselves, proceed upon a 
 system of gradation intended to render their progress easy and interesting. 
 They will also be found convenient for home work ; and, when performed, it is 
 recommended that they should be criticised by the master in presence of the 
 class. Those prescribed for Oral Composition, in particular, will afford him a 
 favourable opportunity of illustrating and suggesting in that familiar style 
 so much calculated to give confidence, and produce advantageous results, in 
 this branch of education. 
 
 Keeping in view that the great end of Composition is to cultivate habits 
 of thought and discrimination, the authors have made it their aim to divest 
 the exercises, as much as possible, of a mechanical character. 
 
 Armstrong's English Etymology for Schools. 3d Edi- 
 tion. 2s. 
 
 Armstrong's English Etymology for Junior Classes. 4d. 
 
 A System of English Grammar, founded on the Philosophy 
 
 of Language and the Practice of the best Authors. With Copious 
 Exercises, Constructive and Analytical. By C. W. Connon, LL.D., 
 formerly of Greenwich Hospital. 2s. 6d. 8th Edition. 
 
 Connon's First Spelling-Book. 6d. 4th Edition. 
 
 How to Train Young Eyes and Ears, A Manual of Object 
 
 Lessons for Parents and Teachers. By Mary Ann Ross, Mistress ot 
 the Church of Scotland Normal Infant School, Edinburgh. 3d Edit. 
 Is. 6d. 
 
 Household Economy. A Manual intended for Female 
 
 Training Colleges, and the Senior Classes of Girls' Schools. By 
 Margaret Maria Gordon (Miss Brewster), Author of "Work, or 
 Plenty to do and how to do it," etc. Ninth Thousand. 2s. 
 
 [Continued at end of Book. 
 
r 
 

 MR DALGLEISH'S SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 Just published, price &?., 
 
 OUTLINES OP ENGLISH GRAMMAR 
 
 AND ANALYSIS, for ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS, with 
 Exercises. By Walter Scott Dalgleish, M.A. Edin., 
 Yice-Principal of Dreghorn College. 
 
 " Aims at providing a Common-School Grammar which 
 shall be fully abreast of the latest developments of the science, 
 and at the same time thoroughly practical and simple in its 
 mode of treating the subject." — Preface. 
 
 Key to Ditto. In Preparation. 
 
 IDALGLEISH'S PROGRESSIVE ENGLISH 
 
 ^ GRAMMAR, with Exercises. 2s. — Key, now ready, 2s. 6d. 
 
 " Many of our recently published Grammars are beyond 
 all praise, as far as they go; but still there was wanting a 
 complete and comprehensive work on the subject, a grammar 
 advancing by easy and familiar steps from the first rudiments of 
 the subject to its fullest development, carefully unravelling all 
 its intricacies, and equally adapted to the highest and meanest 
 capacity; and we must admit that a work amply fulfilling all these 
 conditions is now given to the public in Mr W. S. Dalgleish's 
 Progressive English Grammar." — Museum. 
 
 DALGLEISH'S GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS, 
 
 with Progressive Exercises. 3d Edition. 9d. — Key, 2s. 
 
 DALGLEISH'S ENGLISH COMPOSITION, 
 
 in Prose and Verse. 5th Edition. 2s. 6d. — Key, 2s. 6d. 
 
 EDINBURGH : OLIVER AND BOYD. 
 LONDON tSIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO. 
 
RUDIMENTS 
 
 LATIN LANGUAGE, 
 
 AN APPENDIX. 
 
 FOR THE USE OF THE EDINBURGH ACADEMY. 
 
 TWENTY- FOURTH EDITK 
 
 ON. 
 
 EDINBURGH : 
 OLIVER AND BOYD, TWEEDDALE COURT. 
 
 LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO. 
 
 1867. 
 
 Price Two Shillings bound. 
 
 L- 
 
EDINBURGH ACADEMY CLASS BOOKS. 
 
 RUDIMENTS OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 12mo, 2s. 
 LATIN DELECTUS, with Vocabulary. 12mo, 3s. 
 RUDIMENTS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE. 12mo ; 3s.6d. 
 GREEK EXTRACTS, with Vocabulary. 12mo, 3s. 6d. 
 SELECTIONS FROM CICERO. 18mo, reduced to 3s. 
 SELECTA E POETIS LATINIS. 12mo, 3s. 
 MODERN GEOGRAPHY. 12mo, 2s. 6d. 
 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 12x110, 3s, 
 
 PUNTED BY OLIVER AND BOYD, EDINBURGH. 
 
ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 In revising the Latin Rudiments for a Fifth Edition, the 
 attention of the Editor has been chiefly directed to the im- 
 provement of the latter part of the Appendix. He has 
 introduced some farther remarks on Compound Verbs, — 
 partly the result of his own investigations, and partly col- 
 lected from other sources, — and has inserted Ruddiman's 
 Rules for the Conjugation of Verbs, as the speediest and 
 surest mode of fixing in the minds of young pupils this 
 important part of elementary instruction. The remarks 
 under the Rules for the Gender of Nouns have been ex- 
 tended and improved. For much of the additional matter 
 which will be found under the Rules for the Quantity of 
 Syllables, the Editor has to acknowledge his obligations to 
 Professor Ramsay's excellent Treatise on Latin Prosody, a 
 work in which the whole subject of Quantity and Versifi- 
 cation has been treated with a degree of minuteness and 
 skill which ought to recommend it to the careful study of 
 every Teacher. 
 
RUDIMENTS 
 
 LATIN LANGUAGE. 
 
 LETTERS AND SYLLABLES. 
 
 There are twe%ty-five Letters in the Latin language : 
 a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, s, t, u, v, 
 x, y, z. 
 
 These are divided into Vowels and Consonants. 
 
 Six are Vowels : a, e, i, o, u, y. 
 
 Nineteen are Consonants : b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m a n, 
 p, q, r, s, U v, *> z. 
 
 There are five Diphthongs : ae, oe,* au, eu, ei ; as, aetas, 
 poena, audio, euge, hei. 
 
 * These two are often printed thus ; ce, ce ; and are pronounced as 
 simple e. 
 
 WORDS, OR PARTS OF SPEECH. 
 
 There are eight Parts of Speech : Noun, Adjective, 
 Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Interjection, Con- 
 junction. 
 
 These are divided into Declinable and Indeclinable. 
 
 Four are declinable : Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb. 
 
 Four are indeclinable : Adverb, Preposition, Interjec- 
 tion, Conjunction. 
 
 NOUN. 
 
 A Noun, or Substantive, is the name of a person, place, 
 or thing. 
 
 It is declined by Genders, Cases, and Numbers. 
 
 There are three Genders : Masculine, Feminine, and 
 Neuter. 
 
2 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 There are six Cases: Nominative, Genitive, Dative, 
 Accusative, Vocative, and Ablative. 
 
 There are two Numbers : Singular and Plural. 
 
 There are five Declensions distinguished by the termi- 
 nation of the Genitive Singular. 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 1. Neuter Nouns have the Nominative, Accusative, and 
 Vocative, alike in both Numbers ; and these Cases in the 
 Plural end always in a. 
 
 2. The Vocative, generally in the Singular, and always 
 in the Plural, is like the Nominative. 
 
 3. The Dative and Ablative Plural are alike. 
 
 4. Proper names want the Plural. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 The First Declension has the Genitive and Dative Sin- 
 gular in ce diphthong. 
 
 It has four Terminations : a, e, as, es ; as, 
 Penna, a pen ; PenelSpe, Penelope ; iEneas, Mneas ; 
 Anchlses, Anchises. 
 
 Penna, a pen, Substantive Feminine. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Penn-a, a pen. Nom. Penn-ae, pens. 
 
 Gen. Penn-ae, of a pen. Gen. Penn-arum, of pens. 
 
 Dat. Penn-ae, to a pen. Dat. Penn-is, to pens. 
 
 Ace. Penn-am, a pen. Ace. Penn-as, pens. 
 
 Voc. Penn-a, Open. Foe. Penn-ae, Opens. 
 
 AH. Penn-a, with a pen. AM. Penn-is, with pens. 
 
 Ara, an altar. Galea, a helmet. Litera, a letter. Toga, a gown. 
 
 Additional Examples. 
 Ala, a wing. Faba, a lean. Ripa, a lank. 
 
 Area, a chest. Hora, an hour. Turba, a crowd. 
 
 Casa, a cottage. Mensa, a table. Unda, a wave. 
 
 Causa, a cause. Norma, a rule. Virga, a rod. 
 
 Nouns in a and e are Feminine ; in as and es Masculine. 
 
 Rule. — Dca, a goddess; equa, a mare; Jilia, a daughter; and 
 mula, a she-mule, have sometimes dbus in the Dative and Ablative 
 Plural, when it is necessary to distinguish them from the masculines 
 in us of the Second Declension. 
 
 Note. — The same form may be employed in some other Nouns; 
 as, amma 9 asina y liberta y and nata ; but is seldom, if ever, found. 
 
NOUN. 3 
 
 Rules for the Declension of Nouns derived from the Greek* 
 
 1. Greek Nouns in as and a have sometimes the Accusative, with 
 the poets, in an • as, jEne"as, the son of Anchises. 
 
 jEneas, Mneas, Subst. Masc 
 Sing, Nom. jEneas. Ace. jEneam, or iEnean. 
 
 Gen. /Eneae. Voc. jEnea, 
 
 Dat. iEneae. AIL jEnea. 
 
 Boreas, the north wind, Midas, a king of Phrygia. 
 
 Maia, the daughter of Atlas. Ossa, a mountain in Thessaly. 
 
 2. Greek nouns in es have the Accusative in en, and the Vocative 
 and Ablative in e ; as, Anchlses, a celebrated Trojan, 
 
 Anchises, Anchises, Subst. Masc 
 Sing. Nom. Anchlses. Ace. Anchisen. 
 
 Gen. Anchisae. Voc. Anchise. 
 
 Dat. Anchisae. Abl. Anchise. 
 
 Alcides, a name of Hercules. Pelldes, Achilles , the son of Peleus. 
 Cometes, a comet. Tydldes, Diomedes, the son of Tydeus. 
 
 JVote.— Nouns in es have sometimes & in the Vocative, and more 
 rarely a. Nouns in stes have sta. They also sometimes form the 
 Accusative in em, and the Ablative in a. 
 
 3. Greek nouns in e have the Genitive in es, the Accusative in en, 
 the Dative, Vocative, and Ablative in e : as, Penelope, the wife oj 
 Ulysses. 
 
 Penelope, Penelope, Subst. Fem. 
 Sing. Nom. Penelope. Ace. Penelopen. 
 
 Gen. Penelopes. Voc. Penelope. 
 
 Dat. Penelope. All. Penelope. 
 
 Circe, a famous sorceress. Epitome, an abridgement. 
 
 Cybele, the mother of the Gods. Grammatice, grammar. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 The Second Declension has the Genitive Singular in i, 
 and the Dative in o. 
 
 It has seven Terminations : er, ir, ur ; us, um ; os, 
 on; as, 
 
 Puer, a boy; vir, a man; satur, full; dominus, a 
 lord ; regnum, a kingdom ; synftdos, a synod ; Albion, 
 Great Britain* 
 
4 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Puer, a boy, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Puer, a boy. Norn. Puer-i, boys. 
 
 Gen. Puer-i, of a boy. Gen. Puer-orum, of boys. 
 
 Dat. Puer-o, to a boy. Dat. Puer-is, to boys. 
 
 Ago. Puer-um, a boy. Ace. Puer-os, boys. 
 
 Voc. Puer, O boy. Voc. Puer-i, O boys. 
 
 Ad I. Puer-o, with a boy. Abl. Puer-is, with boys. 
 
 Geneva son-in law. \Aher, Bacchus. Mulciber, Fulcan.Vir,a man. 
 But most Nouns in er lose the e in the Genitive : as, 
 
 Liber, a book, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Lib-er, a book. Nom. Lib-ri, books. 
 
 Gen. Lib-ri, of a book. Gen. Lib-rorum, of books. 
 
 Dat. Lib-ro, to a book. Dat. Lib-ris, to books. 
 
 Ace. Lib-rum, a book. Ace. Lib-ros, books. 
 
 Foe. Lib-er, O book. Foe. Lib ri, O books. 
 
 Abl. Lib-ro, with a book. Abl. Lib-ris, with books. 
 
 Ager, afield. Culter, a knife. M agister, a master. 
 
 Rules. — 1. Nouns in us have e in the Vocative: as, ventus, 
 vente ; but Proper Names in ius, with filius and genius, have i : 
 as, Georgius, Georgi. 
 
 2. Deus has Deus in the Vocative ; and, in the Plural, more 
 frequently Dii than Dei, and Diis than Deis. 
 Note. — Populus, a people, has sometimes populus in the Vocative. 
 Dominus, a Lord, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Domm-us. Nom. Domin-i. 
 
 Gen. Domin-i. Gen. Domin-orum. 
 
 Dat. Domin-o. Dat. Domin-is. 
 
 Ace. Domin-um. Ace. Domin-os. 
 
 Foe. Domin-e. Foe. Domin-i. 
 
 Abl. Domin-o. Abl. Domin-is 
 
 Annus, a year. Fluvius, a river. Hortus, a garden. Radius, a ray. 
 Regnum, a kingdom, Subst. Neut. 
 Singular. 
 Nom. Regn-um. 
 Gen. Regn-i. 
 Dat. Regn-o. 
 Ace. Regn-um. 
 Foe. Regn-um. 
 Abl. Regn-o. 
 Antrum, a cave. Astrum, a star. Donum, a gift. Jugum, a yoke. 
 
 Additional Examples. 
 A per, a wild boar. Bellum, war. Caper, a he-goat. 
 
 Arbiter, a judge. Cadus, a cask. Cervus, a stag. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom 
 
 Regn-a. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Regn-orum. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Regn-is. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Regn-a. 
 
 Foe. 
 
 Regn-a. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Regn-is. 
 
NOUN. O 
 
 Collum, the neck. Lupus, a wolf. Ramus, a branch. 
 
 Equus, a horse. Murus, a wall. Saxum, a stone. 
 
 Faber, an artist. Nidus, a nest. Socer, a father-in-law. 
 
 Ficus, f. a Jig-tree. Ovum, an egg. Telum, a dart. 
 
 Folium, a leaf. Pomum, an apple. Velum, a sail. 
 
 Gladius, a sword. Praelium, a battle. Virus, n. poison. 
 
 The terminations er and us are generally M asculine, and um is al- 
 ways Neuter. Os and on are Greek terminations, and are generally 
 changed into us and um. 
 
 Greek Nouns in os or us have sometimes their Accusative singular 
 in on : as, Androgeos, or -us, Androgens ; Gen. Androge-o, or -i ; 
 Dat. -o ; Ace -on, or -um ; Voc. -o ; Abl. -o. 
 
 Atlws, Athos ; Gen. Ath-o, or -i ; Dat. -o ; Ace. ~o, -on, or -um ; 
 Voc. -o ; Abl. -o. 
 
 Ilion, or -wm, Troy; Gen. lli-i ; Dat. -o ; Ace. -on, or -um , 
 Voc. -on, or -um ; Abl. -o. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 The Third Declension has the Genitive Singular in w, 
 and the Dative in i. 
 
 It has eleven final Letters : a, e, 0, c, d, /, w, r, s, t, x ; 
 as, 
 
 Poema, a poem ; sedlle, a seat; sermo, speech; lac, 
 milk; David, David; animal, an animal; pecten, a 
 comb ; pater, a father ; rupes, a rock ; caput, the head ; 
 rex, a king. 
 
 Serjio, speech, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Sermo. Nom. Sermo-nes. 
 
 Gen. Serm6-nis. Gen. Sermo-num. 
 
 Dat. Sermo-ni. Dat. Sermo-nibus. 
 
 Ace. Sermo- nem. Ace. Sermo-nes. 
 
 Voc. Sermo. Voc. Sermo-nes. 
 
 Abl. Sermo-ne. Abl. Sermo-nibus. 
 
 Carbo, a coal. Leo, a lion. Pavo, a peacock, Praedo, a robber. 
 
 Color, a colour, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Color. Nom. Color-es. 
 
 Gen. Color-is. Gen. Color-um. 
 
 Dat. Color-i. Dat. Color-ibus. 
 
 Ace. Color-em. Ace. Color-es. 
 
 Voc. Color. Voc. Color-es. 
 
 Abl. Color-e. Abl. Color-ibus. 
 
 Honor, honour. Lector, a reader. Pastor, a shepherd. 
 
 a2 
 

 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 Miles 
 
 , a soldier, 
 
 Subst. Com. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Nom. Mil-es. 
 
 
 Nom. Mil-ites 
 
 
 Gen. Mil-itis. 
 
 
 Gen. Mil-itum. 
 
 
 Dat. Mil-iti. 
 
 
 Dat. Mil-itibus. 
 
 
 Ace. Mil-item. 
 
 
 Ace. Mil-ites. 
 
 
 Voc. Mil-es. 
 
 
 Voc. Mil-ites. 
 
 
 AM. Mil-ite. 
 
 
 AM. Mil-itibus. 
 
 
 es, a companion. 
 
 Limes, in. 
 
 a limit. Trames, m. 
 
 a path. 
 
 Rule. — Nouns in es and is not increasing in the Genitive 
 Singular, have ium in the Genitive Plural. 
 
 Except canis 9 a dog ; panis, bread ; vates, a prophet ; juvenis, a 
 young man ; and volucris, a bird. 
 
 Rupes, a rock, Subst. Fern. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Rup-es. Nom. Rup-es. 
 
 Gen. Rup-is. Gen. Rup-ium. 
 
 Dat. Rup-i. Dat. Rup-ibus. 
 
 Ace. Rup-em. Ace. Rup-es. 
 
 Voc. Rup-es. Voc. Rup-es. 
 
 AM. Rup-e. AM. Rup-ibus. 
 
 Classis, a fleet. Nubes, a cloud. Vitis, a vine. Vulpes, a fox. 
 Rule. — Nouns of one syllable in as, is, and s or x preceded 
 Dy a consonant, have ium in the Genitive Plural. 
 Pars, a part, Subst. Fem. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Pars. Nom. Part-es. 
 
 Gen. Part-is. Gen. Part-ium. 
 
 Dat. Part-i. Dat. Part-ibus. 
 
 Ace. Part-em. Ace. Part-es. 
 
 Voc. Pars. Voc. Part-es. 
 
 AM. Part-e. AM. Part-ibus. 
 
 Vas, -dis, c. a surety. Lis, -tis, a lawsuit. Arx, -cis, a castle. 
 Rule. — Nouns of two or more syllables in as and ns have 
 urn, and sometimes ium : as, cliens, a client, clientum, or clien- 
 tium. 
 
 Note. — Nouns which have ium in the Genitive Plural,, have es, eis 9 
 or is, in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural. 
 Pectus, the breast, Subst. Neut. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Pect-us. Nom. Pect-ora. 
 
 Gen. Pect-oris. Gen. Pect-orum. 
 
 Dat. Pect-ori. Dat. Pect-oribus. 
 
 Ace. Pect-us. Ace. Pect-ora. 
 
 Voc. Pect-us. Voc. Pect-ora. 
 
 AM. Pect-ore. AM. Pect-oribus. 
 
 Cwpus, a body. Littus, a shore. Nemus, a grove. Pignus, a pledge. 
 
NOUN. 
 
 Rule. — Neuter Nouns in e, at, and ar, have i in the Abla- 
 tive Singular ; ium in the Genitive Plural ; and ia in the No- 
 minative, Accusative, and Vocative. 
 
 Note. — Proper Names in e have e in the Ablative : as, Prceneste^ 
 n. a town in Italy ; Ablative, Prceneste. 
 
 Sedile, a sent, Subst. Neut. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Sedll-e. Nom. Sedil-ia. 
 
 Gen. Sedil-is. Gen. Sedil-ium. 
 
 Bat. Sedil-i. Dat. 
 
 Ace. Sedil-e. Ace. 
 
 Foe. Sedil-e. Voc. 
 
 Abl. Sedil-i. AM. 
 
 Ancile, a shield. Mantile, a towel. Mare, the sea, 
 Animal, an animal } Subst. Neut. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Animal. Nom. AnimaLia. 
 
 Gen. Animal-is. Gen. Animal-ium, 
 
 Sedil-ibus. 
 Sedil-ia. 
 Sedil-ia. 
 Sedil-ibus. 
 
 Rete, a net. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 Foe. 
 Abl. 
 
 Animal-i. 
 AnimaL 
 Animal. 
 Animal-i. 
 
 Cubital, a cushion. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Abl. 
 Calcar, -aris, a spur, 
 Additional Examples. 
 
 AnimaLibus. 
 Animal-i a. 
 AnimaLia. 
 AnimaLibus. 
 
 Vectlgal, a tax. 
 
 Acer, -eris, n. a maple tree, 
 iEstas, -atis, f. summer. 
 Arbor, -oris, f. a tree. 
 Aries, etis, m. a ram. 
 Ars, artis, f. an art. 
 Canon, -onis, m. a rule. 
 Career, -eris, m. a prison. 
 Cardo, -inis, m. a hinge. 
 Carmen, -inis, n. a song. 
 Cervix, -Tcis, f. the neck. 
 Codex, -icis, m. a look. 
 Consul, -ulis, m. a consul. 
 Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 
 Crux, -ucis, f. a cross. 
 Cublle, -is, n. a couch. 
 Dens, -tis, m. a tooth. 
 Dos, dotis, f. a dowry. 
 Femur, -oris, n. the thigh. 
 Formldo, -mis, f. fear. 
 Fornax, -acis, £ a furnace. 
 Frater, -tris, m. a brother. 
 Fur, fur is, e. a thief. 
 Genus, -eris, n. a kind. 
 Haeres, -edis, c. an heir. 
 
 Homo, -Inis, m. a man. 
 Imago, -inis, f. an image. 
 Iter, itineris, n. a journey. 
 Lac, -tis, n. milk. 
 Lapis, -idis, m. a stone. 
 Laus, -dis, f. praise. 
 Lex, legis, f. a law. 
 Monlle, -is, n. a necklace. 
 Mons, -tis, m. a mountain. 
 Munus, -eris, n. a gift. 
 Nox, noctis, f. night. 
 Onus, -eris, n. a burden. 
 Ovlle, -is, n. a sheepfold. 
 Pecten, -inis, m. a coinb. 
 Regio, -onis, f. a country. 
 Salar, -aris, m. a trout. 
 Serpens, -tis, c. a serpent. 
 Toral, -alis, n. a bedcover. 
 Trabs, -abis, f. a beam. 
 Turris, -is, f. a tower. 
 Uter, utris, m. a bottle. 
 Virgo, -mis, f. a virgin. 
 Voluptas, -atis, f. pleasure. 
 Vulnus, -eris, n. a wound. 
 
8 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Greek Nouns through all the Cases. 
 
 Nom. Gen. Bat. 
 
 Sing. Lamp-as ; -adis, or -ados ; -adi ; 
 PJur.Lamp-ades;-adum ; -adlbus ; 
 
 Sing. Tro-as ; -adis, or -ados ; -adi ; 
 
 Pfcer.Tro-ades; -adum; I^l'asin; 
 
 Sing. Tros; Trois ; Troi ; 
 
 Sing. Phyll-is ; -Idis, or !dos ; -idi ; 
 Sing. Par-is ; -Idis, or idos ; -idi ; 
 Sing. Chlam-ys , -ydis, or ydos ; -ydi ; 
 Sing. Cap-ys ; -yis, or yos ; -yi ; 
 Sing. Haer6s-is ; -is, or -eos ; -i ; 
 Sing. Orph-eus ; -eos, -ei, or -ei ; -ei, or -ei ; 
 Sing* Did-o ; -us, or -onis ; -o, or -oni ; 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 AH. 
 
 -adem, or-ada; 
 
 -as; 
 
 -ade. 
 
 -ades, or -adas ; 
 
 -ades ; 
 
 -adibus. 
 
 -adem, or -ada; 
 
 -as; 
 
 -ade. 
 
 -ades, or -adas ; 
 
 -ades ; 
 
 -adibus, 
 -asi,or-asin 
 
 Troem, or Troa 
 
 Tros; 
 
 Troe. 
 
 -idem, or -ida; 
 
 -i,0r-is 
 
 ; -ide. 
 
 -idem, -im, or -in 
 
 ;-i; 
 
 -ide. 
 
 -ydem, or -yda ; 
 
 -ys; 
 
 -yde. 
 
 -ym, or -yn • 
 
 -y; 
 
 -ye, or -y. 
 
 -im, or -in ; 
 
 -i ; 
 
 -i. 
 
 -ea; 
 
 -eu; 
 
 -eo. 
 
 -o, or -onem ; 
 
 -o; 
 
 -o, or -one. 
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 The Fourth Declension has the Genitive Singular in us, 
 and the Dative in ui. 
 
 It has two Terminations : us and u ; as, Fructus,/rw# ; 
 Cornu, a horn. 
 
 FRucTus,/rin7, Subst. Masc. 
 Singular. Plural 
 
 Nom. Fruct-us. Nom. Fruct-us. 
 
 Gen. Fruct-us. Gen. FrucUuum. 
 
 Bat. Fruct-ui. Bat. Fruct-ibus. 
 
 Ace. Fruct-um. Ace. Fruct-us. 
 
 Voc. Fruct-us. Voc. Fruct-us. 
 
 Abl. Fruct-u. Abl. Fruct-ibus. 
 
 Casus, a fall. Currus, a chariot. Fluctus, a wave. Gradus, a step. 
 Cornu, a horn } Subst. Neut. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Cornu. Nom. Corn-ua. 
 
 Gen. Cornu. Gen. Corn_uum. 
 
 Bat. Cornu. Bat. Corn-ibus. 
 
 Ace. Cornu. Ace. Corn-ua. 
 
 Voc. Cornu. Voc. Corn-ua. 
 
 Abl. Cornu. Abl. Corn-ibus. 
 
 Gelu, ice. Genu, the knee. Tonitru, thunder. Vera, a spit. 
 
 Additional Examples 
 Flatus, a blast. Motus, a motion. Ritus, a ceremony. 
 
 Ictus, a stroke. Nutus, a nod. Sinus, a bosom\ 
 
 Manus, f. the hand. Passus, a pace. Situs, a situation. 
 
 Nouns in us of the Fourth Declension are generally Masculine, and 
 those in u are all Neuter, and indeclinable in the Singular Number. 
 
NOUN. 9 
 
 Rule. — Acus, a needle; arcus, a bow; artus, a joint ; genu, the 
 knee ; lacus, a lake ; partus, a birth ; pecu, cattle ; portus } a har- 
 bour ; specus, a den ; tribus, a tribe ; and veru, a spit ; have ubus 
 in the Dative and Ablative PluraL Portus, genu, and veru, have 
 likewise ibus, 
 
 Domus, a house, is partly of the Second, and partly of the Fourth 
 Declension: thus, 
 
 Domus, a house, Subst. Fern. 
 Singular. Plural, 
 
 Nom, Domus. N'om, Domus. 
 
 Gen, Domus, or _mi. Gen, Domuum, or -orum. 
 
 Dat, Domui, or -mo. Dat, Domibus. 
 
 Ace, Domum. Ace, Domus, or _os. 
 
 Voc. Domus. Voc, Domus. 
 
 Abl. Domo. Abl. Domibus. 
 
 Note, — Domus, in the Genitive, signifies of a house ; and do?ni is 
 only used to signify at home, or of home. 
 
 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 The Fifth Declension has the Genitive and Dative Sin- 
 gular in ei. 
 
 It has one Termination : es ; as Dies, a day. 
 Dies, a day, Subst. Masc. or Fern. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 A T om. Di-es. A T om. Di-es. 
 Gen, Di-ei. Gen, Di-erum. 
 Dat, Di-ei. Dat. Di-ebus. 
 Ace, Di-em. Ace, Di-es. 
 Voc, Di-es. Voc. Di-es. 
 Abl, Di-e. Abl, Di-ebus. 
 Res, ei, f. a thing, Glacies, f. ice. Macies, f. leanness, 
 Facies, a face, Subst. Fem. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 A T om. Faci-es. Nom. Faci-es. 
 Gen. Faci-ei. Gen. 
 Dat* Faci ei t\„+ 
 
 Ace. Faci-em. 
 Voc. Faci-es. 
 Abl. Faci-e. 
 Effigies, an image. 
 
 Acies, the edge. 
 Caries, rottenness. 
 
 Ace. Faci-es. 
 
 Voc. Faci-es. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Series, an order. Spes, -ei, hope. 
 Additional Examples. 
 Fides, _ei, faith. Rabies, madness. 
 Materies, matter. Species, an appearance. 
 
10 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Dies and res are the only Nouns of the Fifth Declension 
 which have the Plural complete ; acies, effigies, facies, series, 
 species, and spes, have the Nominative, Accusative, and Voca- 
 tive ; the others have no plural. 
 
 Nouns of the Fifth Declension are all Feminine, except dies, which 
 is Masc. or Fem. in the Singular, Masc. only in the Plural ; and 
 meridies, the mid-day, or noon, which is Masculine only, -and does 
 not occur in the Plural. 
 
 ADJECTIVE. 
 
 An Adjective is a word added to a Noun, to express its 
 quality. 
 
 Adjectives are either of the First and Second Declen- 
 sion, or of the Third only. 
 
 Adjectives of three Terminations* are of the First and 
 Second Declension ; but Adjectives of one or two Termi- 
 nations are of the Third. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 Adjectives of the First and Second Declension have the 
 Masculine in us or er ; the Feminine always in a ; and 
 the Neuter always in um ; as, 
 
 Bonus for the Masc. bona for the Fem. bonum for the 
 Neut. good. 
 
 Bonus, bona, bonum, good, Adj. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. Neut. 
 
 Nom. Bon-us, -a, -um. 
 
 Nom. Bon-i, 
 
 -a?, -a. 
 
 Gen. Bon-i, -a?, -i. 
 
 Gen. Bon-orum, -arum, -drum. 
 
 Dat. Bon-o, -ae, -o. 
 
 Dat. Bon-is, 
 
 -is, . -is. 
 
 Ace. Bon-um, -am, -um. 
 
 Ace. Bon-os, 
 
 -as, -a. 
 
 Foe. Bon-e, -a, -um. 
 
 Voc. Bon-i, 
 
 -ae, -a. 
 
 Abl. Bon-o, -a, -o. 
 
 Abl. Bon-is, 
 
 -is, -is. 
 
 Altus, high. Carus, dear. 
 
 Durus, hard. 
 
 Laetus, joyful. 
 
 * Except eleven, acer, sharp ; alacer, cheerful ; campester, belong- 
 ing to a plain ; celeher, famous ; celer, swift ; equester, belonging to 
 a horse ; paluster, marshy ; pedester, on foot ; saluber, wholesome ; 
 Sylvester, woody ; volucer, swift ; which are of the Third, and have 
 the Masculine in er or is, the Feminine in is, and the Neuter in e. 
 

 * ADJECTIVE. 
 
 
 1J 
 
 
 Tener, tenera, tenerum, tender. 
 
 Adj. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 X. 
 
 Tener, -a, -um. 
 
 N. Tener-i, 
 
 -ae, 
 
 -a. 
 
 G. 
 
 Tener-i, -ae, -i. 
 
 G. Tener-orum 
 
 , -arum, 
 
 -orum, 
 
 D. 
 
 Tener-o, -ae, -o. 
 
 D. Tener-is, 
 
 -is, 
 
 -is. 
 
 A. 
 
 Tener-um, -am -um. 
 
 A. Tener-os, 
 
 -as, 
 
 -a. 
 
 V. 
 
 Tener, -a, -um. 
 
 V. Tener-i, 
 
 -se> 
 
 -a. 
 
 A. 
 
 Tener-o, -a, -o. 
 
 A. Tener-i s, 
 
 -is, 
 
 -is. 
 
 As 
 
 per, rough. Dexter, right. 
 
 Liber, free. 
 
 Miser, w 
 
 retched 
 
 Also all the compounds of gero and fero : as, laniger, bearing 
 wool ; optfer, bringing help. 
 But most Adjectives in er lose the e : as, 
 
 Ater, atra, atrum, black, Adj. 
 
 M. 
 N. Ater, 
 G. Atri, 
 D. Atro, 
 
 Singular. 
 F. N. 
 
 atra, atrum. 
 
 atrae, atri. 
 
 atrae, atro. 
 A. Atrum, atram, atrum. 
 V. Ater, atra, atrum. 
 A. Atro, atra, atro. 
 Niger, black. Pulcher,/a?>, 
 
 Additional Examples, 
 Longus, long. 
 Macer, lean. Gen. -ri. 
 Novus, new. 
 
 N. 
 atra. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. 
 
 N. Atri, atra?, 
 
 G. Atrorum, atrarum, atrorurn 
 D. Atris, atris, atris. 
 A. Atros, atras, atra. 
 V. Atri, atrae, atra. 
 
 A. Atris, atris, atris. 
 Ruber, red. Sacer, sacred. 
 
 iEger, sick. Gen. -ri. 
 Lacer, torn. 
 Latus, broad. 
 
 Prosper, prosperous. 
 Satur, full. 
 Verus, true. 
 
 The following Adjectives have ius in the Genitive Singular, and 
 in the Dative : — 
 
 Alius, another of many. 
 Alter, the other of two. 
 Alteriiter, the one or 
 
 the other. 
 Neuter, neither, 
 Nullus, none. 
 
 Solus, alone. 
 Totus, whole. 
 Ullus, any, 
 Unus, one. 
 Uter, whether. 
 
 Uterlibet, which oftht 
 two you please, 
 
 Uterque, loth. 
 
 Utervis, which of the 
 two you please. 
 
 TOTUS, TOTA, TOTUM, whole y Adj. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F, 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 ToCus, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -um. 
 
 G. 
 
 Tot_ius, 
 
 -ius, 
 
 -ius. 
 
 D. 
 
 Tot-i, 
 
 -i» 
 
 -i. 
 
 A. 
 
 Tot-um, 
 
 -am, 
 
 -um. 
 
 V. 
 
 Tot-e, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -urn. 
 
 A. 
 
 ToUo, 
 
 -a, 
 
 -0. 
 
 Plural, 
 M. 
 JV. Tot-i, 
 G. Tot_orum, 
 D. Tot-is, 
 A. Tot_os, 
 V, Tot-i, 
 A, Tot-is, 
 
 F, 
 
 _ag, . 
 -arum, 
 -is, 
 -as, 
 
 JV. 
 
 -a. 
 
 -orum. 
 -is. 
 -a. 
 
12 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Rules. — 1. Adjectives of the Third Declension have e 
 or i in the Ablative Singular ; but if the Neuter be in e, 
 the Ablative has i only. 
 
 2. The Genitive Plural ends in turn, and the Neuter of 
 the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative, in ia. 
 
 3. Comparatives have um in the Genitive Plural, and 
 a in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Neuter. 
 
 1. Of one Termination, 
 Felix, happy, Adj. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 IV. Fel-Ices, -Ices, -icia. 
 G. Fel-icium, -icium, -icium. 
 D. Fel-icibus, -icibus, -icibus. 
 A. Fel-ices, -ices, -icia. 
 
 V. Fel-ices, -ices, -icia. 
 A. Fel-icibus, -icibus, -icibus. 
 
 Singular. 
 M. F. 
 
 N. Fel-ix, -ix, 
 G. Fel-Icis, -icis, 
 D. Fel-ici, -ici, 
 A. Fel-icem, -icem, -ix 
 V. Fel-ix, -ix, -ix. 
 A. Fel-ice, or -ici, S$c, 
 
 JV. 
 -ix. 
 
 -icis. 
 ■ici. 
 
 Ingens, -entis, huge. Trux, -ucis, cruel. Velox, -ocis, swift 
 
 2. Of two Terminations, 
 
 Mitis, mite, meek, Adj. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 F. N. M. F. J\ r . 
 
 mitis, mite. N. Mites, mites, mitia. 
 
 mitis, mitis. G. Mitium, mitium, mitium. 
 
 miti, miti. D. Mitibus, mitibus, mitibus. 
 
 mitem, mite. A. Mites, mites, mitia. 
 
 mitis, mite. V. Mites, mites, mitia. 
 
 miti, miti. A. Mitibus, mitibus, mitibus. 
 
 Fortis, brave. Gravis, heavy. Mollis, soft. 
 
 M. 
 
 N. Mitis, 
 G. Mitis, 
 D. Miti, 
 A. xMitem, 
 V. Mitis, 
 A. Miti, 
 
 Brevis, short 
 
 Mitior, mitius, more meek, Adj. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. 
 
 N. Miti-ores, -ores, 
 G. Miti-orum, -orum, 
 
 N. 
 -ora. 
 -orum. 
 
 Singular. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. Miti-or, -or, -us. 
 G. Miti-oris, -oris, -oris. 
 D. Miti-ori, -ori, -ori. 
 A. Miti-orem, -orem, -us. 
 V. Miti-or, -or, -us. 
 A. Miti-ore, or -ori, $c. 
 
 Brevior, shorter ; Fortior, braver ; Mollior, softer ; and all 
 other Comparatives. 
 
 D. Miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus. 
 A. Miti-ores, -ores, -ora. 
 V. Miti-ores, -ores, -ora. 
 A. Miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus. 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 13 
 
 3. Of three Terminations. 
 Acer, or acris, Acre, sharp, Adj. 
 
 Singular. 
 M. F 
 
 N. A-cer, or -cris, -cris, 
 G. A-cris, -cris, 
 
 D. A-cri, -cri, 
 
 A. A-crem, -crem 
 
 V. A-cer, or -cris, -cris, -ere. 
 A. A-cri, -cri, -cri. 
 
 N. 
 -ere. 
 -cris. 
 -cri. 
 -ere. 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
 G. A-crium, -crium, -crium. 
 D. A-crlbus, -cribus, -cribus. 
 A. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
 V. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
 A. A-cribus, -cribus, -cribus. 
 
 Atrox, -oris, cruel. 
 Audax, -acis, bold. 
 Clemens, -tis, gentle. 
 Dulcis, sweet. 
 
 Alacer, or alacris, cheerful, &c. See page 10. 
 Additional Examples. 
 Elegans, -tis, elegant. Tristis, sad. 
 Ferox, -ocis, fierce, Turpis, base. 
 
 Levis, light. Utilis, useful. 
 
 Recens, -tis, fresh. Vilis, worthless. 
 
 Adjectives and Substantives to be declined together, and varied through 
 
 the different degrees of comparison, 
 Parva casa, a small cottage. Caecamens, a blinded understanding. 
 
 Clarus poeta, a famous poet. Alta arbor, a high tree.^ 
 
 Pulchra filia, a beautiful daughter. Sacrum poema, a sacred poem. 
 Duke pomum, a sweet apple, Inepta res, a foolish thing. 
 
 Docllis puer, a docile boy, Minax fluctus, a threatening wave. 
 
 Breve sevum, a short life. Priscus mos, an ancient custom, 
 
 Capax antrum, a capacious den. Calida aestas, a warm summer. 
 
 Magnum opus, a large work* 
 Tener pes, a tenderfoot. 
 Serenus dies, a clear day. 
 Densa nubes, a thick cloud. 
 Acuta acus, a sharp needle. 
 Valida manus, a strong hand, 
 Longa pinus, a tall pine. 
 Ferax ager, a fertile field. 
 Fidus pastor, a faithful shepherd. 
 Potens dea, a powerful goddess. 
 Nova opinio, a new opinion, 
 Nobile carmen, a noble poem, 
 Antlqua urbs, an ancient city. 
 Rarum rete, a thin net. 
 
 Tutus portus, a safe harbour. 
 Volucris ala, a swift wing. 
 Libera palus, a free marsh. 
 Solers vir, an ingenious man. 
 Sublimis arx, a lofty castle. 
 Majsta vox, a sorrowful voice. 
 Ferus draco, a cruel dragon. 
 Cava navis, a hollow ship. 
 Ardua turris, a lofty tower. 
 Magna dos, a large dowry. 
 Unus niger bos, one black ox. 
 JEnea lampas, a brazen lamp. 
 Fortis heros, a brave hero. 
 Militaris chlamys, a military cloak. 
 
 Fessus advena, a wearied stranger. Culpatus Paris, wicked Paris. 
 Gelidus fons, a cold fountain. Miser Tros, a miserable Trojan, 
 
 Acris acies, a sliarp edge. Infelix Dido, unhappy Dido. 
 
 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives which signify Number, are divided into four 
 classes: Cardinal, denoting number simply; Ordinal, denot- 
 
14 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 ing the place or number in succession ; Distributive, denoting 
 how many to each: and Multiplicative, denoting how many 
 fold. 
 
 The Cardinal, or Principal Numbers are : 
 
 Unus, one. 
 Duo, two. 
 Tres, three. 
 Quatuor, four. 
 Quinque, Jive. 
 Sex, six. 
 Septem, seven, 
 Octo, eight. 
 Novem, nine. 
 Decern, ten. 
 Undecim, eleven. 
 Duodecim, twelve. 
 Tredecim, thirteen. 
 Quatuordecim, fourteen. 
 Quindecim, fifteen. 
 Sexdecim, sixteen. 
 Septemdecim, seventeen. 
 Octodecim, eighteen. 
 Novemdecim, nineteen. 
 
 Triginta, thirty. 
 
 Quadragmta, forty. 
 
 Quinquaginta, fifty. 
 
 Sexaginta, sixty. 
 
 Septuaginta, seventy. 
 
 Octoginta, eighty. 
 
 Nonaginta, ninety. 
 
 Centum, a hundred. 
 
 Ducenti, -ae, -a, two hundred. 
 
 Trecenti, -ae, -a, three hundred. 
 
 Quadringenti, four hundred. 
 
 Quingenti,^^ hundred. 
 
 Sexcenti, six hundred. 
 
 Septingenti, seven hundred. 
 
 Octingenti, eight hundred. 
 
 Nongenti, nine hundred. 
 
 Mille, a thousand. 
 
 Duo millia, or \ 
 
 Bis mille, 
 
 Decern millia, or 1 
 
 Decies mille, J 
 
 Viginti millia, or "I twenty thou- 
 
 Vicies mille, J sand. 
 
 ■ two thousand. 
 
 ten thousand. 
 
 Viginti, twenty. 
 
 Viginti unus, or} . 
 
 Unus et Viginti, )**««*—• 
 
 Viginti duo, or \ , - . 
 
 t^ it. . .. 5- twenty -two. 
 
 Duo et Viginti, J 9 
 
 Eighteen and nineteen are more properly expressed by duodeviginti, 
 and undeviginti ; from which Ordinals, Distributives, and Adverbs, 
 are likewise formed. The same form may be employed in the cor- 
 responding numbers of each of the other decades : as, duodetriginta, 
 twenty-eight; undetriginta, twenty-nine; &c 
 
 The Cardinal Numbers, except unus and mille, want the Singular. 
 
 Unus is not used in the Plural, except when joined with a substan- 
 tive which wants the Singular : as, una mcenia, one wall ; or when 
 several particulars are considered as one whole : as, una vestimenta 3 
 one suit of clothes. 
 
 Duo, two, and Tres, three, are thus declined : 
 
 Plural. 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. Duo, duae, duo. 
 
 G. Duorum, duarum, duorum. 
 
 D. Duobus, duabus, duobus. 
 
 A. Duos, -o, duas, duo. 
 
 V. Duo, duae, duo. 
 
 A Duobus, duabus, duobus. 
 
 Ambo, both, is declined as duo. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. Tres, tres, tria. 
 G. Trium, trium, trium. 
 D. Tribus, tribus, tribus. 
 A. Tres, tres, tria. 
 V. Tres, tres, tria. 
 A. Tribus, tribus, tribus. 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 15 
 
 All the Cardinal Numbers from quatuor to centum inclusive, are 
 indeclinable ; and, from centum to millc, they are declined as the 
 Plural of bonus. 
 
 JMille, when placed before a Genitive Plural, is a Substantive inde- 
 clinable in the Singular, and, in the Plural, declined viillia, miUium, 
 milfibuS) &c, but, when it has a Substantive joined to it in any other 
 case, it is a Plural Adjective indeclinable. 
 
 Ordinal, 
 
 Distributive, 
 
 Numeral Adverbs, 
 
 1 . primus, -a, -urn, first 
 
 , singuli, -ae, -a, one by one. semel, once. 
 
 2. secundus, second* 
 
 bini, two by two. 
 
 bis, twice. 
 
 3. tertius, third. 
 
 terni, three by three. 
 
 ter, thrice. 
 
 4. quartus, fyc. 
 
 quaterni, Qc, 
 
 quater.^wr times* 
 
 5. quintus. 
 
 quini. 
 
 quinquies, 6$c, 
 
 6. sextus. 
 
 seni. 
 
 sexies. 
 
 7. Septimus. 
 
 septeni. 
 
 septies. 
 
 8. octavus. 
 
 octoni. 
 
 octies. 
 
 9. nonus. 
 
 noveni. 
 
 novies. 
 
 10. decimus. 
 
 deni. 
 
 decies. 
 
 ll.undecimus. 
 
 undeni. 
 
 undecies. 
 
 12. duodecimus. 
 
 duodeni. 
 
 duodecies. 
 
 13. decimus tertius. 
 
 tredeni, terni deni. 
 
 tredecies. 
 
 14. decimus quartus. 
 
 quaterni deni. 
 
 quatuordecies. 
 
 15. decimus quintus. 
 
 quindeni. 
 
 quindecies. 
 
 16. decimus sextus. 
 
 seni deni. 
 
 sexdecies. 
 
 17. decimus Septimus. 
 
 septeni deni. 
 
 decies et septies. 
 
 18. decimus octavus. 
 
 octoni deni. 
 
 decies et octies. 
 
 19. decimus nonus. 
 
 noveni deni. 
 
 decies et novies. 
 
 20. vigesimus, vicesimus 
 
 t.viceni. 
 
 vicies. 
 
 21. vigesimus primus. 
 
 viceni singuli. 
 
 vicies semel. 
 
 30. trigesimuSjtricesimu! 
 
 s. triceni. 
 
 tricies. 
 
 40. quadragesimus. 
 
 quadrageni. 
 
 quadragies. 
 
 50. quinquagesimus. 
 
 quinquageni. 
 
 quinquagies. 
 
 60. sexagesimus. 
 
 sexagini. 
 
 sexagies. 
 
 70. septuagesimus. 
 
 septuageni. 
 
 septuagies. 
 
 80. octogesimus. 
 
 octogeni. 
 
 octogies. 
 
 90. nonagesimus. 
 
 nonageni. 
 
 nonagies. 
 
 100. centesimus. 
 
 centeni. 
 
 centies. 
 
 200. ducentesimus. 
 
 duceni. 
 
 ducenties. 
 
 300. trecentesimus. 
 
 trecenteni. 
 
 trecenties. 
 
 400. quadringentesimus. 
 
 quater centeni. 
 
 quadringenties. 
 
 500. quingentesimus. 
 
 quinquies centeni. 
 
 quingenties. 
 
 600. sexcentesimus. 
 
 sexies centeni. 
 
 sexcenties. 
 
 700. septingentesimus. 
 
 septies centeni. 
 
 septingenties. 
 
 800. octingentesimus. 
 
 octies centeni. 
 
 octingenties. 
 
 900. nongentesimus. 
 
 novies centeni. 
 
 nongenties. 
 
 1000. mill asimus. 
 
 milleni. 
 
 millies. 
 
 2000. bis millesimus. 
 
 bis milleni. 
 
 bis millies. 
 
16 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 The Multiplicative Numbers are simplex, simple; duplex, double; 
 triplex, triple ; quadruplex, fourfold, &c. 
 
 Note, — The Distributive Number, when used in the sense of the 
 Cardinal, is often found in the Singular : as, centena arbor e, for cen- 
 tum arboribus, Virg. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Those Adjectives only can be compared whose significa- 
 tion can be increased or diminished. 
 
 There are three degrees of Comparison : Positive, Com- 
 parative, and Superlative. 
 
 The Positive is an Adjective of the First and Second 
 Declension, or of the Third only; the Comparative is 
 always of the Third ; the Superlative is always of the First 
 and Second. 
 
 Rules. — 1. The Comparative is formed from the first case 
 of the Positive in i, by adding or for the Masculine and 
 Feminine, and us for the Neuter : as, 
 
 Doctus, learned, Gen. docti; Comparative, doctuor for the 
 
 Masc. docti-or for the Fem. docti-us for the Neuter, more 
 
 learned. 
 
 Mitis, meek, Dat. mitt; Comparative, miti-or for the Masc. 
 
 miti-or for the Fem. miti-us for the Neuter, more meek. 
 
 2. The Superlative is formed from the first case of the 
 Positive in i by adding ssimus : as, 
 
 Gen. Docti ; Superlative, docti-sslmus, -a, -um, most learned. 
 Dat. Miti ; Sup. mitissimus, -a, -um, most meek. 
 
 3. If the Positive end in er, the Superlative is formed 
 by adding rimus to the Nominative Singular Masculine : 
 as, 
 
 Nom. Pulcher, fair; Sup. pulcher-rimus, -a, -um, most fair. 
 Nom. Pauper, poor ; Sup. pauper -rimus, -a, -um, most poor. 
 
 Pos. 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. 
 
 Sup. 
 
 Firmus, 
 
 strong ; 
 
 Gen. 
 
 -h 
 
 Firmior, 
 
 Firmisslmus. 
 
 Fortis, 
 
 brave ; 
 
 Dat. 
 
 -h 
 
 Fortior, 
 
 Fortissimus. 
 
 Liber, 
 
 free ; 
 
 Gen. 
 
 -h 
 
 Liberior, 
 
 Liberrimus. 
 
 Piger, 
 
 slow ; 
 
 Gen. 
 
 -ri, 
 
 Pigrior, 
 
 Pigerrimus. 
 
 Prudens 
 
 , wise ; 
 
 Dat. 
 
 -ti, 
 
 Prudentior, 
 
 Prudentissimi 
 
 Velox, 
 
 swift ; 
 
 Dat. 
 
 -ci, 
 
 Velocior, 
 
 Veiocissimus. 
 

 
 PKOKOIN. 
 
 
 
 
 IRREGULAR COMPARISONS. 
 
 
 Pos. 
 
 Comp. 
 
 Sup. 
 
 Pos. 
 
 Comp, 
 
 Sup. 
 
 Bonus, 
 
 Melior, 
 
 OptTmus, 
 
 Good, 
 
 better, 
 
 best. 
 
 Magnus, 
 
 Major, 
 
 Maxim us, 
 
 Great, 
 
 greater, 
 
 greatest. 
 
 Malas, 
 
 Pejor, 
 
 PessTmus, 
 
 Bad, 
 
 worse, 
 
 •worst. 
 
 Multus, 
 
 Plus, n. 
 
 Plunmus, 
 
 Muc\ 
 
 more, 
 
 most. 
 
 Parvus, 
 
 Minor, 
 
 Minimus, 
 
 Little, 
 
 less, 
 
 least. 
 
 17 
 
 Note. — Plus is used only in the Neuter Gender in the Singular ; 
 it is regular in the Plural, and has plura, and sometimes pluria, in 
 the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Neuter. 
 
 See Appendix, page 1 05. 
 
 Different kinds of Nouns and Adjectives. 
 
 A Collective Noun signifies " many" in the Singular number: 
 as, populus, a people; exercttus, an army. 
 
 An Abstract Noun expresses the quality of an Adjective : as, 
 bonitas, goodness, from bonus, good. Abstract Nouns commonly 
 end in a, as, or do. 
 
 A Patronymic Noun is generally derived from the name of 
 the father : as, Prianiides, the son of Priam. The poets derive 
 them also from some other remarkable person of the family, or 
 from the founder of a nation: as, JEacides, the son, grandson, 
 or one of the descendants of iEacus; Romulida, the Romany 
 from Romulus. Patronymics of men end in des ; of women in 
 is, as, and ne. Those in des and ne are of the First Declension, 
 and those in is and as are of the Third. 
 
 A Diminutive Noun, or Adjective, expresses a diminution, 
 or lessening of the signification of the word from which it is 
 derived : as, libellus, a little book, from liber ; parvulus, very 
 little, from parvus. Diminutives generally end in lus, la, or 
 lum ; and the Nouns are usually of the same gender with their 
 primitives. 
 
 A Verbal Noun, or Adjective, is derived from a Verb: as, 
 amor, love; amabllis, lovely, from amo. Verbal Nouns com- 
 monly end in is, io, or, men, us, or ura ; and Adjectives in ax, 
 or His. 
 
 An Interrogative word is used to ask a question : as, uter, 
 which of the two ? quis, who ? cur, why ? These words, when 
 they do not ask a question, are called Indefinites. 
 
 PRONOUN. 
 
 A Pronoun is a word which supplies the place of a 
 Noun. 
 
 There are eighteen simple Pronouns: Ego, tu, sui ; 
 
18 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 tile, ipse, iste, hie, is, quis, qui ; mens, tuus, suns, noster, 
 vester ; nostras, vestras, and cujas. 
 
 Three of these are Substantives : ego, tu, sui ; the other 
 fifteen are Adjectives. 
 
 Ego, I ,• Plur. v;e. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Ego, 7. Nom. Nos, we. 
 
 Gen. Mei, of me. Gen. Nostrum, or nostri, of us. 
 
 Hat. Mihi, to me. Dut. Nobis, to us. 
 
 Ace. Me, me. Ace. Nos, us. 
 
 Foe. Toe. 
 
 *Abl. Me, with me. Abl. Nobis, with us. 
 
 Tu, thou, or you ; Plur. ye, or you. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 N. Tu, thou, or you. N. Vos, ye, or you. 
 
 G. Tui, of thee, or you. G. Vestrum, or vestri, of you. 
 
 D. Tibi, to thee, or you. D. Vobis, to you. 
 
 A. Te, thee, or you. A. Vos, you. 
 
 F. Tu, O thou, or you. V. Vos, O ye, or you. 
 
 A. Te, with thee, or you. A. Vobis, with you. 
 
 Sui, of himself, of herself, of itself ; Plur. of themselves. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Nom. 
 
 Gen. Sui, of himself #c. Gen. Sui, of themselves. 
 
 Dot. Sibi, to himself, $c. Dat. Sibi, to themselves. 
 
 Ace. Se, himself, $c. Ace. Se, themselves. 
 
 Foe. • Foe. 
 
 Abl. Se, with himself, <Jc Abl. Se, with themselves. 
 
 Illb, illaj illud, he, she, it ; that ; Plur. they, those. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Nom. Ille, ilia, illud. Nom. Illi, illae, ilia. 
 
 Gen. Illius, illius, illius. Gen. Illorum, illarum, illorum. 
 
 Dat. Illi, illi, illi. Dat. Illis, illis, illis. 
 
 Ace. Ilium, illam, illud. Ace. Illos, illas, ilia. 
 
 Foe. Ille, ilia, illud. Foe. Illi, illae, ilia. 
 
 Abl. IUo, ilia, illo. Abl. Illis, illis, illis. 
 
 Ipse^ he himself, ipsa, she herself, ipsum, itself; Plur. they 
 themselves ; and iste, he, ista, she, istud, that ; Pfur. those ; are 
 declined as ille ; except that ipse has ipsum in the Nom. Ace 
 and Voc. Singular Neuter. 
 
PRONOUN, 19 
 
 Hie, h^ec, hoc, this; Plur. these. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Nom. Hie, haec, hoc. Nom. Hi, hae, haec. 
 
 Gen. Hujus, hujus, hujus. Gen. Horum, harum, horum. 
 
 Bat. Huic, huic, huic. Bat. His, his, his. 
 
 Ace. Hunc, hanc, hoc. Ace. Hos, has, haec. 
 
 Foe. Hie, haec, hoc. Voc. Hi, hse, haec. 
 
 Abl. Hoc, hac, hoc. AM. His, his, his. 
 
 Is, ea, id, he, she, it ; that ; Plur. they, those. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 Nom. Is, ea, id. Nom. Ii, eae, ea. 
 
 Gen. Ejus, ejus, ejus. Gen. Eorum, earum, eorum. 
 
 Bat. Ei, ei, ei. Bat. lis, or eis, iis, or eis, iis, or eis. 
 
 Ace. Eum, earn, id. Ace. Eos, eas, ea. 
 
 Voc. — — — Voc. — — — 
 
 Abl. Eo, ea, eo. Abl. lis, or eis, iis, or eis, iis, or eis. 
 
 Quis, qu^b, quod, or quid, who, which, what ? 
 Interrogative. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 N. Quis, quae, quod, or quid N. Qui, quae, quae. 
 G. Cujus, cujus, cujus. G. Quorum, quarum, quorum. 
 
 D. Cui, cui, cui. B. Queis, or quibus, &c. 
 
 A. Quem,quam, quod, or quid. A. Quos, quas, quae. 
 V. — — — V. — — — 
 
 A. Quo, qua, quo. A. Queis, or quibus, &c 
 
 Qui, qvje, quod, who, which, that. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 N. Qui, quae, quod. N. Qui, quae, quae. 
 
 G. Cujus, cujus, cujus. "2. Quorum, quarum, quorum. 
 
 B. Cui, cui, cui. B. Queis or quibus, &c. 
 A. Quern, quam, quod. A. Quos, quas, quae. 
 
 A. Quo, qua, quo. A. Queis, or quibus, &c. 
 
 The Relative qui has also qui in the Ablative in all genders and in 
 both numbers. Qui is sometimes used interrogatively for quis. 
 
 Mens, my, or mine ; tuus, thy, or thine ; suus, his own, her 
 own, its own, their own ; are declined like bonus ; and noster, 
 our, or ours ; vester, your, or yours ; like ater, of the First and 
 
 
20 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Second Declension. Tuus, suus, and vester, want the Voca- 
 tive ; noster and meus have it ; the latter having mi, and some- 
 times mens in the Masculine Singular. 
 
 Nostras, of our country ; vestras, of your country ; cujas, of 
 what, or which country, are declined like felix of the Third 
 Declension; Gen. nostrdtis, Dat. nostrdti, &c. 
 
 COMPOUND PRONOUNS. 
 
 In the Compounds of quis and qui, quis is sometimes the first, and 
 sometimes the last part of the word compounded ; but qui is always 
 the first. 
 
 1. The Compounds of quis, when quis is put first, are quisnam, 
 who ? quisviam, quisquam, any one ; quisque, every one ; quisquis, 
 whosoever. 
 
 Quis nam, who, which, what $ 
 
 Singular, Plural, 
 
 M. F, N, M. F, N. 
 
 N, Quisnam, quaenam, quodnam, 2V. Quinam, quaenam, quaenam. 
 
 or quidnam. 
 G, Cujusnam, cujusnam, cujus- G. Quorumnam, quarumnam, 
 
 nam. quorumnam. 
 
 D, Cuinam, cuinam, cuinam. D, Quibusnam, quibusnam, qui- 
 
 busnam. 
 A, Quemnam, quamnam, quod- A, Quosnam, quasnam, quatnam. 
 nam, or quidnam. 
 
 V, V. 
 
 A, Quonam, quanam, quonam. A, Quibusnam, quibusnam, qui- 
 busnam. 
 
 N. 
 quodpiam, or quidpiam. 
 quidquam, or quicquam. 
 quodque, or quidque. 
 quidquid, or quicquid. 
 
 Quisquam has quenquam in the Accusative, without the Feminine. 
 The Plural is scarcely used. Quisque has also quicque for quidque, 
 Quisquis has no Feminine termination, except in the Ablative, and 
 the Neuter only in the Nominative and Accusative. Quisquis is 
 sometimes used for the Feminine. 
 
 2. The Compounds of quis, when quis is put last, have qua in the 
 Nom. Sing. Fern, and in the Nom. and Ace. Flur. Neuter. These 
 are aliquis, some ; ecquis, whether any ? nequis, lest any ; numquis, 
 wbether any ? and siquis, if any. The last three are frequently read 
 separately ; ne quis, num quis y si quis* 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 Quispiam, 
 
 quaepiam, 
 
 Quisquam, 
 
 quaequarn 
 
 Quisque, 
 
 quaeque, 
 
 Quisquis, 
 
 
 
PRONOUN. 21 
 
 Aliquis, some. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 W. Aliquis, aEqua, aliquod, or JV. Aliqui, aliquae, aliqua. 
 
 aliquid. 
 Q. Alicujus, alicujus, alicujus. G. Aliquorum, aliquarum, aliqufl- 
 
 rum. 
 D. Alicui, alicui, alicui. D. Aliquibus,aliquibus,aliquibus. 
 
 d. Aliquem, aliquam, aliquod, A. Aliquos, aliquas, aliqua. 
 
 or aliquid. 
 P. Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod, or V. Aliqui, aliquae, aliqua. 
 
 aliquid. 
 4. Aliquo, aliqua, aliquo. A. Aliquibus,aliquibus, aliquibus, 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Ecquis, ecquaa, or ecqua, ecquod, or ecquid. 
 
 Ne quis, ne qua, ne quod, or ne quid. 
 
 Num quis, num qua, num quod, or num quid. 
 
 Si quis, si qua, or si quae, si quod, or si quid. 
 
 3. The Compounds of qui are quicunque, whosoever; quidam^ 
 tome ; quilibet, quivis, any one, whom you please. 
 
 Quicunque, whosoever, whatsoever. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 W. Quicunque, qusecunque, quod- iV. Quicunque, quascunque, quae- 
 
 cunque. cunque. 
 
 2. Cujuscunque, cujuscunque, ou- G. Quorumcunque, quarumcun- 
 juscunque; $c. que, quorumcunque; S$c. 
 
 M. F. JVT. 
 
 Quidara, quasdam, quoddam, or quiddam. 
 
 QuilTbet, quaelibet, quodlibet, 07' quidlibet. 
 
 Quivis, quaevis, quodvis, or quidvis. 
 
 Quidam has quendam, quandam, quoddam, or quiddam, in the Ac- 
 cusative Singular, and quorundam, quarundam, quorundam, in the 
 Genitive Plural. 
 
 Some of these are twice compounded : as, ecquisnam, ecqucenam, 
 zcauodnam, or ecquidnam, who ? unusquisque, unaquceque, unumquod- 
 pie, or unumquidque, every one ; Gen. uniuscujusque, 6{C. The for- 
 mer is scarcely declined beyond the Nom. Sing. ; and the latter wants 
 the Plural. 
 
 All these compounds want the Vocative except quisque, aliquis, 
 quilibet, and quicunque ; and have seldom or never queis, but qutbus, 
 in the Dative and Ablative Plural. 
 
22 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Idem, the same, is compounded of is and dem, and is thus declined i 
 
 Singular, Plural. 
 
 _ M. F. N. M. F. AT. 
 
 iV. Idem, eadem, idem. JV. Iidem, easdem, eadem. 
 
 G. Ejusdem, ejusdem, ejusdem. G. Eorundem, earundem, eorundem. I 
 
 D. Eidem, eidem, eidem. D. Iisdem, or eisdem, <%c. 
 
 A. Eundem, eandem, idem. A. Eosdem, easdem, eadem. 
 
 V. Idem, eadem, idem. V. Iidem, easdem, eadem. 
 
 A. Eodem, eadem, eodem. A. Iisdem, or eisdem, Qc. 
 
 Of iste and hie is compounded isthic, isthcec, isthoc, or isthuc ; and 
 of ille and hie, illic, illcec, illoc, or illuc, which are used only in the 
 Nom. Ace. and Abl. Sing, and in the Neut. Plural isthcec, and illoec. 
 
 The syllables te, ce, pte, cine, are sometimes added to pronouns to 
 increase their demonstrative force ; as, tute, hujusce, &c. 
 
 Pronouns are divided into four Classes : 
 
 1. Demonstratives, which point out a person or thing pre- 
 sent: ego, tu, sui. 
 
 2. Relatives, which refer to something going before; ille, 
 ipse, iste, hie, is, quis, qui, 
 
 3. Possessives, which denote possession; mens, tuus, suus, 
 noster, vester. 
 
 4. Gentiles or Patrials, which signify one's country : nostras, 
 vestras, cujas. 
 
 Quis and cujas are called also Interrogatives. 
 
 VERB. 
 
 A Verb is a word which expresses what is affirmed or 
 said of things. 
 
 Verbs are declined by Voices, Moods, Tenses, Numbers, 
 and Persons. 
 
 They have two Voices : Active ending in o ; and Passive 
 ending in or. 
 
 They have four Moods : Indicative, Subjunctive,* Im- 
 perative, and Infinitive. 
 
 They have six Tenses: Present, Imperfect, Perfect, 
 Pluperfect, Future, and Future- Perfect. 
 
 They have two Numbers : Singular and Plural. 
 
 They have three Persons in each Number. 
 
 * The Subjunctive Mood is also called Potential or Conditional. 
 
VEBB. 23 
 
 There are four Conjugations,, or modes of varying Verbs, 
 distinguished by the Infinitive Mood. 
 
 The First Conjugation has a long before re of the 
 [nfinitive, as amdre ; the Second has e long, as monere ; 
 the Third has e short, as regere ; the Fourth has i long, 
 is audire. 
 
 There are four Principal Parts of a Verb from which 
 the other Tenses are formed : the Present ending in o ; 
 the Perfect in i ; the Supine in um; and the Infinitive 
 is re; as, Pres. amo ; Perf.amdvi; Sup. amatum ; Inf. 
 widre. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 From the Present Indicative are formed, 
 
 1. The Imperfect Indicative, in the First Conjugation, by 
 ;he change of o into dbam ; in the second, of eo into ebam ; and 
 n the Third and Fourth, of o into ebam. 
 
 2. The Future Indicative, in the First Conjugation, by the 
 shange of o into abo ; in the Second, of eo into ebo ; and in the 
 rhird and Fourth, of o into am. 
 
 3. The Present Subjunctive, in the First Conjugation, by the 
 :hange of o into em ; and in the Second, Third, and Fourth, 
 nto am. 
 
 4. The Present Participle, in the First Conjugation, by the 
 ihange of o into ans ; in the Second, of eo into ens ; and in the 
 rhird and Fourth, of o into ens. 
 
 6. The Gerund is formed from the Present Participle, by the 
 hange of s into dum. 
 
 From the Perfect Indicative are formed, 
 
 1. The Pluperfect Indicative, by the change of i into Pram. 
 
 2. The Future-Perfect, by the change of i into ero. 
 
 3. The Perfect Subjunctive, by the change of i into e"rim. 
 
 4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive, by the change of i into issem. 
 
 5. The Perfect Infinitive, by the change of i into isse. 
 
 From the Supine are formed, 
 
 1. The Future Participle, by the change of um into urus. 
 
 2. The Future Subjunctive is made up of the Future Parti- 
 iple, and sim. 
 
 3. The Future Infinitive is made up of the Future Participle, 
 tnd esse or fuisse. 
 
 From the Present Infinitive are formed, 
 
 1. The Imperfect Subjunctive, by adding m. 
 
 2. The Present Imperative, by dropping re. 
 

 24 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Sum is an irregular Verb, and is thus conjugated : 
 Principal Parts. 
 Pres. Ind. Perf. Ind. Pres Inf. 
 
 Sum. fui. esse, to be. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 Persons. 
 Sing. 1. Ego Sum, I am. 
 
 2. Tu Es, thou art, or you are. 
 
 3. Ille* Est, he is. 
 Plur. 1. Nos Sumus, we are. 
 
 2. Vos Estis, ye, or you are. 
 
 3. Illif Sunt, they are. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 Sing. 1. Ego Eram, I was. 
 
 2. Tu Eras, thou wast, or you were. 
 
 3. Ille Erat, he was. 
 Plur. 1. JVos Eram us, we were. 
 
 2. Vos Eratis, ye, or you were. 
 
 3. Illi Erant, they were. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 Sing. 1. Ego Fui, / was, or have been. 
 
 2. Tu Fuisti, thou wast, or hast been. 
 
 3. Ille Fuit, /ie was, or has been. 
 Plur. 1. iVbs Fuimus, we were, or ^aue been. 
 
 2. Vos Fuistis, ye, or you were, or ftave been. 
 
 3. 72Z* Fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or toe been. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 Sing. 1. Ego Fueram, I had been. 
 
 2. Tu Fueras, thou hadst been. 
 
 3. Ille Fuerat, he had been. 
 Plur. 1. Nos Fueramus, we had been. 
 
 2. Vos Fueratis, ye, or you had been. 
 
 3. Illi Fuerant, they had been. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 Sing. 1. Ego Ero, / shall, or will be. 
 
 2. Tu Eris, thou shalt, or wilt be. 
 
 3. Ille Erit, he shall, or will be. 
 Plur. 1. iVbs Erimus, we shall, or wiV/ be. 
 
 2. Vos Eritis, ye, or you shall, or tot'// be. 
 
 3. 7//i Erunt, £Ae# shall, or wiVZ £e. 
 
 • Or any Noun in the Nom. Singular : as, liber est, the book is. 
 + Or any Noun in the Nom. Plural : as, libri sunt, the books are. 
 
VERB. 25 
 
 Future- Perfect Tense. 
 
 Sing, 1. Ego Fuero, I shall have been. 
 
 2. Tu Fueris, thou shalt have been. 
 
 3. Ille Fuerit, he shall have been. 
 Plur. 1. Nos Fuerimus,* we shall have been. 
 
 2. Vos Fueritis,* ye, or you shall have been. 
 
 3. Illi Fuerint, they shall have been. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Sing. 1. Ego Sim, / may, or can be. 
 
 2. Tu Sis, thou mayest, or canst be. 
 
 3. Ille Sit, he may, or can be. 
 
 Plur. 1. JVos Slmus, we may, or can be. 
 
 2. Fbs Sltis, ye, or yow may, or can be. 
 
 3. 77/t Sint, they may, or can be. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Sing. 1. l?g*o Essem, I might, could, would, or should be. 
 
 2. Tw Esses, /Aow mightst, couldst, wouldst, or shouldst 
 
 be. 
 
 3. i7/e Esset, Ae might, could, would, or should be. 
 
 Plur. 1. iVbtf Essemus, we might, could, would, or should be. 
 
 2. Fos Essetis, ye, or you might, could, would, or should 
 
 be. 
 
 3. ///i Essen t, £Aey might, could, would, or should be. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Sfog*. 1. i?gt> Fuerim, I may have been. 
 
 2. Tu Fueris, thou mayest have been. 
 
 3. Ille Fuerit, he may have been. 
 
 Plur. 1. Nos Fuerimus, we may have been. 
 
 2. Vos Fueritis, ye, or you may have been. 
 
 3. Illi Fuerint, they may have been. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Sing. 1. Ego Fuissem, I might, could, would, or should have 
 been. 
 
 2. Tu Fuisses, thou mightst, couldst, £[c. have been. 
 
 3. Ille Fuisset, he might, could, 3$c. have been. 
 
 Plur. 1. IVos Fuissemus, we might, could, §c. have been. 
 
 2. Vos Fuissetis, ye, or you might, could, $c. have been. 
 
 3. Illi Fuissent, they might, could, Sjc. have been. 
 
 * The quantity of the i, in the First and Second Persons Plural of 
 the Future-Perfect of every Verb, is doubtful. 
 
I 
 
 26 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Future Tense.* 
 Sing. 1. Ego Futur-us sim, I may be about to be, or will be. 
 
 2. Tu Futur-us sis, thou mayest be about to be, or wilt 
 be ; $c. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 Sing. 2. Tu Es, or esto, be thou. 
 3. Ille Esto, let him be. 
 
 Plur. 2. Vos Este, or estote, be ye, or be you. 
 3. Illi Sun to, let them be. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Esse, to be, that / am, that J was. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 
 Fuisse, to have been, that J have been, that / had been. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 Fu turns, -a, -um esse, to be about to be, that / will be, that / 
 
 would be ; 
 and Futurus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to be, that I 
 
 would have been. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Futurus, -a, -um, about to be. 
 
 i 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Amo, I love. 
 
 Creo, J create. Domo, J tame. 
 
 Principal Parts. 
 
 Pres. Indie. Perfect. Supine. Pres. Infin. 
 
 Amo, amavi, amatum, amare, to love. 
 
 Creo, creavi, creatum, creare, to create. 
 
 Domo, domui, domitum, domare, to tame. 
 
 * There is no Simple Future Subjunctive, but, instead of it, th3 
 Future Participle is used with sim. 
 
VERB. 27 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — {Principal Part.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-o, I love, do love, or am loving. 
 
 2. Am-as, thou lovest, dost love, or art loving. 
 
 3. Am-at, he loves, does love, or is loving. 
 
 Plur. 1. Arn-amus, we love, do love, or are loving. 
 
 2. Am-atis, ye love, do love, or are loving. 
 
 3. Am-ant, they love, do love, or are loving. 
 
 Cre-o. Dom-o. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (From the Present.) 
 Sing. 1. Am-abam, I loved, did love, or was loving. 
 
 2. Am-abas, thou lovedst, didst love, or wast loving 
 
 3. Am-abat, he loved, did love, or was loving. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-abamus, we loved, did love, or were loving. 
 
 2. Am-abatis, ye loved, did love, or were loving. 
 
 3. Am-abant, they loved, did love, or were loving. 
 
 Cre-abam. Dom-abarn. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Principal Part.) 
 Sing. 1. Amav-i, / loved, or have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-isti., thou lovedst, or hast loved. 
 
 3. Amav-it, he loved, or has loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Amav-imus, we loved, or have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-istis, ye loved, or hqve loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erunt, or -ere, they loved, or have loved. 
 
 Creav-i. Domu-i. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Amav-eram, I had loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eras, thou hadst loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erat, he had loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Amav-eramus, we had loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eratis, ye had loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erantj they had loved. 
 
 Creav-eram. Domu-eram. 
 
 Future Tense. — (From the Present.) 
 Sing. 1. Am-abo, I shall, or will love. 
 
 2. Am-abis, thou shall, or wilt love. 
 
 3. Am-abit, he shall, or will love. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-ablmus, we shall, or will love. 
 
 2. Am-abitis, ye shall, or will love- 
 
 3. Am-abunt, they shall, or will love. 
 
 Cre-abo. Dom-abo. 
 
"""HBggj; 
 
 28 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Amav-ero, / shall have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eris, thou shalt have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erit, he shall have loved. 
 Plur. 1. Amav-erimus, we shall have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eritis, ye shall have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erint, they shall have loved* 
 Creav-ero. Domu-ero. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood* 
 Present Tense. — {From the Present.) 
 Sing. 1. Am-em, I may, or can love. 
 
 2. Am-es, thou mayest, or canst love. 
 
 3. Am-et, he may, or can love. 
 Plur. 1. Am-emus, we may, or can love. 
 
 2. Am-etis, ye may, or can love. 
 
 3. Am-ent, they may, or can love* 
 
 Cre-em. Dom-em. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — {From the Present Infinitive.) 
 Sing. 1. Am-arem, / might, could, would, or should love. 
 
 2. Am-ares, thou mightst, couldst, wouldst, 6$c. love. 
 
 3. Am-aret, he might, could, would, or should love. 
 Plur. 1. Am-aremus, we might, could, 6$c. love* 
 
 2. Am-aretis, ye might, could, would, or should love. 
 
 3. Am-arent, they might, could, would, or should love. 
 
 Cre-arem. Dom-arem. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Amav-erim, I may have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eris, thou mayest have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erit, he may have loved. 
 Plur. 1. Amav-erimus, we may have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-eritis, ye may have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-erint, they may have loved. 
 Creav-erim. Domu-erim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Amav-issem, / might, could, would, §c. have loved. 
 
 2. Amav-isses, thou mightst, couldst, §c. have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-isset, he might, could, §c have loved. 
 
 * The Subjunctive Tenses, when preceded by Conjunctions, or 
 Indefinites, are often translated like the corresponding Tenses of the 
 Indicative : as, si amem, if I love : nescio quis amet, I know not 
 who loves. 
 
 The Third Person Singular, and the First and Third Persons Plural 
 of the Present, are often translated by let ; as, amet, let him love. 
 
!&&** 
 
 VERB. 29 
 
 Plur* 1. Amav-issemus, we might, could, $c. have loved* 
 
 2. Amav-issetis, ye might, could, <%c> have loved. 
 
 3. Amav-issent, they might, could, fyc. have loved. 
 
 Creav-issem. Domu-issem. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fiit. Participle and sim.) 
 Sing. 1. Amat-urus sim, I may be about to love, or will love. 
 
 2. Amat-urus sis, thou mayest be about to love, or wilt 
 
 love; Sfc. 
 
 Creat-urus sim. Domit-urus sira. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Inf.) 
 Sing. 2. Am-a, or -ato, love thou, or do thou love. 
 
 3. Am-ato, let him love. 
 
 Plur. 2. Am-ate, or -atote, love ye, or do ye love. 
 3. Am-anto, let them love. 
 
 Cre-a, or -ato. Dom-a, or -ato. 
 
 Infinitive Mood.* 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — {Principal Part.) 
 
 Am-are, to love, that / love, that / was loving. 
 
 Cre-are. Dom-are. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 
 
 Amav-isse, to have loved, that / have loved, that / had loved. 
 
 Creav-isse. Domu-isse. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and esse, or fuisse.) 
 Amat-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to love, that / will love, 
 
 that / would love ; 
 
 and Amat-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to love, 
 
 that / would have loved. 
 
 Creat-urus esse, or fuisse. Domit-urus esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Participles* 
 
 Present and Imperfect. — (From the Present.) 
 
 Arn-ans, loving ; Gen. am-antis. 
 
 Cre-ans. Dom-ans. 
 
 Future. — (From the Supine.) 
 
 Amat-urus, -a, -um, about to love. 
 
 Creat-urus. Domit-urus. 
 
 • The Infinitive Tenses, when preceded by an Accusative, are 
 commonly translated like the corresponding Tenses of the Indicative, 
 the Particle that being sometimes expressed, but often understood. 
 
 b2 
 
30 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Gerunds,— -{From the Pres. Participle.) 
 JVom. Aman-dum, loving. 
 Gen, Aman-di, of loving. 
 Dat. Aman-do, to loving. 
 Ace. Aman-dum, loving. 
 Abl. Aman-do, with loving. 
 Crean-dum. Doman-dum. 
 
 Supines. — {Principal Part.) 
 Amat-um, to love. 
 Amat-u, to love, or to be loved. 
 
 Creat-um. Domit-um. 
 
 Pres. lnd. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Supine. 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Muto, 
 
 mutavi, 
 
 mutatum, 
 
 mutare, to change. 
 
 Seco, 
 
 secui, 
 
 sectum, 
 
 secare, to cut. 
 
 Voco, 
 
 vocavi, 
 
 vocatum, 
 
 vocare, to call. 
 
 Mico. 
 
 micui > 
 
 
 micare, to glitter. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 1. The Present Indicative Passive is formed from the Present 
 Indicative Active by adding r. 
 
 2. The Imperfect Indicative Passive is formed from the Im- 
 perfect Indicative Active, by the change of m into r. 
 
 3. The Perfect Indicative Passive is made up of the Perfect 
 Participle and sum, orfui. 
 
 4. The Pluperfect Indicative Passive is made up of the Per- 
 fect Participle and eram, or fueram. 
 
 5. The Future Indicative Passive is formed from the Future 
 Indicative Active, in the First and Second Conjugations, by 
 adding r, and in the Third and Fourth, by the change of m 
 into r. 
 
 6. The Future- Perfect Passive is made up of the Perfect Par- 
 ticiple and ero, or fuero. 
 
 7. The Present Subjunctive Passive is formed from the Pre- 
 sent Subjunctive Active, by the change of m into r. 
 
 8. The Imperfect Subjunctive Passive is formed from the 
 Imperfect Subjunctive Active, by the change of m into r. 
 
 9. The Perfect Subjunctive Passive is made up of the Perfect 
 Participle and sim, or fu&rim. 
 
 10. The Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive is made up of the 
 Perfect Participle and essem, or fuissem. 
 
 11. The Present Imperative Passive is formed from the Pre- 
 sent Imperative Active by adding re. 
 
VE11B. 3] 
 
 12. The Present Infinitive Passive is formed from the Pre- 
 sent Infinitive Active, in the First, Second, and Fourth Conju- 
 gations, by the change of e into i, and in the Third, by the 
 change of ere into i. 
 
 13. The Perfect Infinitive Passive is made up of the Perfect 
 Participle and esse, oxfuisse. 
 
 14. The Future Infinitive Passive is made up of the First 
 Supine and iri. 
 
 15. The Perfect Participle is formed from the First Supine, 
 by the change of um into us. 
 
 16. The Future Participle Passive is formed from the Gerund 
 by the change of dam into dus. 
 
 Pres. Indicative. Per/. Participle. Pres. Infinitive. 
 
 Amor, amatus, amari, to be loved. 
 
 Creor, creatus, creari, to be created, 
 
 Domor, donritus, domari, to be tamed. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — {From the Pres, Ind, Active.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-or, lam loved.* 
 
 2. Am-aris, or -are, thou art loved. 
 
 3. Am-atur, he is loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-amur, we are loved. 
 
 2. Am-amlm, ye are loved. 
 
 3. Am-antur, they are loved. 
 
 Cre-or. Dom-or. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — {From the Imp. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-abar, I was loved.f 
 
 2. Am-abaris, or -abare, thou wast loved. 
 
 3. Am-abatur, he was loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-abamur, we were loved. 
 
 2. Am-abamini, ye were loved. 
 
 3. Am-abantur, they were loved. 
 
 Cre-abar. Dom-abar. 
 
 * The true meaning of amor is, I am in the state of being loved, 
 or I am being loved ; as, domus cedificatur, the house is building, is 
 being built ; not the house is built. 
 
 + Amabar properly signifies, I was being loved, I was in the state 
 of being loved : as, domus <B&(ficabatur y the house was building, was 
 being built ; not the house was built. 
 
32 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — {Perfect Part, and sum, or fui.) 
 Sing. 1. * Amat-us sum, or fui, I was, or have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-us es, or fuisti, thou wast, or hast been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-us est, or fuit, Ae was, or has been loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Amat-i sumus, or fuimus, we were, or have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-i estis, or fuistis, ye were, or have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-i sunt, fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or have been 
 
 loved. 
 
 Creat-us sum, or fui. Domit-us sum, or fui. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Amat-us eram, or fueram, I had been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-us eras, or fueras, thou hadst been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-us erat, or fuerat, he had been loved. 
 
 Plur. 1 . Amat-i eramus, or fueramus, we had been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-i eratis, or fueratis, ye had been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-i eranr, or fuerant, they had been loved. 
 
 Creat-us eram, or fueram. Domit-us eram, or fueram. 
 
 Future Tense. — (From the Fut. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-abor, I shall, or will be loved. 
 
 2. Am-aberis, or -abere, thou shall, or wilt be loved. 
 
 3. Am-abitur, he shall, or will be loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-abimur, we shall, or will be loved. 
 
 2. Am-abimmi, ye shall, or will be loved. 
 
 3. Am-abuntur, they shall, or will be loved. 
 
 Cre-abor. Dom-abor. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and ero, oifuero.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Amat-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-us eris, or fueris, thou shalt have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-us erit, or fuerit, he shall have been loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Amat-i erimus, or fuerimus, we shall have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-i eritis, or fueritis, ye shall have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-i erunt, or fuerint, they shall have been loved. 
 Creat-us ero, or fuero. Domit-us ero, or fuero. 
 
 * Properly amatus, -a, -urn sum, or fui, I have been loved. The 
 Perfect Participle, in all the Tenses of which it fosns a part, must 
 agree in Gender and Number with the Nominative of the Verb : as, 
 vir amatus est, the man is loved ; fcemina amata est, the woman is 
 loved ; animal amatum est, the animal is loved. Fui, fuisti, &c. are 
 very seldom found with the Perfect Participle. 
 
VERB. 33 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Sub. Active,) 
 
 Sing: 1. Am-er, I may, or can be loved. 
 
 2. Am-eris, or -ere, thou mayest, or canst be loved. 
 
 3. Am-etur, he may, or can be loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-emur, we may, or can be loved. 
 
 2. Am-emini, ye may, or can be loved. 
 
 3. Am-entur, they may, or can be loved. 
 
 Cre-er. Dom-er. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Sub. ActiveX) 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-arer, I might, could, $c. be loved. 
 
 2. Am-areris, or -arere, thou mightst, §c. be loved. 
 
 3. Am-aretur, he might, fyc. be loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Am-aremur, we might, &;c. be loved. 
 
 2. Am-aremlni, ye might, 3$c. be loved. 
 
 3. Am-arentur, they might, #$c. be loved. 
 
 Cre-arer. Dom-arer. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and sim, ox fuerim.) 
 Sing. 1. Amat-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-us sis, or fueris, thou mayest have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-us sit, or fuerit, he may have been loved. 
 
 Plur. 1. Amat-i simus, or fuerlmus, we may have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-i sitis, or fueritis, ye may have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-i sint, or fuerint, they may have been loved. 
 
 Creat-us sim, or fuerim. Domit-us sim, or fuerim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 
 Sing. 1. Amat-us essem, or fuissem, / might, 3$c. have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-us esses, or fuisses, thou mightst, <^c. have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-us esset, or fuisset, he might, S$c have been loved. 
 
 Plur. 1 . Amat-i essemus, or fuissemus, we might, S$c. have been loved. 
 
 2. Amat-i essetis, or fuissetis, ye might, S$c. have been loved. 
 
 3. Amat-i essent, or fuissent, they might, 3$c. have been loved. 
 
 Creat-us essem, or fuissem. Domit-us essem, or fuissem. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Imper. Active.) 
 
 Sing. 2. Am-arc, or -ator, be thou loved. 
 3. Am-ator, let him be loved. 
 
 Plur. 2. Am-ammi, be ye loved. 
 
 3. Am-antor, let them be loved. 
 Cre-are, or -ator. Dom-are, or -ator. 
 
34 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Infinitive Mood, 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — {From the Pres. Inf. Active.) 
 
 Am-ari, to be loved, that / am loved, that I was loved. 
 
 Cre-ari. Dom-ari. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {Perf. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 
 
 Amat-us, -a, -urn esse, or fuisse, t,o have been loved, that / have 
 
 been loved, that / had been loved. 
 
 Creat-us esse, or fuisse. Domit_us esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Future Tense. — {Supine and iri.) 
 
 Amat-um iri, to be about to be loved, that / will be loved, 
 
 that I would be loved. 
 
 Creat-um iri. Domit-uin iri. 
 
 Participles, 
 
 Perfect. — {From the Supine.) 
 
 Amat-us, -a, -um, loved, or being loved. 
 
 Creat-us, -a, -um. Domit-us, -a, -um. 
 
 Future. — {From the Gerund.) 
 Aman-dus, -da, -dum, to be loved, deserving, or requiring to i 
 
 loved. 
 
 
 
 Crean-dus. 
 
 Doman-dus. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Mutor, 
 Secor, 
 Vocor, 
 
 Perf. Part. 
 
 mutatus, 
 
 sectus, 
 
 vocatus, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 mutari, to be changed. 
 secari, to be cut. 
 vocari, to be called. 
 
 Pres. Ind, 
 
 Moneo, 
 
 Doceo, 
 
 Jubeo, 
 
 Sing. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Moneo, / advise. 
 
 Doceo, J teach. Jubeo, / order. 
 
 Principal Parts. 
 
 Perfect. Supine. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Monui, mom turn, monere, to advise. 
 
 docui, doctum, docere, to teach. 
 
 jussi, jussum, jubere, to order. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (Principal Part.) 
 
 1. Mon-eo, / advise, do advise, or am advising. 
 
 2. Mon-es, thou advisest, dost advise, or art advising. 
 
 3. Mon-et, he advises, does advise, or is advising. 
 
VERB. 35 
 
 Piur. I. Mon-emus, we advise, do advise, or are advising. 
 
 2. Mon-etis, ye advise, do advise, or are advising. 
 
 3. Mon-ent, they advise, do advise, or are advising. 
 
 Doc-eo. Jub-eo. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — {From the Present.} 
 Sing. 1. Mon-ebam, / advised, did advise, or was advising. 
 
 2. Mon-ebas, thou advisedst, didst advise, or wast ad- 
 
 vising. 
 
 3. Mon-ebat, he advised, did advise, or was advising. 
 Plur. 1. Mon-ebamus, we advised, did advise, or were advising* 
 
 2. Mon-ebatis, ye advised, did advise, or were advising. 
 
 3. Mon-ebant, they advised, did advise, or were advising. 
 
 Doc-ebam. Jub-ebam. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — {Principal Part.) 
 Sing. 1. Monu-i, I advised, or have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-isti, thou advisedst, or hast advised. 
 
 3. Monu-it, he advised, or has advised. 
 Plur. 1. Monu-imus, we advised, or have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-istis, ye advised, or have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erunt, or -ere, they advised, or have advised. 
 
 Docu-i. Juss-i. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Monu-eram, I had advised. 
 
 2. Monu-eras, thou hadst advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erat, he had advised. 
 Plur. 1. Monu-eramus, we had advised. 
 
 2. Monu-eratiSj ye had advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erantj they had advised. 
 
 Docu-eram. Juss-eram. 
 
 Future Tense. — {From the Present.) 
 Sing. 1. Mon-ebo., I shall, or will advise. 
 
 2. Mon-ebis, thou shalt, or wilt advise. 
 
 3. Mon-ebit, he shall, or will advise. 
 Plur. 1. Mon-ebimus, we shall, or will advise. 
 
 2. Mon-ebitis, ye shall, or will advise- 
 
 3. Mon-ebunt, they shall, or will advise. 
 
 Doc-ebo. Jub-ebo. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Monu-ero, / shall have advised. 
 
 2. Moim-eris, thou shalt have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erit, he shall have advised. 
 Plur 1. Monu-erimus, we shall have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-eritis, ye shall have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erint, they shall have advised. 
 
 Docu-ero. Juss-ero, 
 
36 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Present.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Mone-am, I may, or can advise. 
 
 2. Mone-as, thou mayest, or canst advise. 
 
 3. Mone-at, he may, or can advise. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mone-amus, we may, or can advise. 
 
 2. Mone-atis, ye may, or can advise. 
 
 3. Mone-ant, they may, or can advise. 
 
 Doce-am. Jube-am. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (From the Present Infinitive.) 
 Sing. 1. Mon-erem, / might, could, would, or should advise. 
 
 2. Mon-eres, thou mightst, couldst, 3$c. advise. 
 
 3. Mon-eret, he might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-eremus, we might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 
 
 2. Mon-eretis, ye might, could, would, S$c. advise. 
 
 3. Mon-erent, they might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 
 
 Doc-erem. Jub-erem. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Monu-erim, / may have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-eris, thou mayest have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erit, he may have advised. 
 Plur. 1. Monu-erimus, we may have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-eritis, ye may have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-erint, they may have advised. 
 
 Docu-erim. Juss-erim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Fram the Perfect.) 
 Sing. 1. Monu-issem, I might, could, 6$c. have advised. 
 
 2. Mcnu-isses, thou mightst, couldst, $c. have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-isset, he might, could, 6$c. have advised. 
 Plur. 1. Monu-issemus, we might, could, $c. have advised. 
 
 2. Monu-issetis, ye might, could, Qc. have advised. 
 
 3. Monu-issent, they might, could, S$c. have advised. 
 
 Docu-issera. Juss-issem. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and sim.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-urus sim, I may be about to advise, or will advise. 
 
 2. Monit-urus sis, thou mayest be about to advise, or wilt 
 
 advise ; $c. 
 Doct-urus sim. Juss-urus sim. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Inf.) 
 Sing. 2. Mon-e, or -eto, advise thou, or do thou advise. 
 
 3. Mon-eto, let him advise. 
 
 
VERB. 
 
 37 
 
 Plur. 2. Mon-ete, or -etote, advise ye, or do ye advise. 
 3. Mon-ento, let them advise. 
 
 Doc-e, or -eto. Jub-e, or -eto. 
 
 Infinitive Mood, 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Principal Part.) 
 
 Mon-ere, to advise, that I advise, that / was advising. 
 
 Doc-ere. Jub-ere. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
 
 Monu-isse, to have advised, that / have advised, that / had 
 
 advised. 
 
 Docu-isse. Juss-isse. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and esse, or fuisse.) 
 Monit-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to advise, that / will ad- 
 vise, that / would advise ; 
 and Monit-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to advise , 
 that I would have advised. 
 Doct-urus esse, or fuisse. Juss-urus esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present and Imperfect. — (From the Present.) 
 
 Mon-ens, advising. 
 
 Doc-ens. Jub-ens. 
 
 Future. — (From the Supine.) 
 
 Monit-urus, -a, -um, about to advise. 
 
 Doct-urus. Juss-urus. 
 
 Gerunds. — (From the Pres. Participle.) 
 Nom. Monen-dum, advising. 
 Gen. Monen-di, of advising. 
 Dat. Monen-do, to advising. 
 Ace. Monen-dum, advising. 
 Abl. Monen-do, with advising. 
 Docen-dum. Juben-dum. 
 
 Supines. — (Principal Part.) 
 Monit-um, to advise. 
 Monit-u, to advise, or to be advised. 
 
 Doct-um. Juss-um. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 Sup. 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Praebeo, 
 
 praebui, 
 
 praebitum, 
 
 praebere, to afford. 
 
 Torqueo, 
 
 torsi. 
 
 tortum, 
 
 torquere, to twist. 
 
 Video, 
 
 vidi, 
 
 visum, 
 
 videre, to see. 
 
 Lugeo, 
 
 luxi, 
 
 
 lugere. to mourn. 
 

 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Per/. Participle. Pres. Infinitive. 
 
 Moneor, monitus, moneri, to be advised. 
 
 Doceor, doctus, doceri, to be taught. 
 
 Jubeor, jussus, juberi, to be ordered. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Ind. Active.} 
 Sing. 1. Mon-eor, I am advised. 
 
 2. Mon-eris, or -ere, thou art advised. 
 
 3. Mon-etur, he is advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-emur, we are advised. 
 
 2. Mon-emmi, ye are advised. 
 
 3. Mon-entur, they are advised. 
 
 Doc-eor. Jub r eor. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Ind. Active.) 
 Sing. 1. Mon-ebar, / was advised. 
 
 2. Mon-ebaris, or -ebare, thou wast advised. 
 
 3. Mon-ebatur, he was advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-ebamur, we were advised. 
 
 2. Mon-ebamlni, ye were advised. 
 
 3. Mon-ebantur, they were advised. 
 
 Doc-ehar. Jub-ebar. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and turn, or fui.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-us sum, or fui, I was, or have been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-us es, or fuisti, thou wast, or hast been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-us est, or fuit, he was, or has been advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Monit-isumus,orfuimus,«?e«?ere,orAave6eenarfvt>erf. 
 
 2. Monit-i estis, or fuistis, ye were, or have been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-i sunt, fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or have 
 
 been advised. 
 Doct-us sum, or fui. Juss-us sum, or fui. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, ot fueram.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-us eram, or fueram, / had been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-us eras, or fueras, thou hadst been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-us erat, or fuerat, he had been advised. 
 
 Plur. 1 . Monit-i eramus, or fueramus, we had been advised. 
 2. Monit-i eratis, or fueratis, ye had been advised. 
 3- Monit-i erant, or fuerant, they had been advised. 
 
 Doct-us eram, or fueram. Juss-us eram, or fueram. 
 
Future Tense. — (From the Fut. Ind. Acihe.) 
 Sing. 1. Mon-ebor, I shall, or will be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-eberis, or -ebere, thou shalt, or wilt be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-ebitur, he shall, or will be advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-ebimur, we shall, or will be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-ebimmi, ye shall, or will be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-ebuntur, they shall, or will be advised. 
 
 Doc-ebor. Jub-ebor. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and ero, oi fuero.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-us eris, or fueris, thou shalt have been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-us erit, or fuerit, he shall have been advised. 
 
 Plur. 1 . Monit-i erimus, or fuerimus, we shall have been advised, 
 
 2. Monit-i eritis, or fueritis, ye shall have been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-i erunt, or fuerint, they shall have been advised. 
 Doct-us ero, or fuero. Juss-us ero, cr fuero. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Sub. Active.) 
 
 Sing. 1. Mon-ear, I may, or can be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-earis, or -eare, thou mayest, or canst be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-eatur, he may, or can be advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-eamur, we may, or can be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-eamini, ye may, or can be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-eantur, they may, or can be advised. 
 
 Doc-ear. Jub-ear. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Sub. Active.) 
 Sing. 1. Mon-erer, I might, could, would, $c. be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-ereris, or -erere, thou mightst, S$c. be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-eretur, he might, 6$c. be advised. 
 
 Plur. 1. Mon-eremur, we might, &;c. be advised. 
 
 2. Mon-eremmi, ye might, Sec. be advised. 
 
 3. Mon-erentur, they might, S$c. be advised. 
 
 Doc-erer. Jub-erer. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sim, oi fuerim.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-us sim, or fuerim, I may have been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-us sis, or fueris, thou mayest have been advised. 
 3.' Monit-us sit, or fuerit, he may have been advised. 
 
 Plur. 1 . Monit-i simus, or fuerimus, we may have been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-i sitis, or fueritis, ye may have been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-i sint, or fuerint, they may have been advised. 
 Doct-us sim, or fuerim. Juss-us sim, or faerim. 
 
40 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and essem, ox fuissem.) 
 Sing. 1. Monit-us essem, or fuissem, I might, S$c. have been advised. 
 
 2. Monit-us esses, or fuisses, thou mightst, 3$c. have oeen advised. 
 
 3. Monit-us esset, or fuisset, he might, 6$c. have been advised. 
 Plur. 1 . Monit-i essemus,or fuissemus, we might,fy. have oeen advised. 
 
 2. Monit-i essetis, or fuissetis, ye might, fyc. have been advised. 
 
 3. Monit-i essent, or fuissent, they might, 6$c. have leen advised. 
 
 Doct-us essem, or fuissem. Juss-us essem, or fuissem. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Imper. Active.) 
 Sing. 2. Mon-ere, or -etor, be thou advised. 
 3. Mon-etor, let him be advised. 
 
 Plur. 2. Mon-emini, be ye advised. 
 
 3. Mon-entor, let them be advised. 
 Doc-ere, or -etor. Jub-gre, or -gtor. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — {From the Pres. Inf. Active.) 
 
 Mon-eri, to be advised, that / am advised, that I was advised. 
 
 Doc-eri. Jub-eri. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 
 
 Monit-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been advised, that / 
 
 have been advised, that / had been advised. 
 
 Doct-us esse, or fuisse. Juss-us esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Future Tense. — {Supine and iri.) 
 
 Monit-um hi, to be about to be advised, that I will be advised, 
 
 that i" would be advised. 
 
 Doct-um iri. Juss-um iri. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Perfect. — {From the Supine.) 
 
 Monit-us, -a, -um, advised, or being advised. 
 
 Doct-us, -a, -um. Juss-us, -a, -um. 
 
 Future. — {From the Gerund.) 
 Monen-dus, -da, -dum, to be advised, deserving, or requiring 
 to be advised. 
 Docen-dus. Juben-dus. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Praebeor, praebitus, praeberi, to be afforded. 
 
 Torqueor, tortus, torqueri, to be twisted. 
 
 Videor, visus, videri, to be seen. 
 
VEHB. 
 
 4J 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Re go, / rule. 
 
 Lego, / read. Capio, / take. 
 
 Principal Parts. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Rego, 
 
 Per/. 
 rexi, 
 
 Sup. Pres. Inf. 
 rectum, regere, to rule 
 
 Lego, 
 Capio, 
 
 legi, 
 cepi, 
 
 lectum, legere, to read. 
 captum, capere, to take. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — {Prin. Part.) 
 Reg-o, I rule, do rule, or am ruling. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 
 
 Reg-o. -is. -it -imus. -itis. 
 
 Leg-o. Cap-io. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (Present.) 
 Reg-ebam, / ruled, did rule, or was ruling. 
 
 Reg-ebam -ebas, 
 
 3. 
 
 -unt. 
 
 -ebant 
 
 -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. 
 
 Leg-ebam. Capi-Sbam. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Prin. Part.) 
 
 Rexi, I ruled, or have ruled. 
 
 Rex-i. -isti. -it. -imus. -istis. -erunt, or -ere. 
 
 Leg-i. Cep-i. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
 
 Rex-eram, I had ruled. 
 
 Rex-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. ..erant 
 
 Leg-eram. Cep-eram. 
 
 Future Tense. — {Present.) 
 Reg-am, / shall, or will rule. 
 Reg-am. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. 
 
 Leg-am. Capi-am. 
 
 -ent 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
 Rex-ero, / shall have ruled. 
 Rex-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. 
 
 Leg-ero. Cep-ero. 
 
 -erint 
 
42 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 1 
 
 Reg-am. 
 
 Reg-erem. 
 
 Rex-erim. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (Present.) 
 
 Reg-am, / may, or can rule. 
 >. -at. -amus. 
 
 Leg-am. Capi-am. 
 
 -atis. 
 
 -ant 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (Pres. Inf.) 
 
 Reg-erem, I might, could, fyc.rule. 
 -eres. -eret. -eremus. -eretis. -erent. 
 
 Leg-erem. Cap-erem. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 
 
 Rex-erim, / may have ruled. 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. 
 
 Leg-erim. Cep-erim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 
 
 Rex-issem, / might, could, 6$c. have ruled. 
 Rex-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. 
 
 -ennt. 
 
 -issent 
 
 Leg-issem. 
 
 Cep-issem. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Part, and sim.) 
 
 RecUurus sim, I may be about to rule, 6$c. 
 Reet-urus sim. sis. sit. -uri simus. sitis. sink 
 
 Lect-urus sim. Capt-iirus sim. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Inf.) 
 
 Reg-e, or -ito, rule thou, or do thou rule. 
 — Reg-e, or -ito. -ito. — -ite, or -itote. -unto. 
 
 Leg-e, or -ito. Cap-e, or -ito. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Prin. Part.) 
 
 Reg-ere, to rule, that / rule, that / was ruling. 
 
 Leg-ere. Cap-ere. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 
 Rex-isse, to have ruled, that / have ruled, that / had rulecL 
 
 Leg-isse. Cep-isse. 
 
VERB. 43 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 
 
 Rect-urus, la, -urn esse, to be about to rule, that I will rule, 
 
 that / would rule ; 
 
 and Rect-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to rule, that 
 
 / would have ruled. 
 
 Lect-urus esse, or fuisse. Capt-urus esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Participles, 
 
 Present and Imperfect. — (Present.) 
 
 Reg-ens, ruling. 
 
 Leg-ens. Capi-ens. 
 
 Future. — (Supine.) 
 
 Rect-urus, -a, -um, about to rule. 
 Lect-urus. Capt-urus. 
 
 Gerunds. — (Pres. Participle,) 
 
 Regen-dura, ruling, 6$c. 
 
 Legen-dum. Capien-dum. 
 
 Supines. — (Prin. Part.) 
 
 Rect-um, to rule. Rect-u, to rule, or to be ruled, 
 
 Lect-um. Capt-um. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Jacio, 
 Mitto, 
 Tango, 
 Viso, 
 
 Perf. 
 
 jeci, 
 
 misi, 
 
 tetigi, 
 
 visi, 
 
 fa 
 
 Sup. 
 jactum, 
 missum, 
 , tactum, 
 
 [CE. 
 
 legi, 
 capi, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 jacere. to throw, 
 mittere, to send. 
 tangere, to touch. 
 visere, to visit. 
 
 
 Fres. Ind. 
 Regor, 
 
 Legor 
 Capio] 
 
 PASSIVE VO] 
 
 Perf. Part. 
 rectus, 
 
 lectus, 
 captus, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 regi, to be ruled, 
 
 to he read. 
 to he taken* 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Regor, I am ruled. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 3. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Reg-or. 
 
 -ens, or -ere. -itur. 
 
 Leg-or. 
 
 -lmur. 
 Capi-or. 
 
 -immi. 
 
 -untur. 
 
44 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Reg-ebar. -J 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (Imp* Ind. Active.) 
 Reg-ebar, / was ruled, 
 or eba're - eD ^ tur * -ebamur. -ebammi. -ebantur. 
 Leg-ebar. Capi-gbar. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sum, or fui.) 
 
 Rect-us sum, or fui, / was, or have been ruled. 
 
 Rect-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Lect-us sum, or fui. Capt-us sum, or fui. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 
 
 Rect-us eram, or fueram, I had been ruled. 
 
 Rect-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 
 
 Lect-us eram, or fueram. Capt-us eram, or fueram. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Reg-ar, / shall, or will be ruled. 
 
 Reg-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 
 
 Leg-ar. Capi-ar. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and ero, oifuZro.) 
 
 Rect-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been ruled. 
 
 Rect-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &e. 
 
 Lect-us ero, or fuero. Captus ero, or fuero. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Sub. Active.) 
 
 Reg-ar, / may, or can be ruled. 
 
 Reg-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -amini. -antur. 
 
 Leg-ar. Capi-ar. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — {Imp. Sub. Active.) 
 
 Reg-erer, I might, could, 6$c. be ruled. 
 
 Reg-erer, ■! " erens > -eretur. -eremur. -eremini. -erentur. 
 5 * (or-erere. 
 
 Leg-erer. Cap-erer. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sim, or fuerim.) 
 
 Rect-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been ruled. 
 
 Rect-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 
 Lect-us sim, or fuerim. Capt-us sim, or fuerim. 
 
vei:b. 45 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 
 
 Rect-us essem, or fuissem, I might, 6$c. have leen ruled, 
 
 RecUus essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissem us, &c. 
 
 Lect-us essem, or fuissem. Capt-us essem, or fuissem. 
 
 Imperative Mood, 
 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Imper. Active.} 
 
 Reg-ere, or -ltor, be thou ruled. 
 
 Reg-ere, or -itor. -ltor. -imini. -untor. 
 
 Leg-ere, or -itor. Cap-ere, or -ltor. 
 
 Infinitive Mood, 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Pres. Inf. Active.) 
 
 Reg-i, to be ruled, that / am ruled, that / was ruled. 
 
 Leg-i. Cap-i. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 
 
 Rect-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been ruled, that / have 
 
 been ruled, that / had been ruled. 
 
 Lect-us esse, or fuisse. Capt-us esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Supine and iri.) 
 
 Rect-um iri, to be about to be ruled, that / will be ruled, that 1 
 
 would be ruled, 
 
 Lect-um iri. Capt-um iri. 
 
 Participles, 
 
 Perfect. — {Supine.) 
 
 Rect-us, -a, -um, ruled, or being ruled. 
 
 Lect-us. Capt-us. 
 
 Future. — ( Gerund. ) 
 
 Regen-dus, -da, -dum, to be ruled, deserving, or requiring to 
 
 be ruled. 
 
 Legen-dus. Capien-dus. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Per/, Part. Pres, Inf. 
 
 Jacior, j actus, jaci, to be thrown. 
 
 Mittor, missus, mitti, to be sent. 
 
 Tangor, tactus, tangi, to be touched. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Audio, / hear. 
 
 Polio, I polish. Vincio, / bind. 
 
3 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 
 
 Principal Parts._ 
 
 
 'res, Ind. 
 Audio, 
 
 Perf, 
 audlvi, 
 
 Sup. 
 
 auditum, 
 
 Pres, Inf. 
 audire, to hear. 
 
 Polio, 
 Vincio, 
 
 pollvi, 
 vinxi, 
 
 polltum, 
 vinctum, 
 
 polire, to polish. 
 vincire, to bind. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Prin, Part.) 
 
 Aud-io, I hear, do hear, or am hearing. 
 
 Singular. Plural, 
 
 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 
 
 Aud-io. -is. -it. -imus. -itis. 
 
 Pol-io. Vinc-io. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (Present.) 
 Audi-ebam, / heard, did hear, or was hearing. 
 
 3. 
 -hint. 
 
 Audi-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. 
 
 Poli-ebam. Vinci-ebam. 
 
 -ebatis. -ebant. 
 
 Audlv-i. 
 
 Perfect Tense.— (Prin, Part.) 
 Audlv-i, / heard, or have heard, 
 -isti. -it. -imus. -istis. -erunt, or 
 
 Poliv-i. Vinx-i. 
 
 .ere. 
 
 Audiv^eram. 
 
 Audi-am. 
 
 Audiv-ero. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect,) 
 
 Audiv-eram, I had heard, 
 
 -eras. -erat. -eramus. 
 
 Poliv-eram. Vinx-eram. 
 
 -eratis. -erant. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Present.) 
 Audi-am, I shall, or will hear, 
 -es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 
 
 Poli-am. Vinci-am. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 
 
 Audiv-ero, / shall have heard. 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Poliv-ero. Vinx-ero. 
 
 Audi-am. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Present.) 
 
 Audi-am, / may, or can hear. 
 -as. -at. -amus. 
 
 Poli-am. Vinci-am. 
 
 -atis. 
 
 -anu 
 
VERB. 47 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — {Pres. Inf.) 
 
 Aud-Irem, / mighty could, §c. hear. 
 
 Aud-Irem. -ires. -iret. -iremus. -iretis. -irent. 
 
 Pol-Irem. Vinc-Irem. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
 
 Audiv-erim, / may have heard. 
 
 Audiv-erim. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Poliv-erim. Vinx-erim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
 
 Audiv-issem, / might, could, &;c. have heard. 
 
 Audiv-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent, 
 
 Poliv-issem. Vinx-issem. 
 
 Future Tense. — {Fut. Part, and sim.) 
 
 Audit-urus sim, I may be about to hear, 3$c. 
 
 Audit-urus sim. sis. sit. -uri simus. sitis. sint. 
 
 Polit-urus sim. Vinct-urus sim. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense — {Pres. Inf.) 
 
 Aud-i, or -Ito, hear thou, or do thou hear. 
 
 — Aud-i, or -Ito. -Ito. ite, or -itote. -iunto. 
 
 Pol-i, or -Ito. Vinc-i, or -Ito. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — {Prin. Part.) 
 
 Aud-Ire, to hear, that / hear, that / was hearing. 
 
 Pol-Ire. Vine-ire. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
 Audiv-isse, to have heard, that / have heard, that / had heard. 
 
 Poliv-isse. Vinx-isse. 
 
 Future Tense. — {Fut. Part, and esse, oi fuisse.) 
 
 Audit-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to hear, that / will hear, 
 
 that / would hear ; 
 
 and AudiUurus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to hear, that 
 / would have heard. 
 
 Polit-urus esse, or fuisse. Vinct-urus esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Participles. 
 Present and Imperfect. — {Present.) 
 Audi-ens, hearing. 
 Poli-ens. Vinci-ens. 
 
48 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Future. — (Supine.) 
 A udit-urus, -a, -urn, about to hear. 
 ' Polit-urus. Vinct-urus. 
 
 Gerunds. — (Pres. Participle.) 
 
 Audien-dum, hearing, &$c. 
 
 Polien-dum. Vincien-dum. 
 
 Supines. — (Prin. Part.) 
 
 Audit-um, to hear. Audit-u, to hear, or to be heard. 
 
 Poll t- urn. Vinct-um. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Condio, 
 
 Per/. 
 
 condivi, 
 
 Sup. 
 condltum, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 condlre, to season. 
 
 Nutrio, 
 
 nutrlvi, 
 
 nutritum, 
 
 nutrire, to nourish. 
 
 Sepio, 
 Gestio, 
 
 sepsi, 
 gestlvi, 
 
 septum, 
 
 sepire, to enclose. 
 gestlre, to exult. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Audior, audltus, audlri, to be heard. 
 
 Polior, politus, poliri, to be polished. 
 
 Vincior, vinctus, vinciri, to be bound. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Aud-ior, I am heard. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 2. 3. 1. 2. 
 
 -Iris, or -Ire. -Itur. - -Imur. -imini. 
 
 Pol-ior. Vinc-ior. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — (Imp. Ind. Active.) 
 Audi-ebar, / was heard. 
 
 I " e a "^ -ebatur. -ebamur. -ebaraini. 
 J or -ebare. 
 
 Poli-gbar. Vinci-ebar. 
 
 1. 
 
 Aud-ior. 
 
 Audi-ebar. 
 
 3. 
 
 -iuntur. 
 
 •ebantur. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sum. or fui.) 
 
 Audlt-us sum, or fui, / was, or have been heard. 
 
 Audlt-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Polit-us sum, or fui. Vinct-us sum, or fui. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 
 
 Audlt-us eram, or fueram, / had been heard. 
 
 Audlt-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &a 
 
 PolTt-us eram, or fueram. Vinct-us eram, or fueram. 
 
VERB. 49 
 
 Future Tense. — (Fut. Ind. Active.) 
 
 Audi-ar, I shall, or will be heard. 
 
 Audi-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -ernmi. -entur. 
 
 Poli-ar. Vinci-ar. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. — {Per/, Part, and ero, ot fuero.) 
 
 Audlt-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been heard. 
 
 AudlUus ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c\ 
 
 Pollt-us ero, or fuero. Vinct-us ero, or fuero. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Sub. Active.) 
 Audi-ar, J may, or can be heard. 
 Audi-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -aminj, -antur. 
 
 Poli-ar. Vinci-ar. 
 
 Imperfect Tense — {Imp. Sub. Active.) 
 
 Aud-Irer, I might, could, $c. be heard. 
 
 Aud-Irer. -ireris, or -irere. -iretur. -iremur, -iremmi. -irentur. 
 
 Pol-irer. Vinc-irer. 
 
 Perfect Tense. — (P*rf. Part, and sim, 01 fuerim.) 
 
 Audlt-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been heard. 
 
 AudiUus sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c 
 
 Polit-us sim, or fuerim. Vinct-us sim, or fuerim. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 
 
 AudiUus essem, or fuissem, / might, %c. have been heard. 
 
 Audit-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 
 
 Pollt-us essem, or fuissem. Vinct-us essem, or fuissem. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Present Tense. — (Pres. Imper. Active.) 
 
 Aud-rre, or -Itor, be thou heard. 
 
 — Aud-Ire, or -itor. -Itor. — -imini. -iuntor. 
 
 Pol-ire, or -itor. Vine-ire, or -Itor, 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Pret. Inf. Active.) 
 
 Aud-Iri, to be heard, that / am heara\ that / was heard. 
 
 Pol-Iri. Vinc-Iri. 
 
50 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/, Part, and esse, ot fuisse.) 
 
 Audit-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been heard, that 1 
 
 have been heard, that I had been heard. 
 
 Polit-us esse, or fuisse. Vinct-us esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Future Tense. — (Supine and iri.) 
 Audit-um iri, to be about to be heard, that / will be heard, that 
 • J would be heard. 
 Polit-um iri. Vinct-um iri. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Perfect. — (Supine.) 
 
 Audit-us, -a, -um, heard, or being heard. 
 
 PolTt-us. Vinct-us. 
 
 Future. — (Gerund.) 
 
 Audien-dus, -da, -dum, to be heard, deserving, or requiring to 
 
 be heard. 
 
 Polien-dus. Vincien-dus. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Perf* Part. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Condior, conditus, condiri, to be seasoned. 
 
 Nutrior, nutritus, nutrlri, to be nourished. 
 
 Sepior, septus, sepiri, to be enclosed. 
 
 Exercise showing the signification oftlte different Tenses of the Infini- 
 tive Mood, when preceded by a Verb and an Accusative. 
 
 Dicit me scrib&re, he says that I write, do write, or am writing. 
 
 Dixit me scribere, he said that I wrote, did write, or was writing. 
 
 Dicit me scripsisse, he says that I wrote, did write, or have written. 
 
 Dixit me scripsisse, he said that I had written. 
 
 Dicit me scripturum esse, he says that I will write. 
 
 Dixit me scripturum esse, he said that I would write. 
 
 Dicit me scripturum fuisse, he says that I would have written. 
 
 Dicit literas scribi, he says that letters are writing, are in the state of 
 
 being written, or are being written. 
 Dixit literas scribi, he said that letters were writing, or being written. 
 Dicit literas scriptas esse, he says that letters are, or were written. 
 Dicit literas scriptas fuisse, he says that letters have been written. 
 Dixit literas scriptas fuisse f he said that letters had been written. 
 Dicit literas scriptum iri, he says that letters will be written. 
 Dixit literas scriptum iri, he said that letters would be written. 
 
 In Verbs which want the Supine, the Future Infinitive is supplied 
 by fore ut, or futurum esse nt, with the Subjunctive: as, scio fore, 
 or futurum esse ut lugeat, I know that he will mourn ; scivi fore, or 
 futurum esse ut lugeret, I knew that he would mourn. 
 
VERB. 51 
 
 Different kinds of Verbs. 
 
 An Active Verb expresses some action of its nominative: as, 
 amo, I love. When the action implied in the Verb is commu- 
 nicated to some other object, it is called Active Transitive : as, 
 amo patrem, I love my father. When the action does not pass 
 from the agent to any other object, the Verb is called Active 
 Intransitive: as, curro, I run. 
 
 A Passive Verb denotes that its nominative is suffering, or is 
 acted upon : as, amor, I am loved. 
 
 A Neuter Verb expresses neither action nor suffering, but 
 simply the state, posture, or quality of its nominative : as, palleo, 
 I am pale; sedeo, I sit; gaudeo, I am glad. 
 
 A Substantive Verb expresses being or existence. The Sub- 
 stantive Verbs are, sum, I am ; fio, I am made ; for em, I might 
 be; existo, I exist. 
 
 A Deponent Verb has a Passive Termination, -with an Active, 
 or Neuter signification: as, loquor, I speak; morior, I die. 
 Verbs are called Deponent because they have laid aside their 
 Passive signification. 
 
 A Common Verb has a Passive termination with an Active and 
 Passive signification : as, cr (minor, I accuse, or I am accused. 
 
 A Neuter-Passive Verb is partly Active and partly Passive 
 in termination ; and is Active, Passive, or Neuter in signification : 
 as, audeo, I dare ; fio, I am made; gaudeo, I rejoice. 
 
 A Frequentative Verb expresses a frequent repetition of the 
 action, or an increase of the signification denoted by the primi- 
 tive: as, clamlto, I cry frequently, from clamo. Frequentatives 
 are formed from the last Supine, by the change of atu into ito, 
 in Verbs of the First, and of u into o, in Verbs of the other 
 Conjugations. They are all of the First Conjugation, and end 
 in Uo, so, xo, and, when Deponent, in or. 
 
 An Inceptive Verb expresses the beginning or continued in- 
 crease of the action or state denoted by the primitive : as, caleo, 
 I am warm ; calesco. I grow warm. Inceptives are formed from 
 the Second Person Singular of the Present Indicative, by adding 
 co : as, caleo, cales, cales-co. They are all of the Third Conju- 
 gation, and want both Perfect and Supine. Inceptives are 
 likewise formed from Nouns and Adjectives : as, puerasco, from 
 puer ; dulcesco, from dulcis. 
 
 A Desiderative Verb expresses a desire to do something. 
 Desideratives are formed from the Future Participle Active, by 
 changing rus into rio, and shortening the penultima : as, cceno, 
 I sup ; ccenaturus, ccenaturio, I desire to sup. They are all of 
 the Fourth Conjugation, and want both Perfect and Supine, 
 except esurio, which is regularly conjugated, and parturio, and 
 nupturio, which have the Perfect. 
 
52 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 A Participle is a kind of Adjective derived from a Verb, which, 
 in its signification, implies time. When Participles are divested 
 of the idea of time, they admit degrees of Comparison. 
 
 There are four Participles ; the Present and Imperfect, ending in 
 ns ; the Perfect, in tus y sus, xus ; the Future Active, in rus ; and the 
 Future Passive, in dus. Those which end in ns and rus are gene- 
 rally Active; those in dus are always Passive; and those in tus, sus 9 
 xus y are generally Passive, but sometimes Active, or Common^ accord- 
 ing to the nature of the Verbs from which they come. 
 
 Active Verbs have two Participles, the Present and Future : as, 
 amans, loving; amaturus, about to love. Active Verbs have no 
 Perfect Participle, but this defect is supplied by quum, with the 
 Pluperfect Subjunctive : as, quum amavlsset, when he had loved, or 
 having loved. 
 
 Active Intransitive Verbs have frequently three Participles : as, 
 carens y cariturus, carendus, from careo ; and sometimes four : as, 
 vigilans, vigildtus, vigilaturus, vigilandus, from vigtlo. 
 
 Passive Verbs have two Participles, the Perfect and Future : as, 
 amatus, loved ; amandus, to be loved. The Future Participle often 
 supplies the place of a Present Participle Passive. 
 
 Neuter Verbs have two Participles : as, sedens, sessurus, from scdeo. 
 
 Deponent Verbs of an Active signification have generally four Par- 
 ticiples : as, loquens, locutus y locuturus, loqaendus, from loquor. Those 
 of a Neuter signification have generally three : as, labens, lapsus, lap- 
 sums, from labor. The Perfect Participle of Deponent Verbs has an 
 Active signification, and corresponds to the English Perfect Participle 
 with having : as, locutus, having spoken. 
 
 Common Verbs have generally four Participles : as, criminans, 
 criminatus, criminaturus, criminandus, from criminor. Their Per- 
 fect Participle has sometimes an Active, and sometimes a Passive 
 signification : as, criminatus, having accused, or being accused. 
 
 Neuter Passive Verbs have generally three Participles : as, gau- 
 dens, gavtsus, gavisurus, from gaudeo. 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS.* 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 Conor, I attempt. 
 
 Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Conor, conatus, conari, to attempt. 
 
 * Deponent Verbs are conjugated like the Passive Voice of the 
 Conjugations to which they belong, except that they have four Parti- 
 ciples, with the Gerunds, Supines, and Future of the Infinitive like 
 Active Verbs. The Perfect Participle has an Active signification; 
 ps, conatus, having attempted, not being attempted. 
 
VERB. 53 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Con-or, / attempt, do attempt, or am attempting'. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 PluraL 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Con-or. 
 
 -arig, or -are. 
 
 -atur. 
 
 -amur. 
 
 -amini. 
 
 -aiitur 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Con-abar, / attempted, did attempt, or was attempting. 
 
 Con-abar. < obare. * a ^^ fcur ' -abamur. -abamini. -abantur. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us sum, or fui, / attempted, or have attempted. 
 Conat-us sum, or fui, &c -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us eram, or fueram, I had attempted. 
 Conat-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Con-abor, / shall, or will attempt. 
 
 Con-abor. \ " T? -abltur. -abimur. -abirnini. -abuntur. 
 ( or -abere. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us ero, or fuero, / shall have attempted. 
 
 Conat-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 
 Subju nctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Con-er, / may, or can attempt. 
 Con-er. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Con-arer, 1 might, could, &;c. attempt. 
 
 Con-arer, < " . -aretur. -aremur. -aremini. -arentur 
 3 ^or-arere. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us sim, or fuerim, / may have attempted. 
 Conat-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us essem, or fuissem, I might, <Jc. have attempted. 
 Conat-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 
 
 c 2 
 
54 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Con-are, or -ator, attempt thou, or do thou attempt. 
 
 — Con- are, or -ator. -ator. -ammi. -an tor. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Con-Sri, to attempt, that I attempt, that / was attempting. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Conat-us, -a, -um esse, wfuisse, to have attempted, that I have 
 
 attempted, that / had attempted. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Conat-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to attempt, that / will 
 
 attempt, that / would attempt ; 
 
 and Conat-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to attempt, 
 that I would have attempted. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present and Imperfect. — Conans, attempting. 
 
 Perfect. — Confit-us, -a, -um, having attempted. 
 
 Fut. Active. — Conat-urus, -a, -um, about to attempt. 
 
 Fut. Passive. — Conan-dus, -da, -dum, to be attempted, deserving, 
 
 or requiring to be attempted. 
 
 Gerunds. 
 Nom. Conan-dum, attempting. 
 
 Gen. Conan-di, <$>c. 
 
 Supines. 
 Conet-um, to attempt. Conat-u, to attempt, or to be attempted. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Causor, 
 Laetor, 
 Praedor, 
 
 Perf. Part. 
 causatus, 
 laetatus, 
 praedatus, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 causari, to blame. 
 laetari, to rejoice. 
 praedari, to plunder. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Mereor, 
 Fateor, 
 Polliceor 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Perf. Part. Pres. Inf. 
 meritus, mereri, to deserve. 
 fassus, fateri, to confess. 
 pollicitus, polliceri, to promise* 
 
 Conjugated like Moneor, page 38. 
 
VERB. 
 
 55 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Utor, 
 
 Morior, 
 
 Sequor, 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Per/. Part. 
 usus, 
 mortuus, 
 secutus, 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 uti, to use. 
 mori, to die. 
 sequi, to follow. 
 
 Conjugated like Regor, page 43. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Blandior, 
 Metior, 
 Ordior, 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION 
 
 Per/. Part. 
 blandltus, 
 mensus, 
 orsus, 
 
 Conjugated like Audior, page 48. 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 blandlri, to flatter. 
 metiri, to measure. 
 ordlri, to begin. 
 
 NEUTER-PASSIVE VERBS. 
 Audeo, / dare. 
 Pres. Ind. Perf Part. Pres. Inf. 
 
 Audeo, ausus, audere, to dare. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Aud-eo, I dare, do dare, or am daring. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Aud-eo. 
 
 -es. 
 
 -et. 
 
 -emus. 
 
 -etis. 
 
 -ent. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Aud-ebam, / dared, did dare, or was daring. 
 
 Aud-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us sum, or fui, / dared, or have dared. 
 
 Aus-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us eram, or fueram, / had dared. 
 
 Aus-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &a 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Aud-ebo, / shall, or will dare. 
 
 Aud-ebo, -ebis. -ebit. -ebimus. -ebitis. -ebunt. 
 
56 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Future-Perfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us ero, or fuero, / shall have dared. 
 
 A us-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c 
 
 Subjunctive Mood, 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Aude-am, / may, or can dare, 
 
 Aude-am. -as. -at. -amus. -atis. -ant. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Aud-erem, / might, could, %c. dare. 
 
 Aud-erem. -eres. -eret. -eremus. -eretis. -erent. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us sim, or fuerim, / may have dared. 
 
 Aus-us sim, or fuerim, &c -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us essem, or fuissem, / might, 6$c. have dared. 
 
 Aus-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Aud-e, or -eto, dare thou, or do thou dare. 
 
 Aud-e, or -eto. -eto. ete, or -etote. -ento. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Present and Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Aud-ere, to dare, that I dare, that / was daring. 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Aus-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have dared, that / have 
 dared, that / had dared. 
 
 Future Tense. 
 Aus-urus, -a, -um esse 4 , to be about to dare, that / will dare, 
 
 that / would dare ; 
 and Aus-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to dare, that 
 
 J would have dared. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present and Imperfect. — Aud-ens, daring. 
 
 Perfect. — Aus-us, -a, -um, having dared. 
 
 Fut. Active — Aus-urus -a, -um, about to dare. 
 
 Fut. P. — Auden-dus, -da, -dum, to be dared, $c. (seldom used.) 
 
VERB. 57 
 
 Gerunds. 
 Norn. Auden-dum, daring. Gen. Auden-di, $*<?. 
 
 Supines* 
 Aus-um, to dare. Aus-u, to dare, or to be dared. 
 
 The other Neuter-Passive Verbs are, 
 
 Gaudeo, gavisus, gaudere, to rejoice. 
 
 Soleo, solitus, solere, to be wont. 
 
 Fido, fi sus, fidere, to trust, with its com- 
 
 pounds confldo, I trust, and diffido, I distrust, which have also 
 confidi 3 and diff'idi, in the Perfect. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 There are six Irregular Verbs: sum, eo, queo, volo, 
 fero, and fio, with their Compounds. 
 
 The Compounds absum, adsum, <Jr. are declined like sum (see p. 
 24), except subsum, which wants the Perfect and the Tenses formed 
 from it. 
 
 In Prosum, a d is inserted where sum begins with e. 
 
 Prosum, / do good. 
 
 Prosum, profui, prodesse, to do good. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Pro-sum. prod-es. prod-est. pro-sumus. prod-estis, 
 
 pro- sunt. 
 Imp. Prod-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 
 Fut. Prod-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erunt 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Imp. Prod-essem. -esses, -esset -essemus. -essetis. -essent. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Pres. Prod-es, or -esto. -esto. -este, or -estote. pro-sunto. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 Pres. and Imp. Prod-esse. 
 In the other Tenses, prosum is declined like sum ; pro-fui, 
 pro-fu?ram, pro-sim, $$c. 
 
 Possum, J am able. 
 Possum, potui, posse, to be able. 
 
5* 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pos-sum. pot-es. pot-est.pos-sumus. pot-estis. pos-sunt. 
 
 Pot-eram. 
 Polu-i. 
 Potu-eram. 
 Pot-ero. 
 
 Fw£»-P.Potu-ero. 
 
 Pres. Pos-sim. 
 
 Imp. Pos-sem. 
 
 Perf. Potu-erim. 
 
 Plup. Potu-issem. 
 
 -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant, 
 
 -isti. -it. -lmus. -istis. -erunt, or-ere. 
 
 -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 
 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erunt. 
 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 -sis. -sit. -simus. -sitis. -sint. 
 
 -ses. -set. -semus. -setis. -sent, 
 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent 
 
 {No Imperative.) 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Posse. Perf. and Plup. Potuisse. 
 Participle, Pres. and Imp. Potens, able, is always used as an 
 Adjective. The rest not used. 
 P os gum is compounded ofpotis, able, and sum. 
 
 Eo, I go. 
 
 Eo, Ivi, ltum, Ire, to go. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Eo. 
 
 is. it. 
 
 Imus. 
 
 Itis. 
 
 eunt. 
 
 Imp. Ibam. 
 
 ibas. ibat. 
 
 ibamus. 
 
 ibatis. 
 
 ibant. 
 
 Perf. Ivi. 
 
 Ivisti. ivit. 
 
 ivimus. 
 
 ivistis. 
 
 f iverunt, 
 \ or ivere- 
 
 
 
 
 
 Plup. Iveram. 
 
 Iveras. iverat. 
 
 iveramus. 
 
 iveratis. 
 
 iverant. 
 
 Fut. Ibo. 
 
 Ibis. ibit. 
 
 ibimus. 
 
 ibitis. 
 
 ibunt. 
 
 Fut.-P. Ivero. 
 
 Iveris. iverit. 
 
 iverimus. 
 
 iveritis. 
 
 iverint. 
 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 
 
 Pres. Earn. 
 
 eas. eat. 
 
 eamus. 
 
 eatis. 
 
 eant. 
 
 Imp. Irem. 
 
 Ires. iret. 
 
 iremus. 
 
 iretis. 
 
 irent. 
 
 Perf. Iverim. 
 
 Iveris. iverit. 
 
 iverimus 
 
 i. iveritis 
 
 . iverint. 
 
 Plup. Ivissem. 
 
 Ivis&es. ivisset. 
 
 ivissemus. ivissetis. ivissent 
 
 Fut. Iturussim. 
 
 sis. sit. 
 
 -i simus. 
 
 sitis. 
 
 sint. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Pres. I, or ito. Ito. Ite, or itote. eunto. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. Participles. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Ire. Pres. and Imp. lens. Gen. euntia. 
 
 Perf. and Plup. Ivisse. Fut. It-urus, -a, -urn. 
 
 Fut. It-urus, -a, -um esse ; 
 and It-Orus, -a, -um fuisse. 
 
VERB. 
 
 59 
 
 Gerunds. Supines. 
 
 Nom. Eundum. Itum. 
 
 Gen. Eundi, -do ; &c. Itu. 
 
 Eo is, for the most part, formed regularly according to the Fourth 
 Conjugation. It is used in the Passive as an Impersonal only : as, 
 itur, ibdtur, fyc. 
 
 The Compounds of eo generally reject v in the Perfect and the 
 Tenses formed from it : as, abeo, abii, seldom abtvi, abitum, abire, to 
 go away. Ambio, -ivi, -itum, -ire, to surround, is a regular Verb of 
 the Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 Queo, I can, nequeo, I cannot, and veneo, I am sold, are conjugated 
 like eo, except that they want the Imperative and Gerunds, and veneo 
 has no Participles or Supines. 
 
 Volo, / am willing, I wish. 
 
 Volo, volui, velle, to be willing, to wish. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Volo. 
 
 vis. 
 
 vult. 
 
 volumus. 
 
 vultis. 
 
 volunt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Voi-ebam. 
 
 -ebas. 
 
 -ebat. 
 
 -ebamus. 
 
 -ebatis. 
 
 -ebant. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Volu-i. 
 
 -isti. 
 
 -it. 
 
 -imus. 
 
 -istis. 
 
 f -erunt, 
 \or -ere. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Volu-eram. 
 
 -eras. 
 
 -erat. 
 
 -eramus. 
 
 -eratis. 
 
 -erant. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Vol-am. 
 
 -es. 
 
 -et. 
 
 -emus. 
 
 -etis. 
 
 -ent. 
 
 FuJ.-P.Volu-ero. 
 
 -eris. 
 
 -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. 
 
 -erint. 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Mood. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Vel-im. 
 
 -is. 
 
 -it. 
 
 -imus. 
 
 -Itis. 
 
 -int. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Vel-lem. 
 
 -les. 
 
 -let. 
 
 -lemus. 
 
 -letis. 
 
 -lent. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Volu-erim. 
 
 -eris. 
 
 -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. 
 
 -erint 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Volu-issem. 
 
 -isses. 
 
 -isset. 
 
 -issemus. 
 
 -issetis. 
 
 -issent. 
 
 (A r o Imperative.) 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Velle. Per/, and Plup. Voluisse. 
 
 Participle, Pres. and Imp. Volens, willing, is commonly used 
 as an Adjective. The rest not used. 
 
 Nolo, / am unwilling. 
 Nolo, nolui, nolle, to be unwilling, (non and volo.) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Nolo. nonvis. nonvult. nolumus. nonvultis. nolunt. 
 
 ebant. 
 erunt, 
 
 Pres. 
 Imp. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Plup. 
 Fut. 
 
 Nol-ebam. 
 Nolu-i. 
 
 -ebas. -ebat. 
 -isti. -it. 
 
 Nolu-eram. -eras. 
 Nol-am. -es. 
 
 Ft^.-P.Nolu-ero. -eris 
 
 -erat. 
 
 -et. 
 
 -erit. 
 
 -ebamus. -ebatis, 
 
 . • f-e 
 
 -istis. { 
 
 (or 
 
 -imus. 
 
 -eramus. 
 
 -emus. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 ere, 
 
 -eratis. -erant. 
 -etis. -ent 
 ►eritis. -erint. 
 
60 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Nol-im. 
 
 -is. -it -imus. 
 
 -itis. 
 
 -int. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Nol-lem. 
 
 -les. -let. -lemus. 
 
 -letis. 
 
 -lent. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Nolu-erim. 
 
 -eris. -erit. -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. 
 
 -erint. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Nolu-issem. 
 
 -isses. -isset. -issemus. 
 
 -issetis. 
 
 -issent 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Pres. — Nol-i, or -Ito. Ite, or -itote. — ■ 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Nolle. Per/, and Plup. Noluisse. 
 
 Participle. Pres. and Imp. Nolens, unwilling, is commonly 
 used as an Adjective. The rest not used. 
 
 Malo, I am more willing, I prefer. 
 
 Malo, malui, malle, to be more willing, to prefer. 
 
 (mage and volo.) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Malo. mavis, mavult. 
 
 malumus. mavultis. malunt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Mal-ebam. 
 
 -ebas. -ebat. 
 
 -ebamus. 
 
 -ebatis. -ebant. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 Malu-i. 
 
 -isti. -it. 
 
 -imus. 
 
 -istis. -f- €ru . nt > 
 ( or -ere. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Malu-eram. 
 
 -eras. -erat. 
 
 -eramus. 
 
 -eratis. -erant. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Mal-am. 
 
 -es. -et. 
 
 -emus. 
 
 -etis. -ent. 
 
 Fw^.-P.Malu-ero. 
 
 -eris. -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. -erint. 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Mood. 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Mal-im. 
 
 -is. -it. 
 
 -Imus. 
 
 -Itis. -int. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Mal-lem. 
 
 -les. -let. 
 
 -lemus. 
 
 -letis. -lent. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 Malu-erim. 
 
 -eris. -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Malu-issem 
 
 .-isses. -isset. 
 
 -issemus. 
 
 -issetis. -issent. 
 
 {No Imperative.) 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 Pres. and Imp. Malle. Perf. and Plup. Maluisse. 
 The rest not used. 
 Volo, nolo, and malo, retain something of the Third Conjugation ; 
 vis, vult, vultis, $c. being contracted for volis, volit, volttis, $c. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Fero, / carry, I bring, I suffer. 
 Fero, tuli, latum, ferre, to carry, to bring, to suffer. 
 
VERB. 
 
 61 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Fero. 
 
 fers. 
 
 fert. 
 
 ferhrms. 
 
 fertis. ferunt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Fer-ebam. 
 
 -ebas. 
 
 -ebat. 
 
 -ebamus. 
 
 -ebatis. -ebant. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Tul-i. 
 
 -isti. 
 
 -it. 
 
 -lmus. 
 
 ■ istis. -f- gru . nt ' 
 (^ or -ere. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Tul-eram. 
 
 -eras. 
 
 -erat. 
 
 -eramus. 
 
 -eratis. -erant. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Fer-am. 
 
 -es. 
 
 -et. 
 
 -emus. 
 
 -etis. -ent. 
 
 Fut.-. 
 
 P.Tul-ero. 
 
 -eris. 
 
 -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. -erint. 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Fer-am. 
 
 -as. 
 
 -at. 
 
 -amus. 
 
 -atis. -ant. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Fer-rem. 
 
 -res. 
 
 -ret. 
 
 -remus. 
 
 -retis. -rent. 
 
 Per/. 
 
 Tul-erim. 
 
 -eris. 
 
 -erit. 
 
 -erimus. 
 
 -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Plup. 
 
 Tul-issem. 
 
 -isses 
 
 ;. -isset. 
 
 -issemus 
 
 . -issetis. -issent. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 LaUurussim. sis. 
 
 sit. 
 
 -i simus. 
 
 sitis. sint. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Pres. — Fer,* or ferto. ferto. — ferte, or fertote, 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 Pres. and Imp. Ferre. 
 Per/, and Plup. Tulisse. 
 Fut. Lat-urus, -a, -um esse ; 
 and Lat-urus, -a, -um fuisse. 
 
 Gerunds. 
 Nom. Feren-dum. -di ; &c, 
 
 ferunto. 
 
 Participles, 
 Pres. and Imp. Ferens. 
 Fut. Lat-urus, -a, ~um. 
 
 Supines. 
 Lat-um. Lat-u. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Feror, latus, ferri, to be carried, $c. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Feror. ferris, or ferre. fertur. ferimur. ferimini. feruntur. 
 
 C pm'ns 
 
 7wp.Fer-ebar. < " ,J -ebatur. -ebamur. -ebamini. -ebantur. 
 
 Per/. Lat-us sum, or fui, &c -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Plup. Lat-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 
 Fut. Fer-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 
 Fut.-P. Lat-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 
 * Dico, I say; duco, I lead; and facto, I make, have the Impera- 
 tive formed in a similar manner ; die, due, fac ; and in the compounds 
 effer, educ, calefac ; except in those compounds of facio, which change 
 a into i : as, coafice, per/ice. 
 
62 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Pres. Fer-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -amlni. -antur. 
 
 Imp. Fer-rer. -reris, or -rere. -retur. -remur. -remlni. -rentur. 
 
 Per/. Lat-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus. &c. 
 
 Plup. Lat-us essem, or f uissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Pres. — Ferre, or fertor. fertor. — ferimmi. feruntor. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. Participles, 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Ferri. Per/. Lat-us, -a, -um. 
 
 Fut. Feren-dus, -da, -dum. 
 P erf. and Plup. Lat-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse. 
 Put. Lat-um iri. 
 
 Fero is a Verb of the Third Conjugation, fers, fert, fertis, fyc. be- 
 ing contracted for feris, ferit, feritis, S)C. 
 
 The compounds of fero are conjugated in the same way; affero 
 (ad and fero), attuli, allatum, afferre, to bring to ; aufero (ab and 
 fero), abstuli, ablatum, auferre, to take away; confero, contuli, col- 
 latum, conferre, to bring together; differ o (dis and fero), distuli, di- 
 latum, differ re, to disperse ; effero (ex and fero), extuli, elatum, ef 
 ferre, to bring out; infero, intuit, illatum, inferre, to bring into; 
 offero (ob and fero), obtuli, oblatum, offerre, to offer; and suffero (sub 
 and fero), sufferre, to endure, which wants both Perfect and Supine. 
 
 Fio, / am made, or / become. 
 Flo, factus, fieri, to be made, or to become. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Flo. fis. fit. fimus. fltis. fiunt. 
 
 Imp. Fi-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant 
 
 Perf. Fact-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 
 
 Plup. Fact-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 
 
 Fut. Fi-am. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 
 
 Fut. -P. Fact-us ero, or fuero, &c. -ierimus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Pres. Fi-am. -as. -at. -amus. -atis. -ant. 
 
 Imp. Fi-erem. -eres. -eret. -eren.ius. -eretis. -erent. 
 Perf. FacUussim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 
 Plup. Fact-us essem, orfuissem. &c. -i essemus, orfuissemus, &c. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Pres. — Fi, or flto. f Ito. — f Ite, or fltote. fiunto. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Fieri. 
 
 Perf. and Plup. Factus, -a, -um esse, or fuisse. 
 
 Fut. Fact-um iri. 
 
VERB. 63 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Per/. Fact-us, -a, -urn. Fut. Facien-dus, -da, -dum. 
 
 Supine. Fact-u. 
 
 The Third Person Singular is often used impersonally : as, ft, it 
 happens ; febat, it happened ; &c. 
 
 Fio is used as the Passive of facto, from which it takes the Parti- 
 ciples. The compounds of facto, which retain a, havefo in the Pas- 
 sive : as, calefacio, I warm ; calefio ; <J-c. But those compounds 
 which change facio into ficio have the regular Passive in fetor : as, 
 confcio, conficior ; fy. 
 
 To the Irregular Verbs may be added edo, I eat, which, in some 
 of its tenses, agrees with sum : thus, 
 
 Edo, edi, esum, edere, or esse, to eat. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Edo. J e s > J e * > edimus. -| e *?• edunt. 
 
 {or es. (or est. {or estis. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 f Ederem, ederes, ederet, ederemus, ederetis, ederent, 
 P' { or essem. or esses, or esset. or essemus. or essetis. or essent. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 p f Ede, or edito, edito, edite, or editote, , 
 
 "" \or es, or esto. or esto. ~" or este, or estote. un * 
 Infnitive. Pres. and Imp. Edere, or esse. 
 The compounds of edo are conjugated in the same manner, but, 
 in the other Tenses, they are regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation. 
 
 DEFECTIVE VEEBS. 
 
 Verbs are called Defective which are used only in a few 
 Tenses and Persons. 
 
 I. The following most frequently occur : Aio, inquam, 
 forem, ausim,faxo, ave, salve, cedo, and quceso. 
 
 Aio, I say. 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Aio. afs. ait. aiunt. 
 
 Imp. Ai-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Pres. aias. aiat. aiatis. aiant. 
 
 Imperative. Pres. Ai. Participle. Pres. and Imp. Aiens. 
 
64 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Inquam, J say. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pres. In-quam. -quis. -quit. -quimus. -quitis. -quiunt. 
 
 Imp. inquiebat inquiebant. 
 
 Per/. inquisti. < 
 
 Fut. inquies. inquiet. 
 
 Imperative. Pres. Inque, or inquito. 
 Participle. Pres. and Imp. Inquiens. 
 
 Forem, I might be, or / might have been. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Imp. and Plup. For-em. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 
 Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Fore, to be, or to be about to be. 
 
 For em, contracted for fuerem, seems to be the Imp. Sub. of the old 
 Verb f no, and is therefore used for essem, and sometimes for fuissem. 
 Fore is properly the Pres. and Imp. Infinitive, but is commonly used 
 as the Future for futurus esse, 
 
 Ausim, / may dare. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Pres. Aus-im. -is. -it. -int. 
 
 Ausim is contracted for ause J rim, which was anciently used for 
 ausus sim. 
 
 Faxo, / shall see to it, or do it. 
 
 Indicative Mood* 
 
 Fut.-P. Faxo. -is. -it. -itis. -int. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Per/. Fax-im. -is. -it. -int. 
 
 Faxo and fax'im are contracted for fecero and fecerim, and are used 
 in the same sense. 
 
 Ave, and Salve, God save you, hail, good morrow. 
 Imperative Mood, 
 
 Pres. Av-e, or -eto. av-ete, or -etote. 
 
 Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Avere. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Pres. — Salv-e, or -eto. sal v-ete, or -etote. — 
 
 Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Salvere. 
 
 Salves the 2. Sing. Pres. Ind. and salvebis the 2. Sing. FuU Ind. 
 are also found. 
 
VERB. 
 
 65 
 
 Cedo, tell, or give. 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 p reSt Cedo. cedite. ■ — — 
 
 Cedo is used both as Singular and Plural ; cedite, as Plural only, 
 and contracted cette. 
 
 Qu^so, I pray, or / beseech. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Quaeso. quaesumus. 
 
 II. These three Verbs, odi, memini, coepi, are called 
 Preteritive Verbs, because they have only the Perfect and 
 the Tenses formed from it. 
 
 The first two have, in the Perfect, the signification of the Present 
 and Perfect ; in the Pluperfect, that of the Imperfect and Pluperfect ; 
 and in the Future- Perfect, that of the Future and Future-Perfect. 
 
 Odi, J hate, or I have hated. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Per/. Od-i. -isti. -it. -lmus. -istis. |^™^ 
 
 Plup. Od-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 
 Fut.-P. Od-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Per/. Od-erim. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 
 
 Plup. Od-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent. 
 
 Infinitive. Per/, and Plup. Odisse. 
 
 Participles. Per/. Osus, having hated. Fut. Osurus. 
 
 Oderit and Oderint sometimes supply the place of an Imperative. 
 
 In the same manner Memini, I remember, or I have remembered ; 
 and Ccepi, I have begun, are conjugated. Memini has memento and 
 mementote, the Second persons Singular and Plural of the Imperative ; 
 and to Ccepi are assigned the Perfect Participle coeptus, begun, or hav- 
 ing begun, the Future Participle ccepturus, and the Supine caeptu. 
 Ccepi has also a Perfect Passive coeptus sum, of the same meaning as 
 the Active, but used with Passive Infinitives. 
 
 To these some add A r ori, because it frequently has the signification 
 of the Present, / know, as well as / have known, though it comes from 
 noscc, which is complete. 
 
 III. Fari, to speak, and dari, to be given, are not used in the First 
 
 Person Sing, of the Pres. Indicative and Subjunctive. Of fori, only 
 
 fatur,faoor ; the Imperative, fare ; the Participles, fans, fatus, fan- 
 
 dus f the Gerunds, fan di, and fando ; and the Supine, fatu, are com- 
 
 -monly used. 
 
DO RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Furere, to be mad, wants the First Per. Sing, and the Sec. Per. 
 Plur. of the Pres., and probably all the Future of the Indicative ; 
 and the Imperative. It likewise wants the Perfect and Supine. 
 
 Of the following Verbs the 'subjoined persons only are found : 
 apage, be gone ; infit, he begins ; confit, it is done ; confiet, con- 
 fieret, confieri ; deft, it is wanting, deflet, deflat, defieri ; ovas, thou 
 rejoicest, ovat, ovet, ovdret, ovans, ovdtus, ovandi. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 Verbs are called Impersonal, which are used only in 
 the Third Person Singular, and which do not admit a 
 person as their Nominative. 
 
 They belong to all the Conjugations, and, when literally 
 translated, have the Pronoun it before them. 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Delectat, it delights. Decet, it becomes. 
 
 Delect-at, -avit, -are. Dec-et, -uit, -ere. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Pres. Delect-at, it delights. Dec-et, it becomes. 
 
 Imp. Delect-abat, it delighted. Dec-ebat, it became. 
 
 Perf. Delectav-it, it has delighted. Decu-it, it has become. 
 Plup. Delectav-erat, it had delighted. Decu-erat, It had become. 
 Fut. Delect-abit, it will delight. Dec-ebit, it will become. 
 Fut.-P. Delectav-erit, it shall have de- Decu-erit, it shall have become, 
 [lighted. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Pres. Delect-et, it may delight. Dec-eat, it may become. 
 
 Imp. Delect-aret, it might delight. Dec-eret, it might become. 
 
 Perf. Delectav-erit, it may have delighted.D ecu-erit, it may have become. 
 P lap. Delect&v-isset, it might have de-Decu-isset, it might have be- 
 nighted, [come. 
 _> Infinitive Mood. 
 Pres. and Imp. Delect-are, to delight, 3$c. Dec-ere, to become, fyc. 
 Perf. and Plup. Delectav-isse, to have delight- Decu-isse, to have be- 
 
 [ed, S$c come, fyc. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 Accidit, it happens. Evenit, it happens. 
 
 AccTd-it, .it, -ere. Even-it, even-it, -Ire. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pres. Accid-it, it happens. Even-it,' it happens. 
 
 Imp. Accid-ebat, it happened. Eveni-ebat, it happened. 
 
 Perf. Accid-it, it has happened ; Qc. Even-it, it has happened ; £c. 
 Most Verbs may be used impersonally in the Passive Voice, espe- 
 cially Neuter and Intransitive Verbs, which otherwise have no Pas- 
 sive : as, pugnatur y favctur, curritur, venitur ; from pugno, I fight; 
 aveo, I favour ; curro, I run ; vento, I come. 
 
VERB. 67 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Pugnatur, it is fought. Favetur, it is favoured. 
 
 Pugn-atur, -atum est, -ari. Fav-etur, fautum est, faveru 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pres. Pugnatur, it is fought. Favetur, it is favoured. 
 
 Imp. Pugnabatur, it was fought. Favebatur, it was favoured. 
 Perf. Pugnatum est, it has been Fautum est, it has been fa- 
 [fought. [voured. 
 
 Plup. Pugnatum erat, it had been Fautum erat, it had been fa- 
 [fought. [voured, 
 
 Fut. Pugnabitur, it will be fought. Favebitur, it will be favoured. 
 Fut. -P. Pugnatum fuerit^ it shall have Fautum fuerit, it shall have 
 
 [been fought. [been favoured. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Pres. Pugnetur, it may be fought. Faveatur, it may be favoured. 
 Imp. Pugnaretur, it might be fought. Faveretur, it might be favoured. 
 Perf, Pugnatum sit, it may have been Fautum sit, it may have been 
 [fought. [favoured. 
 
 Plup. Pugnatum esset, it might have Fautum esset, it might have 
 [ been fought. [ been favoured. 
 
 Infinitive Mood. 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Pugnari, to be fought, 6$c, 
 
 Perf. and Plup. Pugnatum esse, to have been fought, <5fC. 
 
 Fut. Pugnatum iri, to be about to be fought, 3$c, 
 
 Pres. and Imp. Faveri, to be favoured, £$c. 
 
 Perf. and Plup. Fautum esse, to have been favoured, fyc, 
 
 Fut. Fautum iri, to be about to be favoured, S$c. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. FOURTH CONJUGATION 
 
 Curritur, it is run. Venitur, it is come, 
 
 Curritur, cursum est, curri. Venitur, ventum est, venlri. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pres. Curritur, it is run. Venitur, it is come. 
 
 Imp. Currebatur, it was run. Veniebatur, it was come. 
 
 Perf. Cursum est, it has been run ; fyc, Ventum est, it has been come; 3$c. 
 
 Verbs, which, in the Active Voice, do not govern the Accusative, 
 are used only impersonally in the Passive : as, persuadetur mihi, I 
 am persuaded ; not, persuadeor. 
 
 Impersonal Verbs want the Imperative, and generally the Partici- 
 ples, Gerunds, and Supines. The Imperative, when necessary, is 
 supplied by the Present Subjunctive: as, delectet, let him delight. 
 
 Impersonal Verbs are applied to any person or number, by putting 
 the words which form the Nominative to regular Verbs, after them, 
 in the cases which they govern : as, delectat me, it delights me, or I 
 delight ; delectat te, thou delightest ; delectat hominem, the man de- 
 lights; delectat nos, vos, homines, we, ye, the men delight. Placet 
 
68 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 mihi, tibi, homini, it pleases me, thee, the man ; or, 1 please, thou 
 pleasest, the man pleases, &c. Pugnatur a me, a te, ab homine, I 
 fight, thou fightest, the man fights, &c. 
 
 ADVERB. 
 An Adverb is a word added to a Verb, Adjective, or 
 other Adverb, to express the Time, Place, or Manner in 
 which any thing is done. 
 
 I. The Adverbs of Time are, nunc, now ; tunc, then ; &c. 
 
 II. The Adverbs of Place are, ubi, where ? hie, here; &c. 
 
 III. The Adverbs of Manner, Quality, &c. are, profecto, truly; 
 satis, enough ; itidem, in like manner ; &c. 
 
 The Simple, or Primitive Adverbs are few in number : as, non, 
 handy not ; ibi, there ; tnox, presently ; tunc, then ; &c. 
 
 The Derivative Adverbs are numerous, and are formed in the fol- 
 lowing manner : 
 
 1. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the First and Second De- 
 clension generally end in e: as, alte, highly, from alius; libere s 
 freely, from liber. They sometimes end in o, um, or ter : as, tuto, 
 safely, from tutus ; tantum, so much, from tantus ; dure, and duriter, 
 hardly, from durus. 
 
 2. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the Third Declension gene- 
 rally end in ter : as, feliciter, happily, from felix. They sometimes 
 end in e: as, facile, easily, from facXlis. One ends in o; omnlno j 
 altogether, from omnis. 
 
 The Neuter Gender of Adjectives is often used adverbially : as, 
 recens, recently, for recenter ; torva, sternly, for torve. 
 
 3. Adverbs derived from Nouns generally end in im, or itus ; as, 
 viritim, man by man, from vir ; funditus, from the ground, from 
 fundus. Many Adverbs in im are derived from Participles : as, 
 sensim, by degrees, from sensus {sentio, I perceive). A few Adverbs 
 in itus are derived from Adjectives : as, antiquitus, anciently, from 
 antiquus, 
 
 4. Adverbs are formed by Composition in various ways : as, hodie y 
 to-day, from hoc die ; scilicet, truly, from scire licet ; quomodo, how, 
 from quo modo ; quamobrem, wherefore ? from ob quam rem. 
 
 Adverbs derived from Adjectives are compared, and are 
 subject to the same irregularities and defects as their Pri- 
 mitives. The Positive generally ends in e, or ter; the 
 Comparative in ius ; the Superlative in ime : as, 
 Pos. Comp. Sup. 
 
 Alte, highly : Altius, Altissime. 
 
 Fortker, bravely ; Fortius, Fortisslme. 
 
 Libere, freely; Liberius, Liberrime. 
 
 Tuto, safely ; Tutius, Tutissime. 
 
PREPOSITION. 
 
 69 
 
 The following Adverbs are compared irregularly, like the Adjec- 
 tives from which they are derived : 
 
 Bene, well; 
 
 Melius, 
 
 Optime. 
 
 Facile, easily ; 
 
 Facilius, 
 
 FacillTme. 
 
 Male, badly ; 
 
 Pejus, 
 
 PessTme. 
 
 Multum, much ; 
 
 Plus, 
 
 Plurimum. 
 
 Parum, little ; 
 
 Minus, 
 
 f Minime. 
 ( Minimum. 
 
 Prope, near ; 
 
 Propius, 
 
 Proxime. 
 
 Positive wanting. 
 
 Magis, more, maxime ; ocius, more swiftly, ocissnne ; prius, 
 sooner, primo, or primum ; potius, rather, potissimum. 
 
 Comparative wanting. 
 
 Pene, almost, penissime ; nuper, lately, nuperrlme ; nove, or novlter, 
 newly, novissime; memo, deservedly, meritissimo. 
 
 Superlative wanting. 
 Satis, enough, satius ; secus, otherwise, secius. 
 Two Adverbs not derived from Adjectives are also compared : diu, 
 long, diuiius, diutissime ; saepe, often, sccpius, smpissime. 
 
 PREPOSITION. 
 
 A Preposition is a word placed before Nouns and Pro- 
 nouns, to show their relation to other words. 
 
 Prepositions are placed before, or govern the Accusative, 
 or Ablative. 
 
 There are twenty-eight Prepositions which govern the Accu- 
 
 sative : 
 
 Ad, to, at. 
 Apud, at, near. 
 Ante, before. 
 
 A i ' > against, towards. 
 
 Adversum, J 6 ' 
 
 Contra, against, overagainst. 
 
 Citra, } on this side - 
 
 Circa, ) , 
 
 Circum, \ about - 
 Erga, towards. 
 Extra, without, out of. 
 Inter, between, among. 
 Intra, within. 
 
 Infra, beneath. 
 
 Juxta, nigh to. 
 
 Ob, for, on account of. 
 
 Propter,/*©/ 4 , because of. 
 
 Per, by, through. 
 
 Praeter, beside, except. 
 
 Penes, in the power of. 
 
 Post, after, since. 
 
 Pone, behind. 
 
 Secus, by, along. 
 
 Secundum, according to. 
 
 Supra, above. 
 
 Trans, across, on the farther side. 
 
 Ultra, beyond. 
 
70 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 There are fifteen Prepositions which govern the Ablative : 
 
 Ab, \from,by. Ex, } of , out of. 
 
 Abs, ) Pro, for. 
 
 Absque, without. Prae, before, in comparison of. 
 
 Cum, with, along with. Palam, with the knowledge of 
 
 Clam, without the knowledge of. Sine, without. 
 
 Coram, before, in presence of. Tenus, up to, as far as. 
 
 De, of concerning. 
 
 There are four Prepositions which govern sometimes the Ac- 
 cusative, and sometimes the Ablative. 
 
 In, in, into. Sub, under. Super, above. Subter, beneath. 
 
 Tenus is placed after its case ; and also cum, when joined to me, te, 
 se, quo, qui, and quibus : as, mecum, S$c. Clam sometimes governs 
 the Accusative : as, Clam patre, or patrem. 
 
 Circiter, about ; prope, nigh ; usque, as far as ; versus, towards ; 
 are Adverbs, and seem to govern the Accusative by means of ad, 
 which is generally understood, but sometimes expressed. So likewise 
 procul, far, which governs the Ablative by means of a. 
 
 Prepositions are often considered as Adverbs, when the word which 
 they would govern is not expressed. 
 
 Prepositions in Composition. 
 
 Prepositions are often prefixed to other words, especially to 
 Verbs, and modify the meaning of the Simple word, by their 
 own. 
 
 Ad, to : as, duco, I lead ; adduco, I lead to ; fero, I bring ; adfero. 
 I bring to. 
 
 Per, through, entirely ; as perduco, I lead through ; perfero, I 
 carry through ; facto, I do ; perficio, I do entirely, I finish. 
 
 A, ab, abs, from, or away : as abduco y I lead away ; auftro, I 
 carry away. 
 
 In, in, into, upon, against ; as infero, I bring in, or into ; impono, 
 I place upon ; ruo, I rush ; irruo, I rush upon, or against. It some- 
 times increases the meaning i as, duro, I harden ; induro, I harden 
 much. 
 
 The following syllables am, di, or dis, re, se, con, are called 
 Inseparable Prepositions, because they are never found except 
 in compound words. 
 
 Am-, signifies about, around : as, ambio, I go about, I surround. 
 The m is changed into n, before c, q,f, h ; as, anceps, that may be 
 taken two ways, doubtful ; and b is inserted before a vowel : as, 
 ambio. 
 
 Di-, or dis-, asunder, separately : as, diduco, I lead asunder, I sepa- 
 rate. It sometimes reverses the meaning: as, facilis, easy; difficilis, 
 
INTERJECTION, &c. *]\ 
 
 difficult;/^), I trust; diffido y I distrust. It sometimes increases 
 the meaning : as, cupio, I desire ; discupio, I desire much. Dis is 
 used before c, /, j, p, q, s } t ; and di before the other consonants. 
 
 Re-, back, again, against ; as, reduco, I lead back ; refero, I carry 
 back ; reUgo, I read again ; reclamo, I cry against. It sometimes 
 reverses the meaning : as, tendo, I bend ; retendo, I unbend. D is 
 inserted before a vowel, and h : as, redeo, I return. 
 
 Se, apart, or aside: as, seduco y I lead aside, or apart. With Ad- 
 jectives, it denotes privation : as, cura, care ; securus, free from care, 
 careless. 
 
 Con-, (for cum,) together, along iciih ; as, conduco, I lead together, 
 I bring along with me; confe.ro, I carry -together. It sometimes 
 increases the meaning : as, premo, I press ; comprxmo, I press together, 
 I press much. The n is dropt before a vowel, or h ; and is changed 
 into m, before b, p, m : as, cogo (conago,) I drive together ; cohceres, 
 a coheir, an heir in participation. 
 
 A r e-, and ve-, are also prefixed to words, and have a negative signi- 
 fication : as, fas, justice ; nefas, injustice, impiety ; scio, I know ; 
 ntscio, I know not, I am ignorant ; sanus, healthy ; vesdnus, sickly. 
 
 INTERJECTION. 
 
 An Interjection is a word which expresses some passion 
 or emotion of the mind : as, oh, hex, heu, ah, alas ! 
 
 Nouns and Adjectives in the Neuter Gender are sometimes used 
 as Interjections: as, malum, with a mischief ! infandum, O shame i 
 miserum, O wretched ! nefas, O the villany ! 
 
 CONJUNCTION. 
 
 A Conjunction is a word which connects sentences, or 
 words : as, et, ac, atque, que, and; etiam, also; &c. 
 
 Some words, as, d^inde, thereafter; demqut, finally; cceterum* 
 moreover, but; videlicet, to wit; &c. may be considered either as 
 Adverbs or Conjunctions. 
 
 Autem, enim, vero, quoque, quidem, are never put first in a clause 
 or sentence. Que, ve, and ne, are always annexed to some other 
 word. 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 Syntax is the correct arrangement of words in a sentence, 
 and consists of Concord and Government 
 
72 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Concord is when one word agrees with another in Gen- 
 der, Number, Case, or Person. 
 
 Government is when one word requires another to be 
 put in a certain Case or Mood. 
 
 General Principles. 
 
 1. In every sentence there must be a Verb and a Nominative 
 expressed or understood. 
 
 2. Every Adjective must have a Substantive expressed or 
 understood. 
 
 3. All the Cases of Nouns, except the Nominative and Voca- 
 tive, must be governed by some other word. 
 
 4. The Genitive is governed by a Noun expressed or under- 
 stood. 
 
 5. The Dative is governed by Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 6. The Accusative is governed by an Active Verb, or by a 
 Preposition, or is placed before the Infinitive. 
 
 7. The Vocative stands by itself, or has an Interjection joined 
 with it. 
 
 8. The Ablative is governed by a Preposition expressed or 
 understood. 
 
 9. The Infinitive is governed by a Verb or Adjective expressed 
 or understood. 
 
 CONCORD. 
 
 Rule I. — An Adjective agrees with its Substantive in 
 Gender, Number, and Case : as, 
 
 Vir bonus, a good man. 
 Ferriina casta, a chaste woman. 
 Dulce pomum, a sweet apple. 
 Note 1. — The Substantive negotium is often understood to an Ad. 
 jective in the Neuter Gender : as, trlste, supply negotium. 
 
 Note 2. — The Infinitive sometimes supplies the place of a Sub- 
 stantive : as, Scire tuum. Pers. 
 
 Rule II. — A Verb agrees with its Nominative in Num- 
 ber and Person : as, 
 
 Ego lego, I read. 
 
 Tu scribis, you write. 
 
 Prceceptor docet, the master teaches. 
 
 Note. I. — The Nominative of the Pronouns is expressed only when 
 some particular distinction of the Person is necessary. 
 
 Note 2. — An Infinitive, or part of a sentence, often supplies the 
 place of a Nominative of the Third Person : as, Mentiri est turpe ; 
 Vacare culpa est magnum solatium. 
 
SYNTAX. 73 
 
 Note 3. A Collective Noun, though Singular, may be joined with 
 
 a Verb in the Plural : as, MuUitudo convenerant. 
 
 Rule III. — Substantive Verbs, Passive Verbs of Nam 
 ing, and Verbs of Gesture, have a Nominative both before 
 and after them, belonging to the same thing : as, 
 Ego sum discipidus, I am a scholar. 
 Tu vocdris Joannes, you are named John. 
 Ilia inccdit reglna, she walks as a queen. 
 Or — Any Verb may have the same Case after it as before it, 
 when both words refer to the same thing. 
 
 Note. — When a Verb comes between two Nominatives of different 
 numbers, it generally agrees with the first : as, Ossajiunt lapis. Ov. 
 
 Rule IV. — The Infinitive Mood has an Accusative be- 
 fore it: as, 
 
 Gaudeo te valere, I am glad that you are well. 
 
 Note. — The Accusative of the Pronouns is often understood ; and 
 estty or fuisse, is frequently omitted after Participles. 
 
 Rule V. — Esse has the same Case after it that it has 
 before it : as, 
 
 Petrus cupit esse vir doctus, Peter desires to be a learned man. 
 Scio Petrum esse virum doctum, I know that Peter is a learned 
 
 man. 
 
 Or— The Infinitive of a Substantive Verb, of a Passive Verb 
 of Naming, and of a Verb of Gesture, takes the same Case after 
 it that it has before it. 
 
 Note. — When the Dative precedes the Infinitive, the Noun which 
 follows is sometimes put in the Accusative : as, Licet omnibus esse 
 bonos ; sup. eos. 
 
 Rule VI. — The Relative Qui, quae, quod, agrees with 
 its Antecedent in Gender, Number, and Person : as, 
 
 Vir sapit qui pauca loquitur, the man is wise who speaks little. 
 Ego qui scribo, I who write. 
 
 Note 1. — The Antecedent is the Noun going before the Relative and 
 to which it refers. The Relative is properly an Adjective, and agrees 
 with the Antecedent, which is again understood to it : as, Vir sapit 
 qui (vir) pauca loquitur, the man is wise which (man), &c. 
 
 Note 2. — Part of a sentence sometimes forms the Antecedent, in 
 which case the Relative must be in the Neuter Gender : as, In tern- 
 pore veni quod rerum omnium est primum. Ter. 
 
 Rule VII. — If no Nominative come between the Rela-^ 
 
74 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 live and the Verb, the Relative shall be the Nominative to 
 the Verb: as, 
 
 Prceceptor qui docet, the master who teaches. 
 
 Rule VIII. — If a Nominative come between the Rela- 
 tive and the Verb, the Relative is governed by the Verb, 
 Noun, or Adjective following, or by the Preposition which 
 goes before it: as, 
 
 Deus quern coUmus, God whom we worship. 
 Cujus munere vivimus, by whose gift we live. 
 
 Note. — Words of relative quantity and quality, as, qualis, quan- 
 tus, quotus, are often construed as the Relative : thus, Tanta multi- 
 tude quantum capit urbs nostra, ClC. 
 
 Rule IX. — Two or more Substantives Singular, con- 
 nected by the Conjunctions, et, ac, atque, fyc generally 
 have a Verb, Adjective, or Relative Plural : as, 
 
 Petrus et Joannes qui sunt docti, Peter and John who are 
 learned. 
 
 Note 1. — A Conjunction is not always necessary: as, Dum cetas, 
 mztus, magisier prohibebant. Ter. 
 
 Note 2. — If the Substantives be of different Genders, and signify 
 Persons, the Adjective is Masculine, agreeing with homines, under, 
 stood. But, if the Substantives signify things without life, the Ad- 
 jective is Neuter, agreeing with negoiia, understood. 
 
 Note 3. — When the Nominatives are of different Persons, the Verb 
 agrees with the First rather than the Second, and with the Second 
 rather than the Third : as, Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero vale- 
 mus, Cic. 
 
 Rule X.— Substantives signifying the same thing agree 
 in Case : as, 
 
 Cicero orator, Cicero the orator. 
 
 Urbs Edinburgum, the city Edinburgh. 
 
 Note. — A sentence, or clause, may supply the place of one of the 
 Substantives: as, Cogitei oratorem institui, rem arduam. Quint. 
 
 GOVERNMENT. 
 Government of Substantives. 
 Rule XI. — One Substantive governs another, signifying 
 a different thing, in the Genitive : as, 
 
 Amor Dei, the love of God. 
 Lex naturce, the law of nature. 
 
SYNTAX. 75 
 
 Note 1. — The Genitive is sometimes changed into the Dative : as, 
 (Jrbi pater est, urbique maritus. Luc. 
 
 Note 2. — The governing Substantive is sometimes understood : as, 
 Ubi ad Dianoe veneris, Ter. Sup. templum, or aedem. 
 
 Rule XII. — If the latter of two Substantives have an 
 Adjective signifying Praise, Dispraise, or any sort of Dis- 
 tinction, joined with it, it may be put in the Genitive or 
 Ablative : as, 
 
 Vir summed prudentice, or summd prudentid, a man of great 
 
 wisdom. 
 Puer probce inddlis, or probd indole, a boy of a good disposition. 
 
 Note. — The latter Substantive must denote a part or property of 
 the former, otherwise it does not belong to this Rule. 
 
 Rule XIII. — An Adjective in the Neuter Gender, 
 without a Substantive, governs the Genitive : as, 
 
 Multum pecunice, much money. 
 Quid rex est ? what is the matter ? 
 
 Note 1. — The Adjectives which govern the Genitive like Substan- 
 tives generally signify quantity : as, multum, plus, tantum, S$c. To 
 these add the Pronouns, id, hoc, quid, and its compounds. Quid and 
 plus always govern the Genitive. Quod and its compounds agree in 
 Case with their Substantives. 
 
 Note 2. — Plural Adjectives in the Neuter Gender also govern the 
 Genitive : as, Augusta viarum. Virg. 
 
 * Rule XIII. — Opus and Usus, signifying need, go- 
 vern the Ablative of the thing wanted : as, 
 
 Auctoritdte tud nobis opus est, we have need of your authority. 
 Nunc virlbus usus {est vobis), now you have need of strength. 
 
 Note. — Opus and usus sometimes govern the Genitive : as, Lectio. 
 nis opus est. Quint. 
 
 Government of Adjectives. 
 
 Rule XIV. — Verbal Adjectives, or such as signify an 
 AiFection of the Mind, govern the Genitive : as, 
 
 Avidus glorias, desirous of glory. 
 Ignarus fraudis, ignorant of fraud. 
 Memor beneficiorum, mindful of favours. 
 
 To this Rule belong Verbal Adjectives in ax, ns, and tus ; Adjec- 
 tives denoting Affection ; as, Desire and Disdain ; Knowledge and 
 Ignorance; Innocence and Guilt. 
 
76 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Rule XV. — Partitives, and words placed PartitiveJy, 
 Comparatives, Superlatives, Interrogatives, and some Nu- 
 merals, govern the Genitive Plural : as, 
 
 Aliquis philosophorum, some one of the philosophers. 
 Senior fratrum, the elder of the brothers. 
 Quis nostrum, which of us. 
 A Partitive is a word which signifies a part of any number of per-. 
 sons or things, in contradistinction to the whole. 
 
 Note 1. — Partitives, &c. agree in Gender with the Substantives 
 which they govern : as, Nulla sororum. But if there be two Substan- 
 tives of different Genders, the Partitives, &c. generally agree with the 
 former: as, Indus Jluminifin maximus. Cic. 
 
 Note 2 Partitives, &c. govern the Genitive Singular of Collective 
 
 Nouns : as, Prcestantissimus nostra? civitatis, Cic. Sup. vir. 
 
 Rule XVI. — Adjectives signifying Profit or Disprofit, 
 Likeness or Unlikeness, govern the Dative : as, 
 
 Utilis hello, profitable for war. 
 Similis patri, like his father. 
 
 Or — Any Adjective may govern the Dative in Latin, which 
 has to or for after it in English. 
 
 To this Rule also belong Adjectives signifying Pleasure or Pain; 
 Friendihip or Hatred; Clearness or Obscurity; Nearness; Ease oi 
 Difficulty ; Equality or Inequality ; and several compounded with 
 con ; as, cogndtus, 6$c. 
 
 Note 1. — Some of these Adjectives govern also the Genitive: as, 
 amicus, inimicus, socius, vicinus, par, cequdlis f similis, communis, 
 proprius, fyc. 
 
 Note 2. — Adjectives signifying Motion or Tendency to a thing, 
 take after them the Accusative with ad, rather than the Dative : as, 
 proclivus, pronus, propensus, velox, celer, tardus, piger, fyc. ; as, 
 Piger ad pcenas. Ov. 
 
 Note 3. — Adjectives signifying Usefulness, Fitness, and the con- 
 trary, often take the Accusative with ad : as, Utilis ad nullam rem. 
 Cic. 
 
 Note 4. — Propior and proximus take after them the Dative, or the 
 Accusative governed by ad understood: as, Propius vero. Liv. 
 Proximus Pompeium. Cic. Sup. ad. 
 
 Rule XVII. — Verbal Adjectives in bills and dus go- 
 vern the Dative : as, 
 
 Amandus, or amabilis omnibus, to be beloved by all men. 
 
 Rule XVIII. — Nouns denoting Measure are put in the 
 Accusative : as, 
 
 Columna sexaginta pedes alta, a pillar sixty feet high. 
 
SYNTAX. 77 
 
 Note 1. — The names of Measure are digitus, palmus, pes, cubitus, 
 ulna, passus, stadium, 
 
 Note 2. — The word denoting Measure is sometimes put in the Ab- 
 lative : as, Fossam sex cubitis altam. Liv. The differe nee of Mea- 
 sure is always put in the Ablative : as, Turns est sex pedibus altiu? 
 quam murus. To which may be referred, tanto, quanto, hoc, eo, quo, 
 multo, paulo, <§~c. 
 
 Rule XIX. — The Comparative Degree governs the 
 Ablative of the Object with which any thing is compared : 
 as, 
 
 Dulcior melie, sweeter than honey. 
 Proestantior auro, better than gold. 
 
 Note When the Comparative is followed by quam, the objects 
 
 compared are put in the same Case : as, Dulcior quam mel ; Pne- 
 stantior quam aurum. The Nominative and Accusative only can be 
 repeated after quam ; and if any other case precede the Comparative, 
 the Verb sum, with the Nominative, are used ; as, Loquor de vivo sa- 
 pientiore quam tu es. 
 
 Rule XX. — Dignus, indignus, contentus, prceditus, 
 captus, and fretus ; also natus, satus, ortus, edltus, and 
 the like, govern the Ablative : as, 
 
 Dignus hondre, worthy of honour. 
 PrcedUus virtute, endued with virtue. 
 Content us parvo, content with little. 
 
 Note. — Dignus, indignus, and contentus, are sometimes construed 
 with the Genitive : as, Indignus avorum. Virg. 
 
 Rule XXI. — Adjectives of Plenty or Want govern the 
 • Genitive, or Ablative : as, 
 
 Plenus irce, or ird, full of anger. 
 
 Inops rationis, or ratione, void of reason. 
 
 Note — Some adjectives of Plenty or Want govern the Genitive 
 only : as, benignus, exsors, impos, impotens, liberdlis, SfC Some the 
 Ablative only; as, beatus, distentus, tumidus, turgidus, %c Some 
 the Genitive and Ablative : as, compos, expers, gravis, dives, Sec, 
 
 Government of Verbs. 
 Rule XXII. — Sum, when it signifies Possession, Pro- 
 perty, or Duty, governs the Genitive : as, 
 
 Est regis punlre rcbelles, it belongs to the king to punish rebels. 
 
 MUitum est suo duci parere, it is the duty of soldiers to obey 
 
 their general. 
 
 d 2 
 
78 KCDJMENTS. 
 
 Note. — The Genitive is not properly governed by sum, but by such 
 words as ojfficium, munus, opiiSy negotium y res y proprium, fyc. under- 
 stood. 
 
 Rule XXIII. — These Nomirmtives,meum>tuum, suum, 
 nostrum, vestrum, are excepted : as, 
 
 Tuum est id procurdre, it is your duty to manage that. 
 
 Note. — That is, instead of the Genitives of the Substantive Pro- 
 nouns, ego, in, sui, the Nominative Neuter of the Possessives is used, 
 agreeing with officium, munus, <Jc. 
 
 Rule XXIV. — Mzsereor y miserescOy and satdgo, govern 
 the Genitive : as, ' 
 
 Miserere civium tuorum, take pity on your countrymen. 
 
 Satagit rerum sudrum, he is busy with his own affairs. 
 
 Note. — Many other Verbs, signifying some affection of the mind, 
 likewise govern the Genitive : as, ango, decipior y /alio, invideo, Icetor, 
 miror, sUideo, pendeo y vereor 9 c\c. 
 
 Rule XXV. — Est taken for habeo (to have) governs 
 the Dative of a Person : as, 
 
 Est mihi liber, I have a book. 
 Sunt mihi libri, I have books. 
 Note. — Foret and suppZUt are construed in the same way : as, Si 
 mihi cauda foret. Mart. Cui rerum suppetit usus. Hor. 
 
 Rule XXVI. — Sum taken for affero (to bring) go- 
 verns two Datives, the one of a Person, and the other of 
 a Thing : as, 
 
 Est mihi voluptdti, it is (or it brings) a pleasure to me. 
 
 Note 1. — Some nther Verbs, as, forem, do y duco y verto, tribuo,- 
 habeo, relinquo, §c. also govern two Datives. 
 
 Note 2. — To this Rule may be referred the form of naming, Est 
 mihi nomen Joanni ; in which the Dative is more elegant than the 
 Nominative or Genitive. 
 
 Rule XXVII. — Verbs signifying Advantage or Disad- 
 vantage govern the Dative : as, 
 
 For tuna favet fortibus, fortune favours the brave. 
 Nemini noceas, do hurt to no man. 
 
 Or — Any Verb may govern the Dative in Latin, which has to 
 or for after it in English. 
 
 The Verbs which more particularly belong to this Rule, are, 
 
 Verbs signifying, 
 
 1. To Profit and Hurt: as, commodo, placeo, noceo, S$c. But 
 Icedo and offendo govern the Accusative. 
 
SYNTAX. 79 
 
 2. To Favour or Help, and the contrary : sls, /aveo, auxilior, 
 invideo, &;c. Butjuvo governs the Accusative. 
 
 3. To Command, Obey, Serve, and Resist: 2iS,impe~ro, pareo^ 
 servio, resisto, S$c. But jubeo governs the Accusative. 
 
 4. To Threaten, or to be Angry with : as, minor, indiynor, 
 irascor, 6$c. 
 
 5. To Trust: a.s,fido, confldo, credo: also, diffido, despero. 
 
 6. Verbs compounded with satis, bene, and male .- as, satis- 
 facio, benefacio, maledlco, S$c. 
 
 7. Sum, and its compounds, except possum : as, adsum, 6$c. 
 
 8. Many verbs compounded with these ten Prepositions ; 
 ad, ante, cum, in, inter, ob, post, pro?, sub, and super ; as, adsto, 
 antecello, consto, §c. 
 
 Rule XXVIII. — Verbs signifying Actively govern the 
 
 Accusative : as, 
 
 Ama Deum, love God. 
 Reverere parentes, reverence your parents. 
 Note 1. — An Infinitive, or part of a Sentence, sometimes supplies 
 the place of an Accusative : as, Pcenitere tanti non emo. Gell. 
 
 Note 2. — Neuter Verbs govern an Accusative of their own, or a 
 similar signification : as, Vivere viiam. Plaut. 
 
 Rule XXIX. — Recordor, memini, reminiscor, and ob- 
 liviscor, govern the Accusative, or Genitive : as, 
 
 Recordor lectionis, or lectionem, I remember my lesson. 
 
 Obtiviscor injuries, or injuriam, I forget an injury. 
 
 Note. — Memini, when it signifies to make mention, is joined with 
 the Genitive, or the Ablative with the Preposition de ; as, Memini 
 alien jus, or de aliquo. 
 
 Rule XXX. — Verbs of Accusing, Condemning, Ac- 
 quitting, and Admonishing, govern the Accusative of a 
 Person, with the Genitive of the Crime or Thing : as, 
 Arguit mefurti, he accuses me of theft. 
 Monet me officii, he puts me in mind of my duty. 
 
 Note 1. — The Crime is often put in the Ablative, with or without 
 a Preposition : as, Accusare de negligentia. Cic. Suspicione absol- 
 verent. Liv. 
 
 Note 2. — Verbs of Accusing and Admonishing sometimes govern 
 two Accusatives, the latter of which is generally a Pronoun, or a word 
 referring to number or quantity : as, hoc, id, unum, multa, <^c. 
 
 Rule XXXI. — Verbs of Comparing, Giving, Declar- 
 ing, and Taking away, govern the Accusative and Dative : 
 as, 
 
 Compnro Virgilium Homero, I compare Virgil to Homer. 
 Eripuit me morti 3 he rescued me from death. 
 
80 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Or — Any Active Verb may govern the Accusative and the 
 Dative, when the Object of the action, and the Person or Thing 
 upon which the action is exerted, are expressed. 
 
 Note, — Verbs of Comparing and Taking away, instead of the Da- 
 tive, have often the Ablative after them, with a Preposition : as, 
 Composuit dicta cumfactis. 
 
 Rule XXXII. — Verbs of Asking and Teaching govern 
 two Accusatives, the first of a Person, and the second of a 
 Thing : as, 
 
 Posce Deum veniam, beg pardon of God. 
 Docuit me grammaticam, he taught me grammar. 
 
 Celo (I conceal) also governs two Accusatives : as, Celo te hanc 
 rem. Ter. 
 
 Note 1. — Verbs which, in the Passive Voice, take a Nominative 
 both before and after them, govern, in the Active, two Accusatives 
 referring to the same thing. 
 
 Note 2. — These Verbs are often construed with a Preposition. 
 
 Note 3. — Doceo, edoceo, dedoceo, and erudio, are the only Verbs of 
 Teaching which govern two Accusatives. The others, as, addocco, 
 instmo, $$c. take an Ablative, sometimes with in, 
 
 * Rule XXXII.— Verbs of Filling, Loading, Binding, 
 Depriving, Clothing, and some others, govern the Accusa- 
 tive and Ablative : as, 
 
 Implet pat e~r am mero, he fills the bowl with wine. 
 Onerat navem auro, he loads the ship with gold. 
 Note 1. — Compleo, impleo } and expleo, sometimes govern the Ge- 
 nitive: as, Animum explisse juvabit ultricis fiammce. Virg. 
 
 Note 2. — The Ablative is governed by Prepositions, which are 
 sometimes expressed: as, Solvere aliquem ex catenis. Cic. 
 
 Rule XXXIII.— The Passives of such Active Verbs 
 as govern two Cases retain the latter case : as, 
 
 Accusor furti, I am accused of theft. 
 Doceor grammaticam, I am taught grammar. 
 Patera impletur mero, the bowl is filled with wine. 
 
 Note. — Passive Verbs of Clothing, such as, Induor, amicior, cin- 
 gor y accingor, also exuor, discingor, and their Participles, are often, 
 by the Poets, joined to the Accusative : as, Protinus induitur faciem 
 cultumque Dlance. Ovid. With the Prose-writers, they govern the 
 Ablative: as, Hispano cingitur gladio, Liv. 
 
 Rule XXXIV. — Nouns denoting Price are put in the 
 Ablative : as, 
 
 Emi librum duobus assibus, I bought a book for two shillings. 
 Vendidit hie auro pair ram, this man sold his country for gold. 
 
SYNTAX. 81 
 
 Note. — The Ablative is often governed by the Preposition pro ; 
 as, Dum pro argenteis decern aureus umis raleret. Liv. 
 
 Rule XXXV. — These Genitives, tanti, quanti, pluris, 
 minoris, are excepted : as, 
 
 Quanti constltit f how much cost it ? 
 Asse et pluris, a shilling and more. 
 Note. — When the Substantive is expressed, these words are put in 
 the Ablative : as, Tanto pret'w me r cat us est. Cic. 
 
 Rule XXXVI. — Verbs of Valuing govern the Accu- 
 sative with- such Genitives as these : mayni, parvi, nihili, 
 §c. : as, 
 
 JEsCimo te magni, I value you much. 
 
 Note 1. — JEstimo sometimes governs the Ablative: as, sEstimo te 
 magno. 
 
 Note 2. — JEqui and bom are put in the Genitive after facio and 
 consulo : as, Hoc consulo boni, cequi bomque facio. 
 
 Rule XXXVII. — Verbs of Plenty and Scarceness ge- 
 nerally govern the Ablative : as, 
 
 Abundat divitiis, he abounds in riches. 
 Caret omni culpa, he is free from every fault. 
 
 Note. — Egeo and indigeo frequently govern the Genitive : as, Eget 
 jeris. Kor. 
 
 Rule XXXVIII. — Utor, abxitor ,fruor,f ung or , potior ^ 
 vescor, govern the Ablative : as, 
 
 UtUur frgude, he uses deceit. 
 Abutltur libris, he abuses books. 
 
 Note 1. — To these Verbs add, nitor, gaudeo, muto, dono, munero, 
 eommunico^ victito, beo,Jido, impertior, dignor, nascor i creor, officio, 
 consto, labor o (I am ill,) prosequor, Sec. ; but the Ablative > after 
 most of these, may be referred to Rule LV. 
 
 Note 2. — Potior, fungor, vescor, epalor, and pascor, sometimes 
 govern the Accusative : as, Potiri summam imperii. Nep. Potior 
 sometimes governs the Genitive: as, Potiri regni. Ctc. 
 
 Government of Impersonal Kerbs. 
 Rule XXXIX. — Impersonal Verbs govern the Dative : 
 asj ^ 
 
 Expedit reipubliccB, it is profitable for the state. 
 Licet nemini peccdre, no man is allowed to sin. 
 
 Note 1. — Besides the Dative, Impersonal Verbs have commonly an 
 Infinitive, or part of a sentence, joined to them., which is supposed ic 
 
82 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 supply the place of a Nominative: as, Cut peccare licet. Ovid. 
 These Nominatives, hoc, Mud, id, idem, quod, §c. are sometimes 
 joined to Impersonal Verbs : as, Sin tibi id minus Ubebit. Cic. 
 
 Note 2. — The Verbs, potest, ccepit, incipit, desinit, debet, and solet, 
 become Impersonal, when joined to Impersonal Verbs : as, Non po- 
 test credi tibi. 
 
 Rule XL. — Refert &x\& interest govern the Genitive : as 
 
 Refert patris, it concerns my father. 
 Interest omnium, it is the interest of all. 
 Note. — Refert and interest sometimes admit Nominatives : as, 
 Magni refert studium at que voluntas. — Lucr. 
 
 Rule XLI. — Mea, tua, sua, nostra, vestra, are put in 
 the Accusative Plural : as, 
 
 Non mea refert, it does not concern me. 
 
 Note 1. — That is, mea, tua, &;c. are put in the Ace. Plural, when 
 joined to refert and interest, instead of the Genitives of the Substan- 
 tive Pronouns. 
 
 Note 2. — Cuja, and cujus interest, are used indifferently. 
 
 Rule XLII. — Miseret, pceniict, pudet,tcedet, and pigct, 
 govern the Accusative of a Person, with the Genitive: as, 
 
 MisPret me tui, I pity you. 
 Pcenitet me peccuti, I repent of my sin. 
 Note 1. — The Infinitive, or part of a sentence, sometimes supplies 
 the place of the Genitive: as, Te id puduit facer e. Ter. 
 
 Rule XLIII. — Decet, delectat, juvat, and oporlet, go- 
 vern the Accusative of a Person, with the Infinitive : as, 
 
 Delectat me studere, it delight3 me to study. 
 
 Non decet te rixari, it does not become you to scold. 
 
 Note 1. — Decet sometimes governs the Dative : as, Ita nobis decet. 
 Ter. 
 
 Note 2. — Attinet, pertinet, and spectat, when used impersonally, 
 take the Accusative with ad : as, Nihil ad me attinet. Ter. 
 
 * Rule XLIII. — The principal Agent, after a Passive 
 Verb, is put in the Ablative, with the Preposition a or 
 ab ; and sometimes in the Dative : as, 
 
 Mundus gubernatur a Deo, the world is governed by God. 
 
 Neque cernltur ulli, nor is he seen by any. 
 
 Note 1. — The Dative of the Agent is used chiefly by the Poets. 
 
 Note 2. — The secondary Agent is governed in the Accusative by 
 the Preposition per ; or is expressed in the Ablative without a Pre- 
 position : as, Per me defensa est respublica. Cic. 
 
SYNTAX. 
 
 83 
 
 Government of the Infinitive, Participles, Gerunds, and 
 Supines. 
 
 Rule XLIV. — One Verb governs another in the Infi- 
 nitive: as, 
 
 Cupio disctre, I desire to learn. 
 
 Note 1. — The Infinitive is sometimes governed by Adjectives : as } 
 D'ignus amari. Virg. — and sometimes also by Substantives : as, 
 Tempus equum fumantia solvere colla, ViRG; 
 
 Note 2. — The Infinitive is used as a Neuter Noun, in all the Cases 
 of the Singular Number. It is governed by Nouns, Adjectives, Verbs, 
 and Prepositions ; and Adjectives and Pronouns agree with it in Gen- 
 der. It is sometimes also used as a participle : as, Quin te conspicer 
 fodere, aut arare y aut aliquid ferre denique. Ter. 
 
 Note 3. — Ccepit, cceperunt, or some other governing word, is fre- 
 quently understood : as, Omnes mihi inviderc, Ter. sup. coeperunt. 
 
 Rule XLV. — Participles, Gerunds, and Supines, go- 
 vern the Case of their Verbs : as, 
 
 Amans virtutem, loving virtue. By Rule XXVIII. 
 Carens fraude, wanting guile. By Rule XXXVII. 
 Note 1. — The latter Supine does not govern a Case. 
 Note 2. — Verbal Nouns and Adjectives sometimes govern the Ca3e 
 of the Verbs from which they are derived : as, Justitia est obtempera- 
 tio legibus. Cic. Facta consultaque ejus cemulus erat. Sall. 
 
 Note 3. — Exosus, perosus, and often, also, pertcesus, govern the 
 Accusative: as, Tcedas exosa jugales. Ovid. 
 
 Rule XL VI. — The Gerund in dum of the Nominative 
 Case with the Verb est governs the Dative : as, 
 
 Vivendum est mihi recte, I must live well. 
 Moriendum est omnibus, all must die. 
 Note 1. — Gerunds are construed like Nouns of the same case. 
 Note 2. — This Gerund always denotes Obligation, or Necessity, 
 and governs the Dative of the object with which the obligation, or ne- 
 cessity lies. 
 
 Note 3. — The Dative is frequently understood: as, Eundum est 
 sup. nobis. 
 
 Rule XLVII. — The Gerund in di is governed by Sub- 
 stantives and Adjectives : as, • 
 
 Tempus legendi, time of reading, 
 Cupldus discendi, desirous to learn. 
 See Rules XI. and XIV. 
 
 Note. — This Gerund is sometimes construed with the Genitive 
 Plural : as, Facidtas agrorum condonandi, for agros. Cic. 
 
84 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Rule XLVIIL— The Gerund in do of the Dative Case 
 is governed by Adjectives signifying Usefulness or Fitness : 
 as, 
 
 Charta utllis scribendo, paper useful for writing. 
 
 See Rule XVI. 
 
 Note 1. — The Adjective is sometimes omitted : as, Non est soU 
 vendo, sup. par, or habilis. 
 
 Note 2. — This Gerund is sometimes governed by a Verb : as, Ej>i- 
 dicum qucerendo operam dabo. Plaut. See Rule XXXI. 
 
 Rule XLIX. — The Gerund in dum of the Accusative 
 Case is governed by the Preposition ad, or inter : as, 
 
 Promptus ad audiendum, ready to hear. 
 
 Attentus inter docendum, attentive in time of teaching. 
 
 See Rule LXVIII. 
 
 Note. — It is likewise sometimes governed by ante, circa, or ob ; as, 
 Ante domandum, Virg. 
 
 Rule L. — The Gerund in do of the Ablative Case is 
 governed by the Prepositions a, ab, de, e, ex, or in : as, 
 Poena a peccando absterret, punishment frightens from sinning. 
 
 See Rules LXIX. and LXXI. 
 
 Rule LI. — The Gerund in do of the Ablative Case is 
 used without a Preposition, as the Ablative of Manner, or 
 Cause: as, 
 
 Memoria excolcndo augetur, the memory is improved by exer- 
 cising it. 
 Defessus sum ambulando, I am wearied with walking. 
 
 See Rule LV. 
 
 Rule LII. — Gerunds governing the Accusative are va- 
 ried by the Participles in dus, which agree with their 
 Substantives in Gender, Number, and Case : as, 
 Gerunds. Participles. 
 
 Petendum est pacem. Petenda est pax* 
 
 Tempus petendi pacem. Tempus petendce pads. 
 
 Ad petendum pacem. Ad petendam pacem. 
 
 A petendo pacem. A petenda pace. 
 
 Note. — The Gerunds of Verbs which do not govern the Accusative 
 are never changed into the Participles, except those of utor, abator, 
 Jruor,fiingor, and potior ; as, Ad hcec ntenda idonea est. Ter. 
 
 Rule LIII. — The Supine in um is put after a Verb of 
 Motion : as, 
 
 Abiit deambulatum, he has gone to walk. 
 
SYNTAX. 85 
 
 Note. — It is also put after Verbs which do not strictly denote mo- 
 tion : as, Dojiliam nuptum. Ter. 
 
 Rule LIV. — The Supine in u is put after an Adjec- 
 tive: as, 
 
 Facile dictu, easy to tell, or to be told. 
 
 I. THE CAUSE, MANNER, AND INSTRUMENT. 
 
 Rule LV. — The Cause, Manner, and Instrument, are 
 put in the Ablative : as, 
 
 Palleo metu, I am pale for fear. 
 
 Fecit suo more, he did it after his own way. 
 
 Scribo calamo, I write with a pen. 
 Note. — To this Rule are referred the Ablatives of the Matter of 
 which any thing is made ; and of the Adjunct or Noun expressive of 
 some circumstance, joined to a Verb or Adjective: as, JEre cavo cly- 
 peus. Virg. Floruit acumine ingenii. Cic. 
 
 II. PLACE. 
 
 Rule LVI. — In or At a place is put in the Genitive, 
 if the Noun be of the First or Second Declension, and 
 Singular Number : as, 
 
 Vixit Romce, he lived at Rome. 
 Mortuus est Londini, he died at London. 
 
 Note. — Humi, miJitioe, and belli, are also construed in the Geni- 
 tive : as, Humi nascentia fraga, Virg. 
 
 Rule LVII. — In or At a. place is put in the Ablative, 
 if the Noun be of the Third Declension, or of the Plural 
 Number : as, 
 
 Habitat Carthagine, he dwells at Carthage. 
 Studuit Parisiis, he studied at Paris. 
 
 Rule LVIII. — To a place is put in the Accusative : as, 
 
 Venit Romam, he came to Rome. 
 Profectus est Athenas } he went to Athens. 
 
 Rule LIX. — From or By a place is put in the Abla- 
 tive : as, 
 
 Discessit Corintho, he departed from Corinth. 
 Laodicea iterfaciebat, he went by Laodicea. 
 
 Note. — Motion by or through a Town is generally expressed by the 
 Preposition per : as, Quum iter per Thebas facer et, Ps t ep. 
 
 Rule LX. — Domus and Rus are construed the same 
 wax as Names of Towns : as, 
 
S6 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 A f anet domi, he stays at home. 
 
 Domum revertltur, he returns home. 
 
 Vivit rure, or run,. he lives in the country. 
 
 Rediit rure, he has returned from the country. 
 Note. — Domi is used only when joined with the Adjectives, me(r % 
 tucs, sua, nostra, vestra. aliena. With other adjectives, domo is used 
 for domi ; as, In domo pater na. 
 
 Rule LXI. — To names of Countries, Provinces, and alJ 
 other places, except Towns, the Preposition is generally 
 added : as, 
 
 Natus in Italia, in Latio, in urbe, <5fc. born in Italy, in Latium, 
 
 in a city, &c. 
 
 Abiit in Italiam, in Latium, in urbem, 6$c. he has gone to Italy, 
 
 to Latium, to a city, &c. 
 
 See Rules LXVIII, LXIX, LXX, and LXXI. 
 
 Note 1. — The Preposition is often expressed before names of Towns, 
 especially when Apellatives or Adjectives are added to them: as, 
 in Epheso, for Ephesi ; ad Capuam, for Capuam ; ex Epheso, for 
 Epheso ; in Hispali oppido. The Preposition is sometimes omitted 
 after names of Countries, Provinces, &c. : as, Inde Sardiniam cum 
 classe venit, Cic. 
 
 Note 2. — Peto, signifying / make for, I go to, always governs the 
 Accusative, without a Preposition: as, JEgyptum petere decretit. 
 Curt. 
 
 Rule LXII. — Nouns denoting Space, or Distance, are 
 put in the Accusative, and sometimes in the Ablative : as, 
 
 Urbs distat triginta millia, or millibus passuum, the city is 
 thirty miles distant. 
 
 Note 1. — One of the Substantives expressing Distance, is some- 
 times omitted : as, Castra aberant bidui, Cic. sup. spatium. 
 
 Note 2. — The difference of Measure or Distance is put in the Abla- 
 tive : as, Superat capite et cervicibus altis, Virg. See Rule XVI II. 
 
 III. TIME. 
 
 Rule LXIII. — Nouns denoting a Point of Time are 
 put in the Ablative : as, 
 
 Venit hord tertid, he came at the third hour. 
 
 Rule LXIV. — Nouns denoting Continuance of Time 
 are put in the Accusative, or Ablative, but oftener in the 
 Accusative : as, 
 
 Mansit paucos dies, he staid a few days. 
 
 Sex mensibus abfuit, he was absent six months. 
 
 Rule LXV. — A Substantive and a Participle, whose 
 
SYNTAX. 87 
 
 Case depends upon no other word, are put in the Ablative 
 Absolute : as, 
 
 Sole oriente, fugiunt tenebrce, the sun rising, or, when the sun 
 
 rises, darkness flies away. 
 
 Opere peracto, ludBmus, our work being finished, or, when our 
 
 work is finished, we will play. 
 
 Note 1. — The Perfect Participles of Deponent Verbs are not used 
 in the Ablative Absolute, but agree in Case with the Nominative to 
 the Verb : as, Cieero locutus hcec concedit, and not his locutis. The 
 Perfeot Participles of Common Verbs are seldom used in a Passive 
 sense, and therefore rarely occur in the Ablative Absolute. 
 
 Note 2. — Part of a sentence sometimes supplies the place of a 
 Noun : as, Exposito quid iniquitas loci posset. C^es. 
 
 Construction of Indeclinable Words. 
 I. ADVERBS. 
 
 Rule LXVI. — Ad verbs are joined to Verbs, Adjectives, 
 and other Adverbs : as, 
 
 Bene scribit, he writes well. 
 Fortiter pugnans, fighting bravely. 
 Satis bene, well enough. 
 
 Note. — Adverbs are sometimes, though seldom, joined to Nouns : 
 as, Homerus plane orator. Cic. 
 
 Rule LXVI.* — Some Adverbs of Time, Place, and 
 Quantity, govern the Genitive : as, 
 
 Pridie illius diei, the day before that day. 
 
 Ublque gentium, every where. 
 
 Satis est verborum, there is enough of words. 
 
 Note 1. — Ergo (for the sake of,) instar, and partim, also govern 
 the Genitive : as, Donari virtutis ergo. Cic. 
 
 Note 2. — Pridie and Postridie govern the Genitive or Accusative : 
 as, Pridie Kalendas, sup. ante ; Postridie Kalendas, sup. post. 
 
 Note 3. — En and Eccc govern the Nominative or Accusative : as, 
 En causa. Cic. Ecce hominem. Cic. 
 
 Rule LXVII. — Some Derivative Adverbs govern the 
 Case of their Primitives : as, 
 
 Omnium elegantissime loquitur, he speaks the most elegantly 
 
 of all. By Rule XV. 
 
 Vivere convenienter naturae, to live agreeably to nature. 
 
 By Rule XVI. 
 
88 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 II. PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Rule LXVIII. — The Prepositions ad, apud ante, &c. 
 govern the Accusative : as, 
 
 Ad patrem, to the father. 
 
 Pule LXIX. — The Prepositions a, ab, ads, &c. govern 
 the Ablative : as, 
 
 A patre, from the father. 
 
 Note. — Tenus, when subjoined to a Noun in the Plural Number, 
 generally governs the Genitive : as, Crurum tenus. Virg. 
 
 Rule LXX. — The Prepositions in, sub, super, and 
 subter, govern the Accusative when Motion to a place 
 is signified : as, 
 
 Eo in scholam, I go into the school. 
 
 Sub niamia tendit, he goes under the walls. 
 
 Incldit super agmina, it fell upon the troops. 
 
 Rule LXXI. — When Motion or Rest in a place is sig- 
 nified, in and sub govern the Ablative, super and subter 
 either the Accusative or Ablative : as, 
 
 Sedeo, or discurro in schold, I sit, or run up and down, in the 
 school. 
 Sedens super arma, sitting above the arms. 
 Subter littdre, beneath the shore. 
 
 Note 1. — In, when used for erga, contra, per, ad, usque ad, apud, 
 super, governs the Accusative : as, Amor in patriam. Cic. When 
 used for inter \ it generally governs the Ablative : as, In bonis, Cic. 
 
 Note 2. — Sub}, when it refers to time, governs the Accusative : as, 
 Sub noctem. Cjes. 
 
 Note 3. — Super, when used for ultra, prceter, and inter, governs the 
 Accusative ; when used for de i pro, or ab } it governs the Ablative : 
 as, Super Garamantas. Virg. Hac super re scribam. Cic. 
 
 Note 4. — Subter rarely governs the Ablative, and only among the 
 poets. 
 
 Note 5. — Prepositions are frequently omitted : as, Devenere locos. 
 Virg. sup. ad. 
 
 Rule LXXI I. — A Preposition often governs the same 
 Case in Composition that it does out of it : as, 
 
 Adedmus scholam, let us go to the school. 
 Exeamus schold, let us go out of the school. 
 Note. — -This Rule takes place only when the Preposition may, 
 without injuring the sense, be separated from the Verb, and placed 
 before the Case by itself: as, Alloquor patrem, i. e. loquor ad patrem. 
 And even then, the Preposition is frequently repeated : as, Exire e 
 fmibus suls. CiES. 
 
SYNTAX. 89 
 
 III. INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 Rule LXXIII. — The Interjections 0, heu, and proft, 
 govern the Vocative and sometimes the Accusative : as, 
 
 O formdse puer ! O fair boy ! 
 
 Heu me miser um ! ah, wretch that I am ! 
 
 Note 1 . — These Interjections are sometimes joined to the Nomina- 
 tive: as, O vir fortis. Ter. 
 
 Note 2. — CI is often understood : as, Tityre, coge pecus. Virg. 
 
 Rule LXXIV. — Hei and vce govern the Dative : as, 
 
 Hei mihi J ah me ! 
 Vce vobis ! wo to you ! 
 
 IV. CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 Rule LXXV. — The Conjunctions et, ac, atque, nee 
 neque, aut, vel, and some others, connect like Cases and 
 Moods: as, 
 
 HonOra patrem et matrem, honour your father and mother 
 Nee scribit nee legit, he neither writes nor reads. 
 
 Note. — To these add quam, nisi, praeterquam^ an, &c. and Adverbs 
 of Likeness : as, ut, ceu, ianquam, quasi, &c. 
 
 Rule LXXVI. — Ut, quo, licet, ne, utinam, and dum- 
 mddo, are generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood : as, 
 
 Accidit ut terga vert$rent, it happened that they turned their 
 backs. 
 Utinam sapSres, I wish you were wise. 
 
 Note 1. — All Indefinite words require the Subjunctive : as, Qui. 
 est ? Nescio quis sit. Nescit vitane fruatur, An sit apud mines. 
 Ovid. Nescio ubi sit. 
 
 Note 2. — Ut is omitted after volo, nolo, malo, rogo, precor, &c. and 
 after the Imperatives sine, cave, and/ac; as, Ducas volo. Ter. Foe 
 cogites. 
 
 * Additional Rules for the Construction of Qui and Quum. 
 
 In the application of the following Rules, it is necessary to distin- 
 guish between the Subjunctive and Potential Mood. When the 
 meaning is contingent, the Potential Mood must be employed ; and, 
 in all such examples, it deserves particular attention, that the form of 
 
 • For these Rules and Observations the Editor is indebted to Dr 
 Crombie's Gymnasium, 4th Edit. 
 
90 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 the Verb is not affected by tbe relative, or any antecedent particle 
 but is strictly potential, tbe sense itself requiring that form. Thus 
 if we say, " I read, that I may learn," Lego ut discam — " He senc 
 men, who might tell the king," Misit homines, qui regi nunciareni — 
 the two Verbs, Discam and Nunciarent, are not each subjoined to any 
 preceding word, as its regimen ; but are to be considered as in the 
 Potential Mood, the sentiment to be expressed clearly demanding that 
 form of the Verb. But, when this form is used, not because the sen. 
 timent requires it, as being contingent or conditional, but because the 
 Verb is subjoined to some Adverb, Conjunction, or indefinite term, 
 which requires that form, it is then properly the Subjunctive Mood. 
 If I say, " He was so cruel a tyrant, that all men feared him," Ty- 
 rannus tarn crudelis erat, ut omnes eum metuerent — " You err, who 
 think," Erras, qui censeas — the Verbs Metuerent and Censeas must 
 be considered as Subjunctive ; for, were they not subjoined to Ut and 
 Qui, they would be put in the Indicative form, the sense beiug as- 
 sertive and unconditional. 
 
 Rule 1. — Qui is uniformly joined to the Subjunctive Mood when 
 . the relative clause does not express any sentiment of the author's, but 
 refers it to the person or persons of whom he is speaking : as, 
 
 Socrates dicere solebat, omnes in eo, quod scirent, satis esse elo* 
 quentes. Cic 
 
 Obs. 1. — Or, Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood when the dis- 
 course is oblique or indirect. In oblique narration, the only Moods 
 admissible are, the Infinitive and Subjunctive : and, as the relative is 
 never employed except in the secondary and subordinate members of 
 a sentence, it must always, in oblique statements, be followed by the 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Obs. 2. — In the same manner Ubi for in quo loco, Quo for ad quern 
 locum^ and Unde for e quo loco, taken relatively, and not expressing 
 an observation of the author's, or an object of his knowledge, govern 
 the Subjunctive Mood : as, Cognovit, non longe ex eo loco oppidum 
 Cassivellauni abesse, quo satis magnus hominum pecorisque numerus 
 convenerit. CjES. 
 
 Obs. 3. — The same principle extends also to the Conjunctions quia, 
 quam, quum, quod, quando, atque, and other such relative words : as, 
 Eos inter se, quia nemo unus satis dignus regno visus sit, partes regni 
 rapuisse. Liv. 
 
 Rule II Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when the rela- 
 tive clause expresses the motive, reason, or cause of the action oi 
 event : as, 
 
 Male fecit Hannibal, qui Capuae hiem&rit, Hannibal did wrong in 
 wintering, or because he wintered, at Capua. 
 
 Rule III. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it is 
 equivalent to quanqnam i or etsi is, si, modo, or dummodo h ; as, 
 
SYNTAX. 91 
 
 Scilicet etfam ilium, qui libertatem publicam nollet, tarn projectae 
 servientium paten tiae taedebat. Tac. 
 
 Rule IV. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood when it fol- 
 lows an Interrogative, Negative, or Indefinite word : as, 
 Quis est enim, cut non perspicua sint ilia ? Cic. 
 
 Ols, i. — This rule takes effect only w T hen the antecedent and re- 
 lative clauses refer to the same subject, and logically express but one 
 subject and one attribute. 
 
 Obs. 2 The following are the most common forms of expression 
 
 referred to in this Rule : Quis est 9 Quanius est ? Ecquis est ? An 
 quisquam est $ Quotusquisque estf &c Nemo est, Nullus est. Nihil 
 est, Non quisquam est, Nego esse quenquam, Vix ullus est, &c. 
 
 Ols, 3. — This rule is applicable to those cases only in which the 
 interrogation is equivalent to an affirmation or negation. When the 
 sentence implies a question, put for the sake of information, the re- 
 lative takes the Indicative Mood : as, Quis hie est, qui operto capite 
 jEsculapium salntat $ Platjt. Quis est, qui sahdet $ would signify, 
 " Who is there that salutes ?" implying " Nobody salutes." 
 
 Rule V. — Qui is very generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood, 
 when a periphrasis with the Verb Sum is employed, instead of simply 
 the Nominative with the principal Verb : as, 
 
 Sunt, qui dicant, u There are persons, who say," instead of Non- 
 nulli dicunt, " Some say." 
 
 Obs. 1. — This Rule, like the preceding, takes effect only when the 
 relative clause forms the predicate of the sentence. 
 
 Obs. 2. — The periphrastic form of expression is employed with 
 other Verbs besides Sum ; as, Reperio, invenio, existo, exorior : also, 
 tempus fuit, tempus veniet, Sec. adest, praesto sunt, &c. 
 
 Rule VI. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it is 
 used for ut ego } ut tu, ut ille, ut nos, ut vos, ut illi f through all their 
 cases : as, 
 
 At ea fuit legatio Octavii, in qua periculi suspicio non subesset, Cic. 
 
 Rule VII — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood after Solus 
 and Unus, when they are employed to restrict to a single person the 
 qualities implied in the relative clause : as, 
 
 Solus hie homo est, qui sciat divinitus. Plaut. 
 
 Quum — a Conjunction. 
 
 Rule I. — Quum taken for quoniam, or quandoquidem, " since," 
 is very generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood : as, u Quum A the* 
 Das sis profectus." Cic. 
 
 Rule II. — Quum taken for quod, "because," is generally joined 
 to the Indicative Mood : as, Ego redigam vos in gratiam hoe fretus, 
 quum e medio excessit, Ter. 
 
92 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Rule III. — Quum taken for etsi, " although," is uniformly joined 
 to the Subjunctive Mood: as, Cui quum Cato et Caninius mtercessis- 
 sent, tamen est perscripta. Cic. 
 
 Quum — an Adverb. 
 
 R ule I. — Quum taken for quoties, or quandocunque, " as often 
 as," or " whenever," is joined to the Indicative Mood : as, Quum 
 prospero ejus flatu utimur, ad exitus pervehimur optatos, et quum re- 
 flavit, affligimur. Cic. 
 
 Rule II. — Quum taken for quando, " at the time when," or " at 
 which time," is joined to the Indicative Mood : as, Ne stridorem qui- 
 dem serrae tunc audiunt, quum acuitur ; aut grunnitum quum jugu- 
 latur sus. Cic. 
 
 Rule III. — Quum is joined to the Indicative Mood, when it is 
 used to express the point of time at which an action or state com- 
 menced, conceived to be continued to the present period : as, Jam 
 anni prope quadraginta sunt, quum hoc probatur. Cic. 
 
 Rule IV. — Quum is joined to the Indicative Mood when it sig- 
 nifies " as soon as," and is emphatically used with primum, denoting 
 an action or event in close succession to another : as, Quum ad nos 
 allatum est de temeritate eorum, graviter commotus sum. Cic. Quum 
 primum Romam veni. Cic. 
 
 Rule V. — Quum is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it ia 
 taken for postquam, " after," denoting simply the posteriority of one 
 event to another, but not implying close succession : as, Haec quum 
 animadvertisset, vehementer eos incusavit. C^es. 
 
 Rule VI. — Quum, when joined to a secondary clause, expressing 
 a past action or event as in progression, to which another action or 
 event, in the primary clause, is expressed as contemporary, is joined 
 to the Subjunctive Mood: as, Quum civitas armis jus suum exsequi 
 conaretur, Orgetorix mortuus est. Cms, 
 
 Obs It is necessary to observe, that the preceding rules for join- 
 ing Quum with the Indicative Mood, do not take place in the two 
 following cases: Is/, If the clause be oblique — we say, for example, 
 " Tempus fuit, quum homines vagabantur" Cic. but, " Scio tem- 
 pus fuisse, quum homines vagarentur." 2dly, When any thing doubt- 
 ful, contingent, or fortuitous, is implied, the sense requires the Po- 
 tential Mood : as, " Sed tu omnia consilia differebas in id tempus, 
 quum sciremus" Cic. "When we should know." It must be 
 observed also, that though usage be very generally conformable to 
 these rules, it is not universally so. Cicero says, " Tempus fuit, 
 quum homines vagabantur" Varro, in a sentiment precisely similar, 
 says, (i Tempus fuit, quum homines rura colerent," 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 I. In the declension of the word f am ilia, when compounded 
 with pater, mater, filius, and filia, an old form of the Genitive 
 Singular in as has been retained : as, pater -familias, patres-fa- 
 milias. The regular forms familice and familiarum are, how- 
 ever, not uncommon. 
 
 There is also a poetical form of the Genitive Singular in at, 
 for cb : as, aulai, aurdi. 
 
 2. Patronymics in es and a, compound words ending in cola 
 and gena, and a few national names, sometimes form the Geni, 
 tive Plural., in the poets, in um instead of arum : as, IFmeadum, 
 Ccelicoliim, Lapithum. This contraction is very unusual in 
 prose. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 3. The Genitive Singular of Nouns in ius and turn, in the 
 purest age of the Latin language, was formed in i, and not in ii, 
 both in prose and verse: as,J?/t, Tulli, ingeni. 
 
 4. Proper names in ius which continue Adjectives, and Pius 
 when used as a surname, form the Vocative Singular in e : as, 
 Delie, Pie. 
 
 5. Some Nouns, especially those which denote value, measure, 
 and weight, commonly form the Genitive Plural in um, instead 
 of orum : as, nummum, sestertium. Neuter Nouns have some- 
 times 6n instead of orum. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Genitive Singular. 
 
 6. Cicero and other writers of the best age sometimes form, 
 from Greek proper names in es, especially from those in cles a 
 Genitive in t instead of is : as, Achilli, Agathocli. In Nouns in 
 is, idis. the poets often use the Greek termina tion os for is : as, 
 Daphnis, Daphnidos. The Greek form is not common in prose. 
 Feminines in o have commonly us : as, Dido, Didus. 
 
 E 
 
91 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Accusative Singular. 
 
 7. The following Nouns in is have im in the Accusative : 
 
 Amussis, f. a mason's rule. Ravis, f. hoarseness. 
 
 Buris, f. the beam of a plough. Sinapis, f. mustard. 
 
 Cannabis, f. hemp. Sitis, f. thirst. 
 
 Cucumis, m. a cucumber. Tussis, f. a cough. 
 
 Gummis, f. gum. Vis, f. strength. 
 Mephitis, f. a strong smell. 
 
 8. Proper Names in is have im in the Accusative : 
 
 Names of Cities and other places : as, Bilbtlis, f. a city in Spain ; 
 Syrtis, f. a quicksand on the coast of Africa. 
 
 Names of Rivers : as, Tiblris i m. the Tiber ; Bcetis, m. the Gua- 
 dalquivir. 
 
 Names of Gods : as, Anubis, m. Osiris, m. Egyptian deities. 
 
 Note. — These Nouns have sometimes in in the Accusative : as, 
 Bilbilin, B&tin, Serdpin. 
 
 9. The following Nouns in is have em or im in the Accusative : 
 
 Aqualis, m. a water-pot. Puppis, f. the stern of a ship. 
 
 Clavis, f. a key. Restis, f. a rope. 
 
 Cutis, f. the skin, Securis, f. an axe. 
 
 Febris, f. a fever. Sementis, f. a sowing. 
 
 Lens, f. lentiles, Strigilis, f. a curry-comb, 
 
 Navis, f. a ship. Tunis, f. a tower. 
 Pelvis, f. a bason. 
 
 Puppis, restis, securis, and turris, have much more frequently im ; 
 the others have commonly em. The oldest Latin writers fonn the 
 Accusative of some other Nouns m im : as, avis, auris, &c. 
 
 10. Nouns which have been adopted from the Greek, some- 
 times retain a in the Accusative : as, heros, m. a hero, heroa ; 
 Tros, m. a Trojan, Troa. See page 8. 
 
 This form is seldom employed by the best prose writers, and is 
 chiefly confined to Proper Names, except in a'ir, m. the air ; ather, 
 m. the sky ; delphin, m. a dolphin ; and Pan, m. the God of the shep- 
 herds, which commonly have aera, Kthira, delphlna, and Pana. 
 
 Many Greek Nouns in es have en as well as em in the Accusative : 
 as, Euphratcn, Oresten, Py laden. 
 
 Ablative Singular. 
 
 11. Nouns in is which have im in the Accusative, have t in 
 the Ablative: as, sitis, sitim, siti. 
 
 But cannabis, Bcetis, sinapis, and Tigris, have e or i. 
 
 12. Nouns in is which have em or im in the Accusative, have 
 e or i in the Ablative : as, clavis, clave, or clavi. 
 
 But cutis and restis have e only : securis, sementis, and strigilis have 
 seldom e. 
 
APPENDIX. 95 
 
 13. The following Nouns which have em in the Accusative, 
 have e or i in the Ablative : 
 
 Amnis, m. a river. Occiput, n. the hind-head, 
 
 Anguis, m. and f. a snake. Orbis, m. a circle 
 
 Avis, f. a bird. Pars, f. a part. 
 
 Civis, c. a citizen. Postis, m. a door-post. 
 
 Classis, f. ajleet. Pugil, c. a pugilist. 
 
 Finis, m. and f. an end. Rus, n. the country, 
 
 Fustis, m. a staff, Sors, f. a lot. 
 
 Ignis, m.Jire. Supellex, f. furniture. 
 
 Imber, m. a shower. Unguis, m. a nail. 
 
 Mugilj m. a mullet, Vectis, m. a lever. 
 
 Finis, mugil, occiput, pugil, rus, supellex, and vectis, have e or i 
 indifferently; the others have much more frequently e. 
 
 Names of Towns, when they denote the place in or at which any 
 thing is done, take e ot i ; as, Carthagine, or Carthagini. 
 
 Candlis, m. or f. a water-pipe, has candli only. Likewise names of 
 months in is or er : as, Aprilis, September, Ap?ili, Scptembri ; and 
 those Nouns in is which were originally Adjectives : as, adllis, affi- 
 nis, bipennis,familidris, natdlis, rivdlis, sodd^is, volucris, &c. though 
 the last class also admit of e, Rudis, £ a rod ; and juvenis, c. a 
 youth, have e only. 
 
 14. The following Neuter Nouns in al and ar have e in the 
 Ablative : 
 
 Baccar, lady's glove. Jubar, a sunbeam. Sal, salt. 
 
 Far, corn. Nectar, nectar. 
 
 Par, when used as a Substantive, forms the Ablative Singular, and 
 Genitive Plural, in the same way as the Adjective. See Adjectives, 
 
 Genitive Plural. See page 6. 
 
 15. The following Nouns have ium in the Genitive Plural: 
 
 Caro, i.fiesh, Fauce, f. the jaws. Nox, f. night. 
 
 Conors, f. a cohort. Lar, m. a household god. Os, n. a bone. 
 
 Cor, n. the heart. Linter, m. or f. a boat. Quiris, m. a Roman. 
 
 Cos, f. a whetstone. Mus, m. a mouse, Samnis, m. a Samnite, 
 
 Dos, £ a dowry. Nix. f. snow. Uter, m. a bottle. 
 
 The Compounds of uncia and as have likewise ium : as, septunx, 
 m. seven ounces, septuncium ; sextans, m. two ounces, sextantium. 
 
 Apis, f. a bee, has apum and apium ; and opis, f. power, has opum 
 only. Gryps, m. a griffon : lynx, m. or f. a lynx ; and Sphinx, f, 
 the Sphinx, have um. 
 
 1 6. Bos, c. an ox, has bourn in the Genitive, and bobus, or bubus, 
 in the Dative ; and sus, c. a sow, has suibus, or subus. Nouns in 
 ma have tis as well as tibus : as, pocma, a, a poem, poematibus, or 
 
96 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 poem&tis. The Greek termination si or sin is very uncommon in 
 prose, and is admissible only in words which are purely Greek. See 
 page 8. 
 
 17. The form of the Accusative Plural in as is admissible in all 
 words which have that termination in Greek, but is rarely used in 
 prose. Livy, however, frequently uses Macedonas ; and Allobrogas 
 is found in Caesar. 
 
 IRREGULAR NOUNS. 
 
 Irregular Nouns are divided into Variable, Defective, and 
 Redundant. 
 
 I. Variable Nouns. 
 
 Nouns are variable either in Gender, or Declension, or in 
 both. 
 
 18. Masculine in the Singular, Neuter in the Plural. 
 Avernus, a hill in Campania. Pangaus, a promontory in Thrace. 
 Dindymus, a hill in Phrygia. Taenarus, a promontory in Laconia. 
 Ismarus, a hill in Thrate. Tartarus, hell. 
 
 Maenalus, a hill in Arcadia. Taygetus, a hill in Laconia. 
 
 Massicus, a hill in Campania, fa. 
 mous for its wines. 
 
 19. Masc. in the Singular, Masc. and Neut. in the Plural. 
 Jocus, a jest. PI. -i, and -a. Locus, a place. PI. -i, and -a. 
 
 20. Feminine in the Singular, Neuter in the Plural. 
 Carbasus, a sail. PI. -a. Pergamus, the citadel of Troy. PI. -a. 
 
 21. Neuter in the Singular, Masculine in the Plural. 
 
 Argos, a city in Greece. PI. -i. Elysium, the Ely sian fields. PI. -?'. 
 Coelum, heaven. PI. -i. 
 
 Note. — Argos, in the Singular, is used only in the Nominative and 
 Accusative. 
 
 22. Neut. in the Singular, Masc. and Neut. in the Plural. 
 Frenum, a bridle. PI. -i, and -a. Rastrum, a rake. PI. -i, and -a. 
 
 23. Neuter in the Singular, Feminine in the Plural. 
 
 Balneum, a lath. PL -ce, and -0. Epulum, a banquet. PL -ce. 
 
 Delicium, a delight. PI. -ce. 
 
 24. Vas, vasts, n. a vessel, of the Third Declension : Plural, vasa f 
 vasorum, of the Second. Jug<£rum, jugeri, n. an acre, of the Second 
 Declension ; Plur. jugera, -um, of the Third. Jugeris, and jugere 
 from jugus, are also found in the Singular. See Num. 27. 
 
 II. Defective Nouns. 
 Nouns are defective in Cases or Number. 
 
 25. Some Nouns are altogether indeclinable : as,pondo, n. a pound, 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 97 
 
 or pounds ; semis, n. the half; mille, n. a thousand ; ccspe, n. an 
 onion ; and opus, n. need, needful, which is used both as a Substan- 
 tive, and an Adjective. To these may be added, any word used for 
 a Noun : as, velle suum, for sua voluntas, his own inclination ; and 
 Proper Names adopted from a foreign language : as, Elisabet, Jeru. 
 salem. 
 
 I. Some Nouns are defective only in Particular Cases. 
 26. The following Nouns are used only in one Case :* 
 
 Fauce, f. the jaws. 
 Ingratiis, f. in spite of. 
 Injussu, m. without order. 
 Interdiu, by day. 
 Natu, m. by birth. 
 Noctu, f. by night. 
 Promptu, m. in readiness. 
 
 Nom. 
 Inquies, f. want of rest. 
 
 Abl. 
 Admomtu, m. an admonition. 
 Ambage, f. a winding. 
 Casse, m. a net. 
 Diu, by day. 
 Ergo, on account of. 
 
 Note. — A great many Verbal Nouns of the Fourth Declension are 
 used only in the Abl. Singular : as, accltu, promptu, &c. Dicis, f. 
 and nauci, n. are used only in the Gen. Sing. : as, dicis gratia, for 
 form's sake ; res nauci, a thing of no value. Infcias, f. and incita, 
 f. or incitas, have only the Ace. Plural: as, infcias ire, to deny; ad 
 incitas redactus, reduced to extremities. Ambages, casses, and fauces 
 are regularly declined in the Plural. 
 
 27. The following Nouns are used only in two Cases : 
 
 Nom. and Ace. Gen. and Abl. 
 
 Astu, n. the city Athens. Compedis, -e, f. a fetter. 
 
 Inferiae, -as, f. sacrifices to the dead. Impetis, -e, m. force. 
 
 Jugeris, -e, n. an acre. 
 Spontis, -e, f. ofone J s own accord. 
 Verberis, -e, n. a stripe. 
 Repetundarum, -is, £ extortion. 
 
 Instar, n. likeness, bigness. 
 Suppetiae, -as, f. help. 
 
 Nom. and Abl. 
 Astus, -u, m. cunning. 
 Vesper, -e, or -i, m. the evening. 
 
 Note. — Compgdes, jugera^ and verbera are regularly declined in 
 the Plural. Astus is found in the Nom. and Ace. Plural. 
 
 28. The following Nouns are used only in three Cases : 
 
 Nom. Ace. and Foe. 
 Cacoethes,i' n. a bad custom. 
 Cete, n. whales. 
 Dica, -am, f. a process ; PI, -as. 
 
 Epos, n. an heroic poem. 
 Fas, n. divine law. 
 Grates, f. thanks. 
 Melos, n. a song ; PI. -e. 
 
 * Nouns which are used only in one case are called Monoptotes ; 
 in two cases, Diptotes ; in three cases, Triptotes ; in four cases, Te* 
 traptotes ; in five cases, Pentaptotes. 
 
 t Also other Greek Neuter Nouns in es. See Rules for tlie Gen- 
 der of Nouns, 29. 
 
98 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Nefas, n. impiety. Mane, -e, -e, n. the morning. 
 
 Nihil, and Nil, n. nothing. Tabes, f. consumption, 
 
 Tempe, n. the vale of Tempe. Vepres, or -is, m. a brier, 
 
 Nom, Ace. and Abl, 
 Lues, f. a plague, 
 
 Nom. Gen, and All, Tabum, n. putrid gore, 
 Nom. Gen, and Ace, Munia, -drum, n. offices, 
 
 Opis, f. Gen. help (from ops), has opem and ope in the Ace. and 
 Ablative, with the Plural complete, opes, opum, &c. wealth ; and 
 preci, f. Dat. a prayer (from prex), has precem, and prece, with the 
 Plural entire, preces, precnm, &c. Feminis, n. Gen. the thigh (from 
 femeri), has^/bmwi, and -e, in the Dat. and Abl. Singular ; and femina 
 in the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plural. 
 
 Note. — Vepres has the Plural entire ; and tabes, and gratibus, the 
 Nominative and Ablative Plural of talcs, and grates are also found 
 
 The following Nouns want the Genitive, Dative, and Abla- 
 tive Plural : 
 
 Far, n. corn, Mel, n. honey, Rus, n. the country, 
 
 Hiems, f. winter, Metus, in, fear. Thus, n. frankincense. 
 
 For Nouns of the Fifth Declension, See page 10. 
 
 29. The following Nouns want the Nominative and Vocative, 
 and are therefore used only in four Cases : 
 
 Ditionis, f. power, Sordis, f.flth. 
 
 Pecudis, f. a beast, Vicis, f. a change. 
 
 To these may be added daps, f. a dish ; frux, f. corn ; and nex, f. 
 slaughter, which are seldom used in the Nominative. The Plural of 
 frux is entire ; daps wants the Genitive ; and nex seems to have the 
 Nom. Ace. and Voc. only. 
 
 Chaos, n. a confused mass, wants the Gen. and Dat. Singular, and 
 is not used in the Plural. 
 
 Note. — Pecudis and sordis have the Plural entire : vicis is defec- 
 tive in the Genitive ; ditionis has no Plural. 
 
 30. Some Nouns are defective in one Case. 
 
 The following want the Genitive Plural : 
 
 Faex, f. dregs. Proles, f. offspring % 
 
 Fax, f. a torch, Ros, m. dew, 
 
 Labes, f. a stain, Soboles, f. offspring, 
 
 Lux, f. light, Sol, m. the sun, 
 
 Os, n. the mouth, 
 
 Satias, f. a glut of any thing, and salum, n. the sea, want the Gen. 
 Sing, and the Plural entirely. Situs, m. a situation, nastiness, wants 
 the Gen. and perhaps the Dat. Sing, and probably the Gen. Dat and 
 
APPENDIX. 99 
 
 Abl. Plural. Nemo, c. nobody, wants the Voc. Sing, and has no 
 Plural. 
 
 II. Many Nouns are defective in Number. 
 
 31. Some Nouns, from the nature of the things which they express, 
 cannot be used in the Plural. Such are the names of virtues and 
 vices, of arts, herbs, metals, liquors, different kinds of com, abstract 
 nouns, &c. : as, justitia, justice; luxus, luxury; musica, music; 
 aplum, parsley ; aurum, gold ; lac, milk ; triticum, wheat ; magni- 
 tudo, greatness ; senectus, old age ; macies, leanness, &c. But some 
 of the Nouns included in these classes are occasionally found in the 
 Plural. 
 
 32. The following Masculine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
 Plural : 
 
 Aer, aeris, the air. Penus, -i, or -us, all maimer of 
 
 jEther, -eris, the sky. provisions. 
 
 Fimus, -i, dung. Pontus, -i, the sea. 
 
 Hesperus, -i, the evening star. Pulvis, -eris, dust. 
 
 Limus, -i, mud. Sanguis, -inis, blood. 
 
 Meridies, -iei, mid-day. Sopor, -oris, sleep. 
 Mundus, -i, a woman 's ornaments. Veternus, -i, a lethargy. 
 Muscus, -i, moss. 
 
 Note. — Aer, pulvis, and sopor, are found in the Plural. 
 
 33. The following Feminine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
 Plural: 
 
 Argilla, -ae, potter s earth. Salus, -utis, safety. 
 
 Fames, -is, hunger. Sitis, -is, thirst. 
 
 Humus, -i, the ground. t Supellex, -ctilis, household fur nu 
 
 Indoles, -is, a disposition. ture. 
 
 Plebs, -is, the common people. Venia, -ae, pardon. 
 
 Pubes, -is, the youth. Vespera, -as, the evening. 
 
 The following are sometimes found in the Plural : 
 
 Bilis, -is, bile, Pituita, -ae, phlegm. 
 
 Cholera, -ae, clioler. Pix, -cis, pitch. 
 
 Cutis, -is, the skin. Proles, -is, offspring. 
 
 Fama, -it, fame. Quies, -etis, rest. 
 
 Gloria, -ae, glory. Soboles, -is, offspring. 
 
 Labes, -is, a stain, Tellus, -uris, the earth. 
 Pax, -cis, peace. 
 
 34. The following Neuter Nouns are scarcely used in the 
 Plural : 
 
 Album, -i, a list of names. Fcenum, -i, hay. 
 
 Barathrum, -i, any deep place. Gelu, frost, ind. 
 
 Diluciilum, -i, the dawn of day. Hilum, -i, the black speck of a bean, 
 
 Ebur, -oris, ivory. - a trifle. 
 
100 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Jubar, -aris, the sunbeam, Penum, -i, and penus, -oris, all 
 
 Justitium, -i, a vacation, the time kinds of provisions, 
 
 when courts do not sit. Pus, puris, matter. 
 
 Lardum, -i, bacon. Sal, salis, salt. 
 
 Lethum, -i, death, Ver, veris, the spring, 
 
 Lutum, -i, clay. Virus, -i, poison. 
 
 Nectar, -aris, nectar. Viscum, -i, the mistletoe. 
 
 Pelagus, -i, the sea. Vitrum, -i, glass. 
 
 Vulgus, -i, the rabble. 
 
 Note. — Ebur, lardum, lutum, and pus are found in the Plural ; 
 and pelage is found, in some cases, as the Plural of pelagus ; sal, as a 
 Neuter Noun, is not used in the Plural. 
 
 35. Many Nouns want the Singular; as the Names of feasts, 
 books, games, and of many cities and places : as, 
 
 Apollinares, -ium, games in ho. Hierosolyma, -orum, Jerusalem. 
 
 nour of Apolo. 01ympia,-orum,^€ Olympic games. 
 
 Bacchanalia, -um, and -orum, the Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse. 
 
 feasts of Bacchus. Thermopylae, -arum, the straits of 
 
 Bucolica, -orum, a book of pastorals. Thermopylae. 
 
 36. The following Masculine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
 Singular : 
 
 Antes, the front rows of vines, Lemures, -um, ghosts, hobgoblins. 
 Cancelli, lattices, or windows made Liberi, children. 
 
 with cross-bars. Majores, -um, ancestors. 
 
 Cani, gray hairs. Manes, -ium, ghosts. 
 
 Celeres, -um, the light-horse. Minores, -um, successors. 
 
 Codicilli, writings. Penates, -um, or -ium, household 
 
 Fasti, -orum, or fastus, -uum, ca- gods. 
 
 lendars, in which were marked Posteri, posterity. 
 
 festival days, <%c. Proceres, -um, the nobles. 
 
 Fori, the gangways of a ship, or Pugillares, -ium, writing tables. 
 
 seats in the Circus. Superi, the gods above. 
 
 Inferi, the gods below. 
 
 Note. -^Liberi and procures (procZrum) are also found in the Sin- 
 gular. Some of the others, as, inferi, majores, &c. are properly Ad- 
 jectives, and agree with the Substantives which are implied in their 
 signification. 
 
 37. The following Feminine Nouns want the Singular : 
 
 Clitellae, a pannier. Exuviae, spoils. Insidiae, snares. 
 
 Cunae, a cradle. Feriae, holidays. Kalendas, Nonae, Idus. 
 
 Dirae, imprecations. Gerrae, trifles. -uum, names which 
 
 Divitiae, riches. Induciae, a truce. the Romans gave to 
 
 Excubiac, watches. Induviac, clothes to put certain days in each 
 
 Exsequiae, funerals, an. month. 
 
APPENDIX. 101 
 
 Lactes, the small guts. Nuptiae, a marriage. Scopae, a besom, 
 
 Lapicidlnae, stone quar- Pariettnae, ruinous Tenebrae, darkness. 
 
 ries. walls. Thermae, hot baths. 
 
 Manubiae, spoils taken Phalerae, trappings. Tricae, toys. 
 
 in war. Primitiae, first fruits. Valvae, folding doors* 
 
 Minae, threats. Reliquiae, a remainder. Vindiciae, a claim oj 
 
 Nugae, trifies. Salinas, salt-pits. liberty, a defence* 
 
 Nundlnae, a market. Scalae, a ladder. 
 
 The following are sometimes found in the Singular : 
 
 Argutiae, quirks, witticisms. Charites, -um, the Graces. 
 
 Bigas, a chariot drawn by two Facetiae, pleasant sayings. 
 
 horses. Ineptiae, silly stories. 
 
 Trigae, — by three. Praestigiae, enchantments. 
 
 Quadrigae, — by four. Salebrae, rugged places. 
 
 Braccae, breeches. 
 
 38. The following Neuter Nouns want the Singular : 
 
 Acta, public acts, or records. Lautia, provisions for the entertain- 
 
 ^Estiva, summer quarters. ment of foreign ambassadors. 
 
 Arma, arms. Magalia, -um, cottages. 
 
 Bellaria, dainties. Moenia, -um, the walls of a city. 
 
 Brevia, -um, shallows. Orgia, the sacred rites of Bacchus, 
 
 Cibaria, victuals. Parentalia, -um, solemnities at the 
 
 Crepundia, children's toys. funeral of parents. 
 
 Cunabiila, a cradle } an origin. Praecordia, the midriff, the bowels. 
 
 Exta, the entrails. Sponsaiia, -um, espousals, 
 
 Februa, purifying sacrifices. Statlva, a standing camp. 
 
 Flabra, blasts of wind. Talaria, -um, winged shoes. 
 
 Fraga, strawberries. Tesqua, rough places. 
 
 Hyberna, winter quarters. Transtra, the seats where the rowers 
 
 Ilia, -um, the entrails. sit in ships. 
 
 J usta, funeral rites, Utensilia, -um, utensils, 
 Lamenta, lamentations. 
 
 Note, — Acta and transtra are also found in the Singular. Some 
 of the others, as, cestJva, brevia, hyberna, statlva, &c. are properly 
 Adjectives ; and agree with the Substantives which are necessary to 
 complete their meaning. 
 
 III. Redundant Nouns. 
 
 39. Nouns are redundant in Termination, Gender, or form 
 of Declension : as, arbor, or arbos, a tree ; vulgus, the rabble, 
 Masc. or Neut. menda, -cb, or mendum, -i, a fault. 
 
 The most numerous class of Redundant Nouns is composed 
 of those which express the same meaning by different termina- 
 tions: as, 
 
 jEther, -eris, & aethra, -ae, the air. Amaracus, & -um, sweet marjo- 
 Alvear, & -e, & -ium, a bee-hive, ram, 
 
 E 2 
 
102 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Ancile & -ium, an oval shield, Maceria, & -ies, _iei, a wall. 
 Angiportus, -us, & -i, & -ura, a Materia, -as, & -ies, _iei, matter. 
 
 narrow lane. Menda, -33, & -ura, _i, a fault. 
 
 Aphractus, & -um, an open ship. Milliare, & -ium, a mile. 
 Aplustre, & -um, the flag, colours. Momtum, & -us, -us, an admoni*. 
 Arbor, & -os, a tree. tion. 
 
 Bacillus, & -urn, a staff. Muria, & -ies, _iei, brine, or pickle. 
 
 Balteus, & -um, a belt. Nasus & -um, the nose. 
 
 Batillus, & -um, a JiresJwvel. Obsidio, & -um, a siege. 
 
 Cap us, & -o, a capon. Ostrea, -ae, & _ea, -orum, an oyster. 
 
 Cassis, -Tdis, & -Tda, _idae,rt helmet. Penus, -us, & -i ; & -um ; & -us, 
 Cepa, -as, & _e, indec. an onion. -oris, provisions. 
 
 Clypeus, & -um, a shield. Peplus, & -um, a veil, a robe. 
 
 Colluvies, & -io, filthy dirt. Pistrina, & -ura, a grinding-housc. 
 
 Compages, & -go, a joining. Plebs, & -es, the common people. 
 
 Conger, & -grus, a large eel. Pra&textus, -us, & -um, a pretext. 
 
 Crocus, & -um, saffron. Rapum, & -a, a turnip. 
 
 Cubitus, & -um, a cubit. Ruma, & -men, the cud. 
 
 Diluvium, & -es, a deluge. Ruscum, & -us, butcher's broom. 
 
 Elegi, -orum, & -la, an elegy. Segmen, & -mentum, a paring. 
 Elephantus, & Elephas, -antis, an Sepes & Seps, a heage. 
 
 elephant. Sibilus, & -a, -orum, a hissing. 
 
 Esseda, & -um, a chariot. Sinus, & -um, a milk-pail. 
 
 Eventus, & _a, -orum, an event. Stramen, & -turn, straw. 
 Gausapa, & -e, _es ; & _e, -is ; & Sufflmen, & -turn, a perfume. 
 
 -urn, a rough cloth. Tignus, & -um, a plank. 
 
 Gelu, & -um, frost. Toral, & -ale, a bed-covering. 
 
 Gibbus, & -a; & -er, -eris, or Tonitrus, -us, & -u, & -uum, 
 
 -eri, a bunch, a swelling. thunder. 
 
 Glutinum, & -en, glue. Torcular, & -are, a wine-press. 
 
 Grus, -uis, & -uis, -uis, a crane. Veternus, & -um, a lethargy. 
 Laurus, -i, & -us, a laurel tree. Viscum, & -us, the mistletoe. 
 
 Note. — Some of the above nouns may be used in either, or any of 
 the terminations, and in the Singular or Plural, indifferently; some, 
 as auxilium, laurus, -us, are used only in one or two cases ; or in one 
 number, as elegi ; while others, as pra&textus (a pretext) and prcetex- 
 tum (a border), though sometimes synonymous, are commonly em- 
 ployed in a different meaning. 
 
 40. The following Nouns have a double meaning in the Plu- 
 ral — one in addition to that which generally belongs to them in 
 the Singular : 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Aedes, a temple. Aedes, a house. 
 
 Auxilium, assistance. Auxilia, auxiliary troops. 
 
 Bonum, any thing good. Bona, goods, property. 
 
 Career, a prison. Carceres, the barriers of a race* 
 
 course. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 103 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Castrum, a fort. Castra, a camp. 
 
 Comitium, a place in the Roman Comitia, an assembly of the people 
 
 forum where the comitia were for the purpose of voting . 
 
 held. 
 
 Copia, plenty. 
 
 Cupedia, daintiness. 
 
 Facultas, power, ability. 
 
 Fascis, a bundle of twigs, a fagot. 
 
 Copiae, troops. 
 Cupediae, or -a, dainties. 
 Facilitates, wealth, property. 
 Fasces, a bundle of rods carried 
 
 before the chief magistrates of 
 
 Rome. 
 Fines, the boundaries of a country. 
 Fortunae, an estate, possessions. 
 Gratiae, thanks. 
 Horti, plea sure -grounds. 
 Literal, a letter, an epistle. 
 Lustra, dens of wild beasts. 
 Natales, birth, descent. 
 Operae, workmen. 
 Opes, wealth, power. 
 Partes, a party, a faction. 
 
 Finis, the end of any thing. 
 
 Fort una, fortune. 
 
 Gratia, grace, favour. 
 
 H ortus, a garden. 
 
 Litera, a letter of the alphabet. 
 
 Lustrum, a period of five years. 
 
 Natalis, a birth-day. 
 
 Opera, labour. 
 
 Opis (Gen.), help. 
 
 Pars, a part, a portion. 
 
 Plaga, a space, a tract of country. Plagae, nets used by hunters. 
 
 Principium, a beginning, a ./Zrs* Principia, a place in the camp where 
 principle, or element. the general* s tent stood. 
 
 Rostrum, the beak of a bird, the Rostra, a pulpit in the Roman to- 
 sharp part of the prow of a ship, rum, from which orators used to 
 
 address the people, 
 
 Sal, salt. Sales, witticisms. 
 
 Note. — All the Nouns in the preceding list, except castrum and 
 comitium, are sometimes found in the Singular, in the sense in which 
 they more commonly occur in the Plural. 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 41. The following Adjectives have e only in the Ablative Sin- 
 gular, and um in the Genitive Plural : 
 
 Ccelebs, unmarried. 
 Compos, master of. 
 *Concolor, of the same colour. 
 Hospes, strange. 
 Impos, unable. 
 Impiibis, beardless. 
 Juvenis, young. 
 Pauper, poor. 
 
 Pubis, marriageable, 
 Senex, old. 
 Sospes, safe. 
 Superstes, surviving. 
 *Tricorpor, three-bodied. 
 
 * Tricuspis, three-pointed, 
 
 * Tripes, three-footed, 
 Vetus, old. 
 
 9 The other compounds of color, corpor, cuspis, and pes, have like- 
 wise e and um. 
 
104 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Note. — Ccelebs, compos, impos, and superstes, have sometimes, 
 though rarely, i in the Ablative. Vetus has commonly i, but alwava 
 velera and veterum. 
 
 42. The following Adjectives have um in the Genitive Plural; 
 
 Ales, winged. Inops, poor. 
 
 Anceps, double. Memor, mindful. 
 
 Artifex, artificial. Particeps, sharing. 
 
 Celer, swift, Praeceps, headlong. 
 
 *Compar, equal. Supplex, suppliant. 
 
 Consors, sharing. Uber, fertile. 
 
 Degener, degenerate. Vigil, watchful. 
 
 Dives, rich. Volucris, swift. 
 
 * Dispar, different, impar, unequal, and separ, separate, have also 
 um. Par has i only in the Ablative, and turn in the Genitive Plu- 
 ral, but its compounds have, in the poets, e or i indifferently. 
 
 Note. — Celer, memor, and volucris, have i only in the Ablative ; 
 and the last, with vigil, has sometimes um in the Genitive Plural. 
 Locuple&y rich, has locupletum, or locupletium. 
 
 Adjectives ending in ns, Comparatives, and Participles, particularly 
 when used in an Absolute sense, have much more frequently e than t 
 in the Ablative Singular. 
 
 DEFECTIVE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 43. Quot, how many ? tot, so many ; aliquot, some ; quotquot, and 
 quotcunque, how many soever ; totidem, just so many , are indeclina- 
 ble, and used only in the Plural Number. Nequam, worthless, is 
 also indeclinable, but used in both Numbers. 
 
 44. Exspes, hopeless ; and potis, pofe, able, are used only in the 
 Nominative. They are of all Genders, and the latter is also found 
 joined with Plural Nouns. 
 
 Tantundem, as much, has tantidem, in the Genitive, and tantun- 
 dem, m. and n. in the Nominative and Accusative Singular. 
 
 Necesse, or -um, necessary ; and vol ape, pleasant, are used only in 
 the Nominative and Accusative Singular. 
 
 45. Mactus, -e, and PI. -i, a common word of encouragement, 
 brave ! gallant ! is used only in the Nominative, and Vocative Sin- 
 gular, and Nominative Plural. 
 
 Plus, more, is Neuter only in the Singular ; wants the Dative, and 
 probably the Vocative ; has e only in the Ablative, and a, seldom ia, 
 in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural Neuter. 
 
 Primoris, Gen. first, wants the Nominative and Voc. Singular, 
 and the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plural Neuter; likewise seminecis, half- 
 dead, whicli is not used in the Neuter and has sembiecum, in the Ge- 
 nitive Plural. 
 
AFFENDIX. 105 
 
 Pauci, few, and plcrique, the most part, are seldom used m the 
 Singular. 
 
 46. The following classes of words want the Vocative : Partitives ; 
 as, quidajn, alius: Relatives; as, qualis, quantus : Negatives; as, 
 nullus, neuter : Interrogates ; as, quotus? uter? 
 
 Except aliquis, quicunque, quillbet, and quisque. See pages 20, 
 and 21. 
 
 47- The following Adjectives of one termination in er, es, or, os, 
 andfex, with the others contained in the subjoined list, are scarcely 
 used in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural Neuter. 
 
 Adjectives in ER : as, pauper, puber, celer, degener, uber. 
 
 Adjectives in FEX : as, artifex, carmfex. 
 
 Adjectives in OR : as, memor, concolor, bicorpor. 
 
 Adjectives in ES : as, ales, dives, locuples, sospes, superstes, deses, 
 reses, hebes, teres, prcepes. 
 
 Adjectives in OS : as, compos, impos, exos. 
 
 Also pubis, impubis, supplex, comis, inops, vigil, sons, insons, in- 
 tercus, redux, and, perhaps, some others. 
 
 Cocter, or cceterus, the rest, is scarcely used in the Nom. Sing. 
 Masculine. 
 
 Victrix, victorious, and ultrix, revengeful, are Feminine only in 
 the Sing, but Fern, and Neut. in the Plural : as, victrlces, victricia. 
 
 REDUNDANT ADJECTIVES. 
 
 48. Some Adjectives compounded of circus, frenum, bacillum, arma, 
 iugu?n, limus, somnus, and animus, have two forms of Declension ; 
 one in us, of the First and Second Declension ; and another in is, of 
 the Third : as, acclivus, -a, -urn, and acclivis, -e, steep ; imbecillus, 
 and imbecillis, weak ; semisomnut, and semisomnis, half-sleeping ; 
 exanimus and exanimis, dead. Also hilaris and hildrus, merry. 
 
 Note. — Some of these Compounds do not admit of this variation : 
 as, magnanimus, Jlexanimus, effrcnus, levisomnus, not magnanimis, 
 Sfc. On the contrary, pusillanimis, injugis, illimis, insomnis, exsom- 
 nis, are used, and not pusillanvmus, fyc. Semiammis, inermis, subli- 
 mis, acclivis, declivis, proclivis, are more common than semianimus, 
 Qc. Inanimis and bijugis are scarcely used. 
 
 IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 
 
 See page 17. 
 49. The following Adjectives form the Superlative in limus : 
 Facilis, easy, facilior, facillimus. 
 
 Gracilis, lean. gracilior, graeilllmus. 
 
106 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Humilis, low, 
 Imbecillis, weak, 
 Similis, like. 
 
 humilior, 
 
 imbecillior, 
 
 siniilior, 
 
 humillimus. 
 
 imbecillimus. 
 
 simillimus* 
 
 50. The following Adjectives have the Comparative regular, 
 but the Superlative irregular : 
 
 Citer, near. 
 Dexter, right, 
 Exter, outward, 
 Inferus, low, 
 Interns, inward, 
 Maturus, ripe, 
 Posterus, behind, 
 Sinister, left, 
 Superus, high, 
 Vetus, oldy 
 
 Note. — Dives, rich, has commonly ditior and ditissimus, for its 
 Comparative and Superlative ; contracted for divitior and divitis- 
 simus. 
 
 51. Compounds in dicus, ficus, loquus, and volus, form the 
 Comparative in entior and the Superlative in entissimus. 
 
 citerior, 
 
 citimus. 
 
 dexterior, 
 
 dextimus. 
 
 exterior, 
 
 extremus, or extimus. 
 
 inferior, 
 
 inf tmus, or imus. 
 
 interior, 
 
 intimus. 
 
 maturior, 
 
 maturrimus, or maturissimus, 
 
 posterior, 
 
 postremus, or postumus. 
 
 sinisterior, 
 
 sinistimus. 
 
 superior, 
 
 supremus, or summus. 
 
 veterior, 
 
 veterrlmus. 
 
 Malcdlcus, railing, 
 Benef icus, beneficent, 
 MiiifTcus, wonderful, 
 Magniloquus, boasting, 
 Benevolus, benevolent, 
 
 maledicentissimus. 
 beneficentissimus. 
 mirificentissimus. 
 
 benevolentissimus. 
 
 maledicentior, 
 
 beneiicentior, 
 
 mirificentior, 
 
 magniloquentior. 
 
 benevolentior, 
 
 Note. — Mirificus has also miriftcissimus in the Superlative. 
 Compounds of loquus are not found in the Superlative. 
 
 52. The following Adjectives want the Positive: 
 
 Deterior, worse, deterrimus. Propior, nearer, proximus. 
 
 Ocior, swifter, ocissimus. Ulterior, farther, ultimus. 
 
 Prior, former, primus. 
 
 53. The following Adjectives want the Comparative: 
 
 Inclytus, renowned, inclytissimus. Par, equal, parissimus. 
 Invictus, invincible, invictissimus. 
 MerTtus, deserving, meritissimus. 
 Novus, new, novissimus. 
 Nuperus, late, nupemmus. 
 
 54 The following Adjectives want the Superlative : 
 
 The 
 
 Persuasus, persuaded, persuasisst- 
 
 mus. 
 Pius, holy, piissimus. 
 Sacer, sacred, sacerrimus. 
 
 Adolescens, young, adolescentior. 
 Diuturnus, lasting, diuturnior. 
 Ingens, huge, ingentior. 
 Juvenis, young, junior. 
 Opimus, rich, opimior. 
 
 Pronus, inclined downwards, pro- 
 
 nior. 
 Satur, full, saturior. 
 Senex, old, senior. 
 
APPENDIX. 107 
 
 Wote. — The Superlative of juvenis, and adolescens, is supplied by 
 minimus natu, the youngest ; senex takes maximus natu, the oldest. 
 
 55. Almost all Adjectives in His (penult long), dlis and bills, 
 want the Superlative : as, civilis, civilior, civil ; regdlis, regalior, re- 
 gal ; Jlebilis, -ior, lamentable. 
 
 Note. — Some Adjectives of these terminations are also compared, 
 as, cequdlis, fritgdlis, hospitdlis, liberdlis, vocdlis—affabilis, amabilis, 
 habilis, ignobilis, mirabilis, mobilis, mutabilis, nobilis, stabilis. 
 
 Some Adjectives of other terminations also want the Superlative : 
 as, arcdnus, -ior, secret ; dectivis, -ior 9 bending downwards ; longin- 
 quusy -ior, far off; propinquus, -tor, near ; salutdris, healthful, salu~ 
 tarior. 
 
 Anterior, former, and sequior, worse, are only found in the compa- 
 rative. 
 
 Nequam, worthless (indeclinable), has nequior, nequissimus. 
 
 56. 31 any Adjectives, which are capable of having their significa- 
 tion increased, do not admit of comparison : as, albus, white ; almus, 
 gracious : egenus, needy ; lacer, torn ; memor, mindful ; mirus, won- 
 derful ; precox, early ripe ; sospes, safe, &c. 
 
 Participles in rus and dus, and Adjectives in ivus, "inns, orus, and 
 xmus : as, fugitivus, fugitive; matutinus, early; canorus, shrill; le- 
 gitimus, lawful. 
 
 Adjectives compounded with Nouns and Verbs : as, versicolor, of 
 various colours ; degener, degenerating ; pestifer, poisonous, &c. 
 
 Diminutives, which, in themselves, involve a sort of comparison : 
 as, tenellus, somewhat tender ; majuscalus, somewhat big. 
 
 Adjectives, in which a vowel precedes us, except those in quus, 
 form the Comparative by putting magis before the Positive ; and the 
 Superlative by putting valde, or maxime before it: as, arduus, high; 
 magis arduus ; valde, or maxime arduus. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 General Rules for Compound Verbs. 
 
 1. Compound Verbs form the Perfect and Supine in the same 
 manner as Simple Verbs : as, amo, amdvi, amdtum ; red-dmo, 
 red-amdvi, red-amutum. 
 
 2. When the Simple Verbs double the first syllable in the 
 Perfect, the Compounds drop the former Syllable : as, pello, 
 ]>epiili ; re-pello, re-pfdi. Except the Compounds of do, sto, 
 disco, posco, and some of the Compounds of curro. See p. 122. 
 
 3. Compound Verbs which change a of the Present into i, 
 have e in the Supine: as, facto : per-ficio, per-feci, per-fectum. 
 Except Verbs ending in do, go, with disphceo, and the Com- 
 pounds of habeo, salio, and statuo. 
 
 4. Verbs which are defective in the Perfect likewise want the 
 Supine. Cieo, — cltum, ciere, to stir up, is probably the only 
 exception. 
 
108 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 Rule. — Verbs of the First Conjugation have avi in the Perfect, 
 and dtum in the Supine : as, 
 
 Amo, amavi, amatum, to love. 
 
 Muto, mutavi, mutatum, to change, 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 The Tenses of some Verbs included in the lists of Exceptions are 
 also found, especially in the earliest authors, conjugated according to 
 the General Rules. The form here given is that which is in common 
 use. 
 
 Do, 1 
 
 dedi, 
 
 datum, 
 
 to give. 
 
 Sto, 2 
 
 steti, 
 
 statum, 
 ( lavatum, 
 
 to stand. 
 
 Lavo, 
 
 lavi, 
 
 J lautum, 
 (^ lotum, 
 
 to wash. 
 
 Pato, 3 
 
 potavi, 
 
 J potatum, or 
 \ potum, 
 
 to drink. 
 
 Jqvo, 4 
 
 juvi, 
 
 jutum, 
 
 to assist. 
 
 Do dedit atque datum format, compostaque primae 
 Quffi venum, circum, pessumque, satisqne crearunt. 
 Sto stetit et statum poscit: ST I TIT at sibi proles 
 Exigit atque STITUM, multo sed crebrius ATUM. 
 
 1 Circumdo, to surround ; pessundo, to ruin ; satisdo, to give surety ; 
 and venundo, to sell, are conjugated like do. The other Compounds 
 belong to the third Conjugation, and have didi in the Perfect, and 
 ditum in the Supine : as, abdo, abdidi, abditum, abdere, to hide ; reddo 
 reddidi, redditum, to give back. See p. 107, Rule 2. 
 
 2 The Compounds of sto have stiti in the Perfect, and statum in 
 the Supine : as, consto, constiti, constatum, to stand together. Some of 
 the Compounds are said to have also stitum in the Supine : as, prcesto, 
 prcestltiy prcestitum, or prce&tatum, to stand before, to excel; but the 
 Future Participle is always formed from statum. Adsto, to stand by, 
 prosto, to stand, to be sold, and resto, to remain over and above, 
 have no Supine. Antesto, to stand before ; circumsto, to stand round ; 
 intersio, to stand between ; and super sto ^ to stand over, have steti, in 
 the Perfect, and want the Supine. Disto, to be distant, and substo, 
 to stand under, have neither Perfect nor Supine. See p. 107, Rule 2. 
 
 A lavo fit laviy lautum, lotum, atque lavatum. 
 
 Poto potatum vel potum flecte : juvoo^e 
 
 Dat juvi ; at sobolesjulum prope sola reservat. 
 
 * The Perfect Participle potus, is used both in a Passive sense, 
 tftat has been drunk, and in an active sense, having drunk. The 
 compounds epotus and perpotus are used only in the Passive sense. 
 
 4 Jutus, the Perfect Participle from jutum, is found; but the 
 
Cubo,* 
 
 Domo, 
 
 Sono, 6 
 
 Tono, 7 
 
 Veto, 8 
 
 Crepo, 9 
 
 Mico, 10 
 
 Frico, 11 
 
 Seco, 
 
 Neco, 1 * 
 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 K 
 
 cubui, 
 
 ctibitum, 
 
 to lie. 
 
 domui, 
 
 domitum, 
 
 to subdue. 
 
 sonui, 
 
 son! turn,* 
 
 to sound. 
 
 tonui, 
 
 tonitum, 
 
 to thunder. 
 
 vetui, 
 
 vetitum, 
 
 to forbid. 
 
 crepui, 
 
 crepitum, 
 
 to make a noise. 
 
 micui, 
 
 
 to glitter. 
 
 
 fricui, 
 
 frictum, 
 
 to rub. 
 
 secui, 
 
 sectum, 
 
 to cut. 
 
 necavi, or 
 
 necatum, 
 
 to kill* 
 
 necui, 
 
 
 
 Future Participle is juvaturus. Adjuvo, to help, has adjuturus, the 
 other form being scarcely in use. 
 
 Haec per UI per ITUMque, cubo, domo cum sono flectes, 
 
 Et tono, junge veto, simul et crepo : discrepo normam 
 
 Sed potius sequitur : mlco vult micuique, supini 
 
 Impatiens: AVI tamen ATUM dimico praefert ; 
 
 Quam tenuit legem replico cum supplico, et omne 
 
 Quod plico componit verbum cum nomine junctum. 
 
 Caetera sed soboles ritu variantur utroque. 
 
 At frico vult fricui, frictum ; secui, seco, sectum; 
 
 Interdumque neco, necui ; quod sasphis AVI 
 
 Atque ATUM poscit. Labo, nexo, cum plico nil dant. 
 
 * In the same manner those Compounds are conjugated which do 
 not assume an m : as, accubo, to lie next to ; excubo, to watch ; in- 
 cubo, to lie anywhere ; occubo, to he in a place ; procubo, to lie before ; 
 recubo, to lie down; seciibo, to lie alone. The Compounds which 
 assume an m belong to the Third Conjugation, and have ui and 
 itum in the Perfect and Supine : as, incumbo, incubui, incuhltum, to 
 lie upon. 
 
 6 The Future Participle is sonaturus. 
 
 7 Intono has intondtus in the Perfect Participle. 
 
 8 Veto has sometimes vetdvi in the Perfect. 
 
 9 Discrepo, to differ, and increpo, to chide, have sometimes dvi and 
 dtum, as well as ui and itum. Increpo has seldom the latter form. 
 
 10 Emlco, to shine forth, has emicui, emiedtum ; and dimico, to 
 fight, has dimicdvi, rarely dimicui, dimiedtum. 
 
 11 Some of the Compounds of frico have the Participles formed 
 from the regular Supine in dtum : as, confriedtus, infriedtus. 
 
 12 Eneco, to kill, and interneco, to destroy, have more frequently 
 ui and ectum ; the Participle of eneco is usually enectus. 
 
 * The Supine sonitum ha3 been retained in deference to general 
 usage; but there does not appear to be any authority for it except the 
 verbal substantive sonitus ; while sonaturus* which is used by Horace 
 Sat. 1. 4.44. and the adjective sonabilis, which is found in Ovid, Art. 
 Am. I. 106., seem to prove that the Supine ought to be sondium* 
 
110 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Labo, — to fall , or fainU 
 
 Nexo, ■ — — to bind, 
 
 Plico, 13 to/old. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Rule.— Verbs of the Second Conjugation have ui in the Perfect, 
 and itum in the Supine : as, 
 
 Moneo, monui, monitum, to advise, 
 
 Habeo, 1 habui, habitum, to have, 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 Neuter Verbs which have ui in the Perfect, want the Supine : as, 
 splendeo, splendid, to shine ; madeo, madui, to be wet. 
 
 The following Neuter Verbs have ui and Xtum, according to the 
 general rule : 
 
 Caleo, to be hot, Liceo, to be valued, 
 
 Careo, to want, Mgreo, to deserve, 
 
 Coaleo, to grow together, Noceo, to hurt, 
 
 Doleo, to grieve, Pareo, to appear, 
 
 Jaceo, to lie, Placeo, to please, 9 
 
 Lateo, 2 to lie hid, Valeo, to be in health. 
 
 Quod dat UI neutrum, timeo, sileoque supina 
 Nulla dabunt. Valeo, placeo, caret, et licet aufer, 
 Paret, item jaceo, caleo, noceo, doleoque ; 
 Queis coalet, latet, atque meret sociabis, oletqae, 
 
 Doceo, docui, doctum, to teach, 
 
 13 Duplico, to double, multipUco 9 to multiply ; repttco, to unfold ; 
 and supplico, to entreat humbly, have avi and dtum. The other 
 Compounds of pUco have either ui and Xtum, or avi and dtum : as, 
 applico, to apply, applicui, appUcitum, or applicdvi, applicdtum. Ex- 
 plico, in the sense of explain, has avi and dtum ; in the sense of 
 unfold, it has ui and Xtum, 
 
 1 The Compounds of h&beo change a into i : as, adhXbeo, adhibui, 
 adhibitum, to admit ; prohibeo, prohibui, prohibitum, to forbid. See 
 p. 107, Rule 3. 
 
 8 The Compounds of lateo want the Supine : as, defiteo, delitui, to 
 lurk ; perlateo, perlatui, to lie hid. 
 
 8 Pl&ceo, when compounded with per, retains a ; when compounded 
 with dis, it changes a into i : as, dispUceo, displicui, displidtum, to 
 displease. Complaceo, to please, has complacui, and complacltus sum 
 \n the Perfect. See p. 1 07, Rule 3. 
 
 Dat doceo doctum ; a teneo deducito tentum : 
 Mistwm vel mixtum dat misceo ; censeo, censum ; 
 Torreoqxxe et tostum capient; et sorbeo, sorptum. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 111 
 
 Teneo, 4 
 
 tenui, 
 
 tentum, 
 Jmistum, or 
 
 to hold. 
 
 M isceo, 
 
 miscui, 
 
 \ mixturrij 
 
 to mix. 
 
 Censeo, 6 
 
 censui, 
 
 censum, 
 
 to think, to judge 
 
 Torreo, 
 
 torrui, 
 
 tostum, 
 
 to roast. 
 
 Sorbeo, 6 
 
 sorbui, 
 
 sorptum, 
 
 to sup. 
 
 Timeo, 
 Sileo, 
 Arceo, 7 
 Taceo, 8 
 
 timui, 
 silui, 
 arcui, 
 tacui, 
 
 
 to fear, 
 to he silent. 
 
 
 
 to drive away, 
 to be silent. 
 
 taciturn, 
 
 Prandeo, 9 
 
 prandi, 
 
 pransum, 
 
 to dine. 
 
 Video, 
 
 vidi, 
 
 visum, 
 
 to see. 
 
 Sedeo, 10 
 
 sedi, 
 
 sessum, 
 
 to sit. 
 
 Strideo, 
 Frendeo, 
 
 stridi, 
 frendi r 
 
 
 to maJce a noise. 
 
 fressum, 
 
 to gnash the teeth. 
 
 Mordeo, 11 
 
 momordi, 
 
 morsum, 
 
 to bite. 
 
 Pendeo, 
 
 pependi, 
 
 pensum, 
 
 to hang. 
 
 Spondeo, 
 
 spopondi, 
 
 sponsum, 
 
 to promise. 
 
 4 The Compounds of teneo change e into i: as, contlneo, continui, 
 contentum, to hold together. Attineo, to hold ; pertlneo, to belong to, 
 and abstineo, to abstain from, have no Supine. 
 
 6 Censeo has also census sum in the Perfect, and censitum in the 
 Supine. Accenseo, to reckon with, and percenseo, to recount, want 
 the Supine ; and recenseo, to review, has recensum, and recensltum. 
 
 Absorbeo, to sup up, and exsorbeo, to sup out, have sometimes 
 obsorpsi, and exsorpsi in the Perfect. The latter, with resorbeo, to 
 draw back, has no Supine. 
 
 Arceo quod simplex nescit, dant nata supinum : 
 Quod retinent taceo, lateo, sobolique recusant. 
 
 7 The Compounds of arceo have itum in the Supine : as, exerceo, 
 exercui, exercitum, to exercise. 
 
 8 The Compounds of taceo want the Supine: as, conticeo, conticui, 
 to keep silence ; reticeo, reticui, to remain silent, to conceal. 
 
 Dant DI SUM prandet, videt et sedet ; at geminabit 
 S sessum : stridet stridi facit absque supino. 
 
 9 The Participle pransus is used in the Active sense of having 
 dined. 
 
 10 Dcsideo, to sit idle, dissidco, to disagree, persideo, to continue, 
 prcesideo, to sit before, resideo^ to sit down, to rest, and subsideo, to 
 subside, want the Supine. 
 
 DI SUM prasterito geminato mordeo donat : 
 Spondeo lege pari, pendet, tondetque jugantur. 
 
 11 The Compounds of mordeo, pendeo, spondeo, and tondeo, do not 
 double the first syllable of the Perfect. See p. 107, Rule 2. lm- 
 pendeo, to overhang, has no Perfect or Supine. 
 
I1Z 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 Tondeo. 
 
 totondi, 
 
 tonsum, 
 
 to clip. 
 
 Mo veo, 18 
 
 movi, 
 
 motum, 
 
 to move. 
 
 Foveo, 
 
 fovi, 
 
 fotum, 
 
 to cherish* 
 
 Voveo, 
 
 vovi, 
 
 votum, 
 
 to vow. 
 
 Faveo, 
 
 favi, 
 
 fautum, 
 
 to favour. 
 
 Caveo, 
 
 cavi, 
 
 cautum, 
 
 to beware of. 
 
 Paveo, 
 
 pavi, 
 
 
 
 to be afraid. 
 
 Ferveo, 13 
 
 ferbui, 
 
 , , 
 
 to boil. 
 
 Connlveo, 
 
 connivi, or -ixi, 
 
 to wink. 
 
 Deleo, 
 
 delevi, 
 
 deletum, 
 
 to destroy. 
 
 Compleo, 14 
 
 complevi, 
 
 completum, 
 
 to Jill. 
 
 Fleo, 
 
 flevi, 
 
 fletum, 
 
 to weep. 
 
 Neo, 
 
 nevi, 
 
 ngtum, 
 
 to spin. 
 
 Vieo, 
 
 vievi, 
 
 vietum, 
 
 to hoop a vessel. 
 
 Cieo, 15 
 
 (civi), 
 
 citum, 
 
 to stir up. 
 
 Oleo, 16 
 
 olui, 
 
 (olitum), 
 
 to smell. 
 
 Sufideo, 
 
 suasi, 
 
 suasum, 
 
 to advise. 
 
 Rldeo, 
 
 risi, 
 
 risum, 
 
 to laugh. 
 
 Ex VEO fit VI, TUM : faveo sed dicito fautum, 
 Et caveo, cautum. Mutilantur neutra supinis: 
 Ferbuit at fervet ; VI, XI, conniveo donat. 
 
 12 Verbs in veo undergo a contraction in the Supine. Neuter 
 Verbs in veo want the Supine : as, paveo, pavi, to be afraid. 
 
 13 Fervo, fervi, another form of this Verb belonging to the Third 
 Conjugation, is used in a few persons, and in the Present Infinitive, 
 
 Deleo, natfi pleo,fct, net, viet, EV1T et ETUM 
 Accipiunt, cieoque citum : civi dato quartae. 
 Nunc oleo per UI dat 1TUM : sic pignora patris 
 Quae retinent sensum : EVI, ETUM vult caetera proles. 
 Fert abolevit I TUM : sed die adolevit adultum. 
 
 14 The other Compounds of the obsolete Verb pleo are conjugated 
 in the same way : as, expleo, impleo, repleo, suppleo. 
 
 16 Civi is the Perfect of cio of the Fourth Conjugation, having 
 citum in the Supine. The Compounds, in the sense of calling, are 
 generally conjugated according to this form : as, excio, excitum. See 
 p. 107, Rule 4. See also p. 149, Note. 
 
 16 The Compounds of oleo which retain the sense of the Simple 
 Verb have ui and itum : as, obolco, obolui, oboUtum, to smell strongly. 
 The Compounds which adopt a different signification have evi and 
 etum : as, exoleo, exolevi, exoletum, to fade ; obsoleo, obsolevi, obsole- 
 tum, to grow out of use ; inoleo, inolevi, inoletum, or inolitum, to 
 come into use. Aboleo, to abolish, has abolevi, abolltum; and adoleo f 
 to grow up, to burn, has adolevi, adultum. 
 
 Dant Si SUM suadet, ridet, manet, hacret et ardet, 
 
 Et terget, mulcet, mulget: sed et S geminato 
 
 Vult jubeo, jussi, jussumque. Indulgeo SI TUM, 
 
 Torqueo dat torsi tortum. Viduata supinis 
 
 SI capiunt urgct, cum fulgct, target et alget. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 
 Maneo, 
 
 man si, 
 
 mansum, 
 
 to stay. 
 
 Haereo, 
 
 haesi, 
 
 hagsum, 
 
 to stick. 
 
 Ardeo, 
 
 arsi, 
 
 arsum, 
 
 to burn. 
 
 Tergeo, 
 
 tersi, 
 
 tersum, 
 
 to wipe. 
 
 Mulceo, 
 
 mulsi, 
 
 mulsum, 
 
 to stroke. 
 
 Mulgeo, 
 
 mulsi, 
 
 f mulsum, or 
 \ mulctum, 
 
 to milk. 
 
 Jubeo, 
 
 jussi, 
 
 jussum, 
 
 to order. 
 
 Indulgeo, 
 
 indulsi, 
 
 indultum, 
 
 to indulge. 
 
 Torqueo, 
 
 torsi, 
 
 tortum, 
 
 to twist. 
 
 Augeo, 
 
 auxi, 
 
 auctum, 
 
 to increase. 
 
 Urgeo, 
 
 ursi, 
 
 
 
 to press. 
 
 Fulgeo, 
 
 fulsi, 
 
 
 
 to shine. 
 
 Turgeo, 
 
 tursi, 
 
 
 
 to swell. 
 
 Algeo, 
 
 aisi, 
 
 
 
 to be cold. 
 
 Lugeo, 
 
 luxi, 
 
 
 
 to mourn. 
 
 Liiceo, 
 
 luxi, 
 
 
 
 to shine. 
 
 Frigeo, 
 
 frixi, 
 
 
 
 to be cold. 
 
 113 
 
 Lugeo XI solum, cum luceo, frigeo, poscit : 
 Augeo sic auxi, comitabitur inde sed auctum. 
 
 The following Verbs want both Perfect and Supine : 
 
 Aveo, to desire. Liveo, to be black and blue. 
 
 Denseo, to grow thick. Mcereo, to be sorrowful. 
 
 Flaveo, to be yellow. Renideo, to shine. 
 
 Glabreo, to be smooth. PoUeo, to be powerful. 
 
 Hebeo, to be blunt. Scateo, to flow out. 
 Lacteo, to grow milky. 
 
 Nil formant lactet, livet, scateoque renidet, 
 Mcerety avet, pollet, flavet, cum denseo glabret. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Verbs of the Third Conjugation form the Perfect and Supine 
 variously. 
 
 10. 
 
 Facio, 1 feci, factum, to do, to make. 
 
 Datfocio, feci, factum: jacio qaoquejeci 
 Accipit, etjactum; specio lacioque creata 
 Dant XI CTUM : verum elicui die elicitumque. 
 
 1 Facio, when compounded with a Preposition, changes a into i ; 
 as, officio, affeci, affectum, to affect. In the other Compounds the a 
 is retained. A few Compounds end in fico, and ficor, and belong to 
 the First Conjugation : as, amplifico, to enlarge ; sacrifico, to sacri- 
 fice : gratificor, to gratify ; and ludiftcor, to mock. See page 63. 
 
114 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 Jacio, 8 
 
 jeci, 
 
 j actum, 
 
 to throw. 
 
 Aspicio, 5 
 
 aspexi, 
 
 aspectum, 
 
 to behold. 
 
 Allicio, 
 
 allexi, 
 
 allectum, 
 
 to allure. 
 
 F5dio, 
 
 fodi, 
 
 fossum, 
 
 to dig. 
 
 Fugio, 
 
 fugi, 
 
 fugitum, 
 
 to fly. 
 
 Capio, 4 
 
 cepi, 
 
 captum, 
 
 to take. 
 
 Rapio, 
 
 rapui, 
 
 raptum, 
 
 to seize. 
 
 Sapio, 
 
 sapui, 
 
 
 
 to taste, to be wine. 
 
 Cupio, 
 
 cupivi, 
 
 cupltum, 
 
 to desire. 
 
 Pano, 5 
 
 peperi, 
 
 f partum, or 
 \ paritum, 
 
 to bring fcrth. 
 
 Quatio,* 
 
 (quassi), 
 
 quassum, 
 
 uo. 
 
 to shake. 
 
 Acuo, 
 
 acui, 
 
 acutum, 
 
 to sharpen. 
 
 Arguo, 
 
 argui, 
 
 argutum, 
 
 to show, to prove. 
 
 Batuo, 
 
 batui, 
 
 batutum 7 
 
 to beat. 
 
 Exuo, 
 
 exui, 
 
 exutum, 
 
 to put off clothes. 
 
 lmbuo, 
 
 imbui, 
 
 imbutum, 
 
 to moisten, to wet. 
 
 Induo, 
 
 indui. 
 
 indutum, 
 
 to put on clothes. 
 
 2 The Compounds of j&cio change a into i : as, abjtcio, abject, 
 abjeclum, to throw away. See p. 107, Rule 3. 
 
 3 The Compounds of the obsolete Verbs specio, and l&cio, have exi f 
 and ectum; except elicio, to draw out, which has elicui, and elicitum. 
 
 Die fodio, fodi, fossu?n : fugio d&tofugi, 
 J&tfugltum: capio, cepi, captumque requirit : 
 At rapio, rapui, raptum : viduumque supino 
 Dat sapio, sapui : cupio volet ivit et Hum, 
 
 * The Compounds of c&pio, r&pio, and sapio, change a into i ; as, 
 acclpio, accept, acceptum, to receive; abripio, abripui, abreptum, to 
 carry off; consipio, consipui, to be in one's senses. See p. 107, Rule 3, 
 
 Dat pario peperi, partum, vel ITUM : quatioque 
 Quassum, vix quassi ; cussi at cussum bene proles. 
 
 5 The Compounds of pario have perui and pertum, and belong to 
 the Fourth Conjugation : as, aperio, aperui, apertum, aperire, to 
 open. So operio, to shut, to cover. But comperio (which also has a 
 Deponent form in the Present Indicative and Infinitive, comperior, 
 comperiri,) to know a thing for certain, has comperi, compertuni ; and 
 reperio, to find, has reperi, repertum, 
 
 6 The Compounds of quatio take the form cutio, and have cussi 
 and cussum : as, conditio, to shake violently, concussi, concussum, 
 
 Queis UO dat finem, per UI labuntur, et UTUM. 
 At Jluo vult jluxi, Jluxum ; struxi, struo, structum. 
 Vultque ruo, ruitum ; dat UTUM proles tibi solum 
 Nulla supina dabunt metuo, pluo, congruo, si cut 
 Annuo, cum sociis ; quibus ingruo, respuo junges. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 115 
 
 Mmuo, 
 
 minui, 
 
 minutum, 
 
 to lessen. 
 
 Spuo, 7 
 
 spui, 
 
 sputum, 
 
 to spit. 
 
 Statuo, 8 
 
 statui, 
 
 statu turn, 
 
 to set, to place. 
 
 Sternuo, 
 
 stern ui, 
 
 stemutum, 
 
 to sneeze. 
 
 Suo, 
 
 sui, 
 
 sutum, 
 
 to sew, to stitch. 
 
 Tribuo, 
 
 tribui, 
 
 tributum, 
 
 to give, to divide* 
 
 Fluo, 
 
 fluxi, 
 
 fluxum, 
 
 to flow. 
 
 Struo, 
 
 struxi, 
 
 structum, 
 
 to build. 
 
 Luo, 9 
 
 lui, 
 
 luitum, 
 
 to pay, to wash. 
 
 Ruo, 10 
 
 rui, 
 
 ruitum, 
 
 to rush, to fall. 
 
 Metuo, 
 
 metui, 
 
 
 
 to fear. 
 
 Pluo, 
 
 plui, 
 
 
 
 to rain. 
 
 Congruo, 
 
 congrui, 
 
 
 
 to agree. 
 
 Ingruo, 
 
 ingrui, 
 
 
 
 to assail. 
 
 Annuo, 11 
 
 annui, 
 
 BO. 
 
 to assent. 
 
 BTbo, 
 
 bibi, 
 
 bibitum, 
 
 to drink. 
 
 Scabo, 
 
 scabi, 
 
 
 
 to scratch. 
 
 Lambo, 
 
 Iambi, 
 
 
 
 to lick. 
 
 Scribo, 
 
 scripsi, 
 
 scriptum, 
 
 ' to write. [ried. 
 
 Nubo, 19 
 
 nupsi, 
 
 nuptum, 
 
 to veil, to be mar-. 
 
 Glubo, 
 
 ■ 
 
 CO. 
 
 to strip, to flay. 
 
 Dico, 
 
 dixi, 
 
 dictum, 
 
 to say. 
 
 Duco, 
 
 duxi, 
 
 ductum, 
 
 to lead, 
 
 Vinco, 
 
 vlci, 
 
 victum, 
 
 to overcome. 
 
 7 Respuo, to spit out, to reject, has no Supine. 
 
 8 The compounds of statuo change a into i : as, constituo, constitui, 
 constitutum, to place. See p. 107, Rule 3. 
 
 9 The Compounds of luo have utum in the Supine : as, abluo, 
 ablui, ablutum, to wash away, to purify. 
 
 10 The Compounds of ruo have utum in the Supine : as, diruo, 
 dirui, dirutum, to overthrow. Corruo, to fall together, and irruo, to 
 rush in furiously, have no Supine. 
 
 11 The other Compounds of the obsolete nuo, as abnuo, to refuse ; 
 innuo, to nod with the head : and renuo, to deny, likewise want the 
 Supine. Abnuiturus, the Fut. Participle from abnuo, is found. 
 
 BI BO BITUMque facit. Scabo, lambo carento supinis : 
 
 Orta cubo, ternum quibus M dedit indita flexum, 
 
 Dant cubui, cubitum. Vult scribo, nuboque PSI, PTUM. 
 
 19 Nupta sum, another form of the Perfect, is sometimes used in- 
 stead of nupsi. 
 
 Dant XI, CTUM dico, duco simul : Nque remota 
 Vult vinco, vici, victum; geminato peperci 
 A parco, parsum adjiciens; quod SI dat ITUMque 
 Rariiis. Ico sibi formavit et icit et ictum. 
 
110 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 Parco, 18 
 
 f peperci, 
 ( parsi, 
 
 or Jparsum, or 
 ( parcitum, 
 
 to spare. 
 
 I CO, 
 
 Ici, 
 
 ictum, 
 SCO. 
 
 to strike. 
 
 Cresco, 
 
 crevi, 
 
 ere turn, 
 
 to grow. 
 
 Nosco, 14 
 
 novi, 
 
 notum, 
 
 to know. 
 
 Quiesco, 
 
 quievi, 
 
 qui e turn, 
 
 to rest. 
 
 Scisco, 
 
 scivi, 
 
 scltum, 
 
 to ordain. 
 
 Suesco, 
 
 suevi, 
 
 suetum, 
 
 to be accustomed. 
 
 Pasco 16 
 
 pavi, 
 
 pastum, 
 
 to feed. 
 
 Disco, 16 
 
 didici, 
 
 
 
 to learn. 
 
 Posco, 16 
 
 poposci, 
 
 
 
 to demand. 
 
 Glisco, 17 
 
 
 
 
 to glitter ,to grow. 
 
 
 
 
 
 DO. 
 
 
 Accendo, 
 
 accendi, 
 
 accensum, 
 
 to kindle. 
 
 Cudo, 
 
 cudi, 
 
 cusum, 
 
 to forge. 
 
 Defendo,' 
 
 defendi, 
 
 defensum, 
 
 to defend. 
 
 Edo, 18 
 
 edi, 
 
 esum, 
 
 to eat. 
 
 13 The form parsi and parcitum is seldom used. 
 
 Vertitui in VI, TUM, SCO. Pasco dat tibi pastum : 
 Agnosco sed I TUM capiet cognoscoque. Disco 
 Vult didici prim am geminans : sic posco, poposci ; 
 Dispescit, compescit UI dant: cuncta supinis 
 Orba. Nihil glisco, nihil Inceptiva crearunt. 
 
 14 The Fut Part, is nosciturus from noscitum, the old form of the 
 Supine. Agnosco, to own, has agnovi, agnitum ; and cognosco, to 
 know, has cognovi, cognitum. 
 
 15 Compesco, to feed together, to restrain ; and dispesco, to separate, 
 have compescui, and dispescui, without the Supine, 
 
 16 See p. 107, Rule 2. 
 
 17 Fatisco, to be weary, likewise wants both Perfect and Supine ; 
 and also all Inceptive Verbs, unless when they adopt the Tenses of 
 their Primitives : as, ardesco, to grow hot, arsi, arsum. See page 51. 
 
 DO finita petunt DI, SUM. Sed divido, rado, 
 Dant SI, SUM, claudo, plaudo, cum ludere, trudo, 
 Et Icedo, rodo, compostaque vado (quod ipsum 
 Prseteritum vix dat), geminans ac S quoque cedo. 
 At pando, pandi, passum pansumque : comedi 
 Estum saepe capit ; N peidens fundoque fudi, 
 Et fusum : sic scindo, scidi, sic fn do fdique ; 
 At scissum, fssum, duplicans S, redde supinis. 
 
 18 All the Compounds of edo are conjugated in the same manner, 
 except come'do, to eat up, which has comesum, or comestum, in the 
 Supine. See page 63. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 117 
 
 Mando, 
 
 mandi, 
 
 mansum, 
 
 to chew. 
 
 Prehendo, 
 
 prehendi, 
 
 prehensum, 
 
 to take hold of. 
 
 Scan do, 
 
 scandi, 
 
 scansum, 
 
 to climb. 
 
 DivTdo, 
 
 divisi, 
 
 divisum, 
 
 to divide. 
 
 Rado, 
 
 rasi, 
 
 rSsum, 
 
 to shave. 
 
 Claudo, 12 
 
 clausi, 
 
 clausum, 
 
 to close. 
 
 Plaudo, 20 
 
 plausi, 
 
 plausum, 
 
 to applaud. 
 
 Ludo, 
 
 lusi, 
 
 lusum, / 
 
 to play. 
 
 Trudo, 
 
 trusi, 
 
 trusum, 
 
 to thrust. 
 
 Laado, 21 
 
 laesi, 
 
 lassum, 
 
 to hurt. 
 
 Rodo, 
 
 rosi, 
 
 rosum, 
 
 to gnaw. 
 
 Vado, 22 
 
 — 
 
 _ 
 
 to go. 
 
 Cedo, 
 
 cessi, 
 
 cessum, 
 
 to yield. 
 
 Pan do, 
 
 pandi, 
 
 fpassum, or 
 \ pansum, 
 
 to open. 
 
 Fun do, 
 
 fudi, 
 
 fusum, 
 
 to pour forth. 
 
 Scindo, 
 
 scidi, 
 
 scissum, 
 
 to cut* 
 
 Findo, 
 
 fidi, 
 
 fissum, 
 
 to cleave. 
 
 Tundo, 23 
 
 tutudi, 
 
 f tunsum, or 
 
 to beat. 
 
 
 
 \ tusum, 
 
 
 Cado, 24 
 
 cecidi, 
 
 casum, 
 
 to fall. 
 
 19 The Compounds of claudo change au into u : as, concludo, con- 
 clusi, conclusum, to conclude. Circumclaudo is found in Caesar. 
 
 20 The Compounds of plaudo, except ap. and circum-plaudo^ 
 change au into o : as, explodo, e.vplosi, explosum, to reject. 
 
 21 The Compounds of Icedo change ce into i : as, allido, allisi, alli- 
 sum, to dash against. 
 
 22 The Compounds of vado have the Perfect and Supine : as, 
 evddo, evdsi, evdsuin, to escape. 
 
 Tundo facit tutudi tunsum, compostaque tusum, 
 Et cado vult cecidi casum : sed nata supinum 
 (Incido si demas, recido, simul occido) spernunt. 
 Ccedo cecidit habet cccsum : sic tendo, tetendi, 
 Tensum vel tentum ; mage tentum sed dato proli : 
 Vultque pepedit, ITUM, pedo : pensumque pependi, 
 Pendo capit: DIDIT atque DITUM cum vendcre, credo, 
 Et prope cuncta sibi quae DO cum praeposituris 
 Gignit : at abscondo potius DIT quam DIDIT effert. 
 Prasterito DI strido, rudo dant, absque supinis, 
 Sidoque, sed soboli sedeo dat mutuo sedi, 
 
 23 The Compounds of tundo have tudi, and tusum : as, contundo, 
 to bruise, contudi, contusum. See Rule 2, page 107. Some of the 
 Compounds have also a Perfect Participle formed from tunsum : as, 
 obtunsus, and retunsus, from obtundo, and retundo. 
 
 24 The Compounds of cado want the Supine: as, accido, acctd'%, to 
 happen; except incido, incidi, incdsum, to fall in; occido, occidi, oc- 
 cdsum, to fall down ; and recido, recidi, recdsum, to fall back. 
 
118 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Ca?do, 2 
 
 Tendo, 23 
 
 Pendo, 
 
 Credo, 27 
 
 Vendo, 
 
 Abscondo, 
 
 Strido, 
 
 Rudo, 
 
 Sido, 28 
 
 Cingo, 
 
 Fllgo, 29 
 
 J vaigo, 
 
 Lingo, 
 
 IVlungo, 
 
 Plango, 
 
 Rego, 30 
 
 cecidi, 
 
 tetendi, 
 
 pependi, 
 
 credidi, 
 
 vendidi, 
 
 abscondi, 
 
 strldi, 
 
 rudi, 
 
 sldi, 
 
 cmxi, 
 
 flixi, 
 
 junxi, 
 
 linxi, 
 
 munxi, 
 
 planxi, 
 
 rexi, 
 
 caesum, 
 r tensum, or 
 ^tentum, 
 pensum, 
 creditum, 
 vendltum, 
 abscondi turn, 
 
 GO. 
 
 cinctum, 
 
 flictum, 
 
 junctum, 
 
 linctum, 
 
 munctum, 
 
 planctum, 
 
 to cut, to kill, 
 
 to stretch, 
 
 to hang. 
 
 to believe. 
 
 to sell. 
 
 to hide. 
 
 to creak. 
 
 to bray as an as$* 
 
 to sink down. 
 
 to surround. 
 
 to dash. 
 
 to join. 
 
 to lick. 
 
 to wipe the nose. 
 
 to beat. 
 
 to rule. 
 
 25 The Compounds of caedo change ce into i .• as, accldo, accidi, ac 
 ctsum, to cut about ; decido, decidi, decisum, to cut off. Percido, to 
 cut in pieces, has percidi, and per cecidi, in the Perfect. 
 
 26 The Compounds of tendo have generally tentum in the Supine, 
 except extendo, to stretch out, and ostendo, to show, which have also 
 tensum ; the latter, almost always. 
 
 87 The other Compounds of do which belong to the Third Conju- 
 gation have also dXdi and ditum : as, condo, condidi, conditum, to 
 build. Abscondo has sometimes abscondidi. See page 108, note 1. 
 
 28 The Compounds of sido adopt the Perfect and Supine of sedeo ; 
 as, consido, consedi, consessum, to sit down. 
 
 GO vel GUO, XI, CTUMque facit. Cum surgere, pergo 
 Accipit at REXI, RECTUM. Sed et ista supinis 
 N tria deperdunt, Jingo, cum pingere, stringo. 
 Dat frango, fregi, fr actum ; sicut eglt et actum 
 Vult ago ; sed soboles, satago, cum prodigo, dego, 
 Nulla supina dabunt ; caret ambigo praeteri toque. 
 Tango facit tetigi, tactum : legi, lego, tectum : 
 Negl'igo sed poscunt^ intelligo, diligo, XI, CTUM. 
 Pungo capit pupugi, punctum, sed pignora punxi ; 
 Prasteritum sed utrumque petit sibi rite repungo. 
 Vult pango, panxi, pactum ; pepigique vetustum 
 Dat pago, quod pegi genitis de pango reservat. 
 
 89 The Compounds of Jligo are conjugated in the same way, except 
 projfigo, to dash down, which is a regular Verb of the First Conjuga- 
 tion. 
 
 30 The Compounds of rego change £ into i : as, dingo, direxi, di' 
 rectum, to direct ; corrigo, cor rexi, cor rectum, to correct. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ljy 
 
 Stinguo, 81 
 Stigo, 
 
 stinxi, 
 suxi, 
 
 stinctum, 
 suctum, 
 
 to dash out. 
 to suck. 
 
 Tego, 
 
 texi, 
 
 tectum, 
 
 to cover. 
 
 Tinguo, 
 
 tinxi, 
 
 tinctum, 
 
 to dip. 
 
 Unguo, 
 
 unxi, 
 
 unctum, 
 
 to anoint. 
 
 Surgo, 
 
 surrexi, 
 
 surrectum, 
 
 to rise. 
 
 Pergo, 
 
 perrexi, 
 
 perrectum, 
 
 to go forward. 
 
 Stringo, 
 
 strinxi, 
 
 strictum, 
 
 to bind. 
 
 Fingo, 
 
 finxi, 
 
 fictum, 
 
 to feign. 
 
 Pingo, 
 
 pinxi, 
 
 pictum, 
 
 to paint. 
 
 Frango, 8 * 
 
 fregi, 
 
 fractum, 
 
 to break. 
 
 Ago, 33 
 
 egi, 
 
 actum, 
 
 to do, to drive. 
 
 Tango, 
 
 tetigi, 
 
 tactum, 
 
 to toucK 
 
 Lego, 3 * 
 
 legi, 
 
 lectum, 
 
 to gather, to read. 
 
 Pungo, 35 
 
 pupiigi, 
 
 punctum, 
 
 to prick. 
 
 Pango, 3 * 
 
 panxi, 
 
 pactum, 
 
 to drive in. 
 
 Spargo, 37 
 
 sparsi, 
 
 spars um, 
 
 to spread. 
 
 Mergo, 
 
 mersi, 
 
 mersum, 
 
 to dip, to plunge. 
 
 Tergo, 
 
 tersi, 
 
 tersum, 
 
 to wipe. 
 
 Figo, 
 
 fixi, 
 
 fixum, 
 
 to fix. 
 
 31 Stinguo, tinguo, and unguo, are also written stingo, tingo, ungo. 
 
 RS The Compounds of frango and tango change a into i ; as, con- 
 f ringo, confregi, confr actum, to break to pieces ; attingo, attigi, at- 
 tactum, to touch gently. 
 
 33 Circumago, to drive round ; perago, to finish ; and coago (con- 
 tracted cogo), to collect, retain the a ; the other Compounds change a 
 into i ; as, abigo, abegi, dbactum, to drive away. Dego (for deago), to 
 live, to dwell : prodigo, to lavish or squander ; and satdgo, to be busy, 
 want the Supine. Ambigo, to doubt, has neither Perfect nor Supine. 
 
 34 Lego, when compounded with ad, per, proe, re, and sub, retains 
 the e : as, allego, to choose. The other Compounds change e into i ; 
 as, colttgo, to collect. Diligo, to love; intelligo, to understand, and 
 negtigo, to neglect, have exi, and ectum. Negltgo has sometimes 
 neglegi in the Perfect. 
 
 35 The Compounds of pungo have punxi in the Perfect : as, com- 
 pungo, to sting, compunxi, compunctum. 
 
 36 Pango, in the sense of to bargain, has pepigi ; the Present is 
 rarely used in this meaning ; but instead of it paciscor is commonly 
 employed. The Compounds which change a into i have pegi, and 
 pactum : as, compingo, to fasten together, compegi, compactum. Op- 
 pango, to fasten to, has also pegi and pactum. Of the other Com- 
 pounds which retain a, the Perfect and Supine are not found. 
 
 Dant ST, SUM spargo, mergo, tergoque. Requirit 
 At XI, XUMj^o cum frigere : nee malefrictum 
 Invenies quandoque datum. Nil vergo capessit. 
 XI clango, ningo dat et ango, supinaque nulla. 
 
 87 The Compounds of spargo change a into e : as, aspergo, aspersi, 
 aspersum, to besprinkle. 
 
120 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Frigo, 
 
 Vergo, 
 Clango, 
 Ningo, 
 Ango, 
 
 Traho, 
 Veho, 
 
 Mejo, 38 
 
 Colo," 
 Consulo. 
 
 Alo, 
 
 Molo, 
 
 Antecello, 40 
 
 Pello, 
 
 Fallo, 41 
 
 Velio, 43 
 
 SaUo, 
 
 Psallo, 
 
 frixi, 
 
 clanxi, 
 ninxi, 
 anxi, 
 
 traxi, 
 vexi, 
 minxi, 
 
 {frixum, or 
 frictum, 
 
 colui, 
 consului, 
 
 alui, 
 
 molui, 
 
 antecellui, 
 
 pepuli, 
 
 fefelli, 
 
 velli, or vulsi, 
 
 salli, 
 
 psalli, 
 
 HO. 
 
 tractum, 
 vectum, 
 mictum, 
 
 LO. 
 
 cultum, 
 
 consultum, 
 falitum, or 
 \ altum, 
 
 molitum, 
 
 pulsum, 
 falsum, 
 vulsum, 
 salsum, 
 
 to fry. 
 
 to lie toward, 
 to sound a trum. 
 to snow. \_pet* 
 to vex. 
 
 to draw, 
 to carry, 
 to make water. 
 
 to till, to inhabit, 
 to consult. 
 
 to nourish. 
 
 to grind. 
 
 to excel. 
 
 to drive away. 
 
 to deceive. 
 
 to pull. 
 
 to salt, [strument. 
 
 to play on an in- 
 
 Postulat HO, XI, CTUM. Minxi, mictum cape mejo. 
 
 38 Mingo is also used as the Present of mi?ixi. . 
 
 LO, LUIT efformat : colo, consulit, occulit, ULTUM. 
 Ast alo die altum, vel ITUM : molitum molo donat. 
 Nulla supina manent genitis de cello : sed unum 
 Excipe percello, quod perculit optat et ULSUM. 
 Pello facit pepuli, pulsum ; falloque fefelli, 
 Et falsum. Velli vel vulsi, vello reposcit, 
 Inde petens vulsum : sallo, salli, quoque salsum. 
 At psallo, psalli, tantum : pariterque supinis 
 Deficiunt malo, volo, nolo, junge refello. 
 More sed insolito dat tollo sustulit, atque 
 Sublatum ; attollo proles sed nil sibi quaerit. 
 
 39 Colo, when compounded with ob, changes o into u : as, occulo, 
 to hide. Accolo, to dwell near, and circumcdlo, to dwell round, have 
 no Supine. 
 
 40 The other Compounds of the obsolete cello likewise want the Su- 
 pine ; except percello, perculi, perculsum, to strike, to astonish. Re- 
 cello likewise wants the Perfect. 
 
 41 Refello, refelli, to confute, wants the Supine. 
 
 ** Velio, when compounded with de, di, or per, has usually velli in 
 the Perfect. The other Compounds take either form indifferently. 
 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 121 
 
 Tollo, 43 
 
 sustuli, 
 
 sublatum, 
 MO. 
 
 to lift up. 
 
 Fremo, 
 
 fremui, 
 
 fremitum, 
 
 to rage, to roar. 
 
 Gemo, 
 
 gemui, 
 
 gemitum, 
 
 to groan. 
 
 Vomo, 
 
 vomui, 
 
 vomitum, 
 
 to vomit. 
 
 Tremo. 
 
 tremui, 
 
 
 
 to tremble. 
 
 Demo, 44 
 
 dempsi, 
 
 demptum, 
 
 to take azcay. 
 
 Promo, 
 
 prompsi, 
 
 promptum, 
 
 to bring out. 
 
 Sumo, 
 
 sumpsi, 
 
 sumptum, 
 
 to take. 
 
 Como, 
 
 compsi, 
 
 comptum, 
 
 to deck, to dress. 
 
 Emo, 44 
 
 emi, 
 
 emptum, 
 
 to buy. 
 
 Premo, 45 
 
 pressi, 
 
 pressum, 
 NO. 
 
 to press. 
 
 Pono, 
 
 posui, 
 
 positum, 
 
 to place. 
 
 Gigno, 
 
 genui, 
 
 genitura, 
 
 to beget. 
 
 Cano, 48 
 
 cecini, 
 
 cantum, 
 
 to sing. 
 
 Temno, 47 
 
 
 
 
 
 to despise. 
 
 Sperno, 
 
 sprevi, 
 
 spretum, 
 
 to disdai?u 
 
 Sterno, 48 
 
 stravi, 
 
 stratum, 
 
 to lay flat. 
 
 Smo, 
 
 sivi, or sii 
 
 , situm, 
 
 to permit. 
 
 43 Attullo and extollo, to raise up, have no Perfect or Supine of 
 their own ; but those of affe'ro and efflro, which agree with them in 
 meaning, are sometimes assigned to them. 
 
 MO per UI dat ITUM. Tremo flectitur absque supino. 
 Dant PSI, PTUM, demo, promo, cum sumere, como; 
 Emi, emptum sed emo capiet, pressi, premo, pressum. 
 
 44 Demo, promo, and sumo, are Compounds of emo. The other 
 Compounds change e into i, and are conjugated like the Simple Verb : 
 as, adimo, ademi, ademptum, to take away. 
 
 45 The Compounds of premo change e into i .• as, comprimo, com. 
 pressi, compressum, to press together. 
 
 Pono facit posui, positum : genui, genitumque 
 
 Gigno creat : cecini, cantum, cano poscit ; habeto 
 
 Sed CINUI, CENTUM proles. Prope nil sibi servans, 
 
 Temno dedit nato PSI, PTUM. Vult sperno<\ue sprevi, 
 
 Et spretum ; sterno, stravi, stratum : sino, sivi, 
 
 Atque situm; livi^ levive, litum, lino; cerno 
 
 Dat crevi, cretiunque, magis qua? nata trequentant. 
 
 40 The Compounds of cano have cinui, and centum : as, concino, 
 concinui, concentum, to sing in concert. Of acctno, to sing to, and 
 intercino, to sing between, or during, no Perfect or Supine is found. 
 
 47 Contemno, to despise, has contempsi, contemptum. 
 
 48 Consterno and externo, when they signify to alarm, are regular 
 Verbs of the First Conjugation. The other Compounds are conju- 
 gated like sterno ; as, instcrno, instrdvi, instratum, to spread upon. 
 
122 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 Lmo, 
 
 livi, or levi, litum, 
 
 to anoint. 
 
 Cerno/ 9 
 
 crevi, 
 
 cretum, 
 PO, QUO. 
 
 to see, to decree* 
 
 Carpo, 50 
 
 carpsi, 
 
 carptum, 
 
 to pluck. 
 
 Clepo, 
 
 clepsi, 
 
 cleptum, 
 
 to steal. 
 
 Repo, 
 
 repsi, 
 
 reptum, 
 
 to creep. 
 
 Scalpo, 
 
 scalpsi, 
 
 scalptum, 
 
 to engrave. 
 
 Sculpo, 
 
 sculpsi, 
 
 sculptum, 
 
 to carve. 
 
 Serpo, 
 
 serpsi, 
 
 serptum, 
 
 to creep. 
 
 Strepo, 
 
 strepui, 
 
 strepitum, 
 
 to make a noise. 
 
 Rumpo, 
 
 rupi, 
 
 ruptum, 
 
 to break. 
 
 Coquo, 
 
 coxi, 
 
 coctum, 
 
 to boil. 
 
 Linquo, 51 
 
 liqui, 
 
 RO. 
 
 to leave. 
 
 Quaero, 68 
 
 quaeslvi, 
 
 quaesitum, 
 
 to seek. 
 
 Tero, 
 
 trlvi, 
 
 trltum, 
 
 to wear. 
 
 Verro, 
 
 verri, 
 
 versum, 
 
 to sweep. 
 
 Uro, 
 
 ussi, 
 
 ustum, 
 
 to burn. 
 
 Curro, 63 
 
 cicurri, 
 
 cursum, 
 
 to run. 
 
 Gero, 
 
 gessi, 
 
 gestum, 
 
 to carry. 
 
 FGro, 54 
 
 mmmm ■— ~ 
 
 _____ 
 
 to be mad. 
 
 49 The Perfect crevi is used in the sense of to declare one's self 
 heir, oe enter on an inheritance. In the sense of seeing, cerno has 
 properly neither Perfect nor Supine. 
 
 PO, PS I, PTUMque facit, Strepo vult strepui, slrepitumque : 
 At rumpo, rupi, ruptum, Coquo flectito XI, CTUM. 
 Linquo tenet liqui tantum, compostaque lictum, 
 
 50 The Compounds of carpo change a into e : as, discerpo, dis- 
 cerpsi, discerptum, to tear in pieces. 
 
 61 The Compounds of linquo have lictum in the Supine: as, rclin- 
 quo, reliqui, relictum, to forsake ; so delinquo, to fail. 
 
 Queer o, quoesivi, quaesitum dat : tero, trivi, 
 Et tritum : verro, verri, verszemque requirit : 
 Uro, ussi ac ustum: cursum vult curro, cucurri : 
 Flecte gero, gessi, gestum ; latumqae tulique 
 Dat fero : praeteritum nullum furo, suffer o norunt : 
 A sero fit sevique saium: sic E VIT, lTUMque 
 Dant composta quibus plantandi significatus 
 Inditur; at SERUI, SERTUM vult caetera proles. 
 
 62 The Compounds of qucero change ae into i : as, acquiro, acquis 
 sivi, acquisitum, to acquire. 
 
 53 Curro, when compounded with circum, re, sub, and trans, sel- 
 dom takes the reduplication. The other Compounds sometimes take 
 the reduplication, and sometimes not. See p. 107, Rule 2. 
 
 64 See page G6. 
 

 APPENDIX. 
 
 J2;j 
 
 Sero, M 
 
 sgvi, 
 
 satum, 
 SO. 
 
 to sow. 
 
 Arcesso, 
 
 arcesslvi, 
 
 arcessitum, 
 
 to call, or send for. 
 
 Capesso, 
 
 capessivi, 
 
 capessitum, 
 
 to take. 
 
 Facesso, 
 
 facessivi, 
 
 facessltum, 
 
 to do, to go away. 
 
 Lacesso, 
 
 lacesslvi, 
 
 lacessitum, 
 
 to provoke. 
 
 Viso, 
 
 visi, 
 
 
 to go to visit. 
 
 Incesso, 
 
 incessi, 
 
 . 
 
 to attack. 
 
 Depso, 
 
 depsui, 
 
 depstum, 
 C pinsum, 
 
 to knead. 
 
 Pinso, 
 
 J pinsui, 
 J or pinsi, 
 
 } pistum, or 
 (^ pinsitum, 
 
 TO. 
 
 to bake. 
 
 Flecto, 
 
 flexi, 
 
 flexum, 
 
 to lend. 
 
 Plecto, 
 
 plexi & plexui 
 
 , plexum, 
 
 to plait. 
 
 Necto, 
 
 nexi & nexui, 
 
 nexum, 
 
 to tie, or knit. 
 
 Pecto, 
 
 pexi & pexui, 
 
 pexum, 
 
 to dress, or comb. 
 
 Meto, 
 
 messui, 
 
 messum, 
 
 to reap. 
 
 Peto, 
 
 petivi, 
 
 petltum, 
 
 to seek. 
 
 Mitto, 
 
 misi, 
 
 missum, 
 
 to send. 
 
 Verto, 66 
 
 verti, 
 
 versum, 
 
 to turn. 
 
 Sterto, 
 
 stertui, 
 
 , 
 
 to snore. 
 
 Sisto, 57 
 
 stiti, 
 
 statum, 
 
 to stop. 
 
 65 The Compounds of sero which retain the sense of planting and 
 sowing, have sevi and situm : as, consero, consevi, consitum, to plant 
 together. Those which adopt a different signification have serui and 
 sertum: as, assero, asserui, assert urn, to claim. The latter class of 
 Compounds properly belongs to the old verb sZro, to knit, to plait. 
 
 SO, SIVI, SITUMque capit : sed trunca supinis 
 SI viso, incesso retinent : at depso reposcit 
 Depsuit et depstum. Pinso dat pinsuit atque 
 Pinsit, et hinc pinsum, pistum formabit ITUMque. 
 
 Flecto XI, XUM vult: sic plecto, nectoque, pecto : 
 
 Quae XUIT et pariter formant. Meto sed geminans S 
 
 Messuit et messum: peto suscipit IVIT, et ITUM : 
 
 At mitto, misty missum dat : vertoque verti, 
 
 Et versum: sterto vult stertuit, absque supino. 
 
 Sisto, stitiqne, statum dat agens : neutrale sequetur 
 
 Sto verbum, unde STITI, atque STITUM composta tulerunt. 
 
 c The Compounds of verto are conjugated in the same manner 
 except revertor, to return, which is often used as a Deponent Verb 
 and divertor, to turn aside, and prcevertor, to outrun, which are like 
 wise Deponent, but want the Perfect Participle. 
 
 67 Sisto, to stand still (a neuter verb), has neither Perfect nor Su- 
 pine. The Compounds have sUti, and stitiim: as, assisto, astiti> 
 astitum, to stand by. But these are seldom found in the Supine. 
 
124 
 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 
 
 VO, XO. 
 
 
 Vivo, 
 
 vixi, 
 
 victum, 
 
 to live. 
 
 Solvo, 
 
 solvi, 
 
 solQtum, 
 
 to loose. 
 
 Volvo 
 
 volvi, 
 
 volutum, 
 
 to roll. 
 
 Texo, 
 
 texui, 
 
 textum, 
 
 to weave. 
 
 Dat vivo XI, CTUM : solvo VI format et UTUM, 
 Ut volvo. Texo vult texuit, indeque textum. 
 
 Rule. — ' 
 
 and itum in 
 
 Audio, 
 Munio, 
 
 Singultio, 
 
 Sepelio, 
 
 Venio, 
 
 Veneo, 1 
 
 Salio, 2 
 
 Amicio, 
 
 Vincio, 
 
 Sancio, 
 
 Cambio, 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation have %vi in the Perfect, 
 the Supine : as, 
 
 audlvi, 
 
 auditum, 
 
 to hear. 
 
 munivi, 
 
 muni turn, 
 
 to fortify. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 
 singultivi, 
 
 singultum, 
 
 to sob. 
 
 sepelivi, 
 
 sepultum, 
 
 to bury. 
 
 veni, 
 
 ventum, 
 
 to come. 
 
 venii, 
 
 _ 
 
 to be sold. 
 
 salui, or salii, 
 
 saltum, 
 
 to leap. 
 
 f amicui, or 
 
 amictum, 
 
 to clothe. 
 
 \amixi, 
 
 
 
 vinxi, 
 
 vinctum, 
 
 to tie. 
 
 f sanxi, or 
 \sanclvi, 
 
 f sanctum, or 
 (^sancltum, 
 
 to ratify. 
 
 campsi, 
 
 campsum, 
 
 to change money 
 
 Singultit vult singultum, sepelilque sepultum ; 
 Dat venio, veni, ventum : sed veneo solum 
 Veniit efficiet : salio, salui, saliique, 
 Extulit, et saltum ; capiunt at pignora sultum. 
 
 1 For the Conjugation of veneo, see page 59. 
 
 8 The Compounds of salio have generally silui, sometimes silii, or 
 silivi, in the Perfect, and sultum in the Supine : as, transilio, transi- 
 lui, transilii, or transilivi, transultum, to leap over. Absultum, cir* 
 cumsultum, and prosultum, are scarcely used. See p. 107? Rule 3. 
 
 Vult amicit vel UI, vel XI, CTUM : vincio XI, CTUM. 
 Sancio jungatur, quod et IVI format, et ITUM. 
 
 Cambio vult PSI, PSUM : sed sepsi, sepio, septum : 
 Ilaurio SI, STUM dat ; SUM rarius effer. Habebit 
 Sentio sed sensi, sensum : sic raucio, rausi, 
 Et rausum • sarcit, farcit, cum fulcio, SI, TUM. 
 At PERUI, PERTUMque sibi composta jugarunt 
 Kx pario ternae : RI comperit et reperit vult. 
 

 APPENDIX. 
 
 125 
 
 sepsi, 
 hausi, 
 
 septum, 
 (haustum, or 
 "^hausum, 
 
 to enclose, 
 to draw ouU 
 
 sensi, 
 rausi, 
 
 sensum, 
 rausum, 
 
 to feel, 
 
 to be hoarse. 
 
 sarsi, 
 farsi, 
 
 sartum, 
 fartum, 
 
 to mend, or repair* 
 to cram. 
 
 fulsi, 
 
 fultum, 
 
 to prop, 
 to strike. 
 
 Sepio, 
 
 Haurio, 
 
 Sentio, 
 
 Raucio, 
 
 Sarcio, 
 
 Farcio, 8 
 
 Fulcio, 
 
 Ferio, 
 
 The following Verbs have the Perfect formed regularly, but want 
 the Supine : 
 
 Caecutio, to be dim-sighted* Gestio, to show one's joy by the 
 
 Dementio, to be maa\ gestures of the body, 
 
 Ferocio, to be fierce, Glocio, to cluck as a hen, 
 
 Ineptio, to play the fool, 
 
 Co?cutit, gestit, glocit, et dementit, ineptit, 
 Nulla supina dabunfr, cum prosilit atque fer ocit. 
 
 For Desiderative Verbs which belong to this Conjugation, See 
 page 51. 
 
 For the Compounds of pario, which belong to this Conjugation, 
 See page 114, Note 5. 
 
 DEPONENT AND COMMON VERBS. 
 
 Rule. — Deponent and Common Verbs form the Perfect Partici- 
 ple in the same manner as if the Active Voice existed. See pages 51 
 and 52. 
 
 Note. — All Deponent Verbs seem to have been originally Passives. 
 Hence there are many Verbs which, though found in the Active 
 Voice, are used deponently in the Passive ; others, under the name 
 of Common Verbs, have become obsolete in the Active, and, in the 
 Passive, are employed either as Deponents or Passives ; and many 
 which have laid aside their Passive signification in the other Tenses, 
 still retain it in the Perfect Participle. 
 
 Exceptions in the Second Conjugation. 
 
 Reor, ratus, reri, to think, 
 
 Misereor, 1 misertus, misereri, to pity, 
 
 Fateor, 2 fassus, fateri, to confess, 
 
 Medeor, mederi, to heal. 
 
 8 The Compounds of farcio change a into e : as, refercio, refer si, 
 refertum> to fill up. 
 
 Nam ratus a reor est ; misereri vuitque misertus ; 
 Et fateor, fassus: FESSUS sed reddito proli. 
 
 1 Misereor has also miserttus in the Perfect Participle. 
 e The Compounds of fateor change a into i } and have fessus ; as, 
 
 F2 
 
IW 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 
 
 Exceptions in 
 
 the Third Conjugation. 
 
 Labor, 
 
 lapsus, 
 
 labi, 
 
 to slide. 
 
 Ulciscor, 
 
 ultus, 
 
 ulcisci, 
 
 to revenge. 
 
 Utor, 
 
 usus, 
 
 uti, 
 
 to use. 
 
 Loquor, 3 
 
 loquutus, 
 
 loqui, 
 
 to speak. 
 
 Sequor, 
 
 sequutus, 
 
 sequi, 
 
 to follow. 
 
 Queror, 
 
 questus, 
 
 queri, 
 
 to complain. 
 
 Nitor, 4 
 
 nlsus, or nixus, niti, 
 
 to strive. 
 
 Paciscor, 
 
 pactus, 
 
 pacisci, 
 
 to bargain. 
 
 Giadior, 
 
 gressus, 
 
 gradi, 
 
 to go. 
 
 Proficiscor, 
 
 profectus, 
 
 proficisci, 
 
 to go a journey* 
 
 Nanciscor, 
 
 nactus, 
 
 nancisci, 
 
 to obtain. 
 
 Patior, 
 
 passus, 
 
 pati, 
 
 to suffer. 
 
 Apiscor, 6 
 
 aptus, 
 
 apisci, 
 
 to get. 
 
 Comminiscor, 
 
 commentus, 
 
 comminisci, 
 
 to devise. 
 
 Fruor, 
 
 fruitus,orfructus, frui, 
 
 to enjoy. 
 
 Obliviscor, 
 
 oblltus, 
 
 oblivisci, 
 
 to forget. 
 
 Expergiscor, 
 
 experrectus, 
 
 expergisci, 
 
 to awake. 
 
 Morior, 6 
 
 mortuus, 
 
 mori, 
 
 to die. 
 
 Nascor, 7 
 
 natus, 
 
 nasci, 
 
 to be born. 
 
 Orior, 8 
 
 ortus, 
 
 oriri, 
 
 to rise. 
 
 conftteor, confessus, to confess. Diffiteor, to deny, wants the Perf. 
 Participle. 
 
 Insuper a labor lapsus sibi tertia format : 
 
 Ultus ab ulciscor manat : venit usus ab utor ; 
 
 Vult UTUS loquor atque sequor : queror accipe questus, 
 
 Nisus vel nixus nitor, pact usque paciscor ; 
 
 Dat gradior gressus ; proficiscor funde prefect us ; 
 
 Nanciscor nactus, patior passusque requirit ; 
 
 Aptus apiscor habet ; commentus comqueminiscor 
 
 Accipit : atfructus jyaritei fruit usque jugari 
 
 Vult fruor : oblitus sed et obliviscor adoptat ; 
 
 Ast expergiscor cupit experrectus habere. 
 
 Mortuus aque mori est, natus nasci, ortus or iri : 
 
 Queis tribus extremis per ITUHUS fiecte Futurum. 
 8 Loquor and sequor have likewise locutus and secutus in the Per- 
 fect Participle* 
 
 4 Nitor, when compounded with con, in, ob, re, sub, has nixus often er 
 than nisus. Adnitor, to lean to, has either indifferently. Enitor, 
 in the sense of to bring forth, generally takes enixa in the Participle. 
 
 5 Adipiscor and indipiscor, to obtain, have adepius and indeptus. 
 
 6 Morior seems to have originally belonged to the Fourth Conju- 
 gation. The Infinitive moriri occurs in Plautus and Ovid; and 
 morimur, with the penult long, is also found. The Imperative is 
 viorere. This verb, with nascor and orior, has iturus in the Fut. 
 Part. : as, moriturus, nascfturus, oriturus. 
 
 7 Nascor is Passive in signification, but has no Active Voice. 
 
 * Orior has orlre, and always oriretur in the Imperfect Subjunc- 
 
APPENDIX. 127 
 
 The following Verbs want the Perfect Participle; 
 
 Defetiscor, -i, to be weary. Reminiscor, -i, to remember. 
 
 Irascor, -i, to be angry. Ringor, -i, to grin like a dog. 
 
 Liquor, -i, to melt. Vescor, -i, to feed. 
 
 Nil formant vescor, liquor, medeor, reminiscor, 
 Irascor, ringor, proevertor, dijfiteorque : 
 Queis demum adjungas divertor, dequefetiscor* 
 
 Exceptions in the Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 Metior, 
 
 mensus, 
 
 metlri, 
 
 to measure. 
 
 Ordior, 
 
 orsus, 
 
 ordlri, 
 
 to begin. 
 
 Experior, 
 
 expertus, 
 
 expenri, 
 
 to try. 
 
 Opperior, 
 
 oppertus, 
 
 opperlri, 
 
 to wait for. 
 
 Metior in quarta mensus dabit, ordior orsus ; 
 Experior PERTUS, simul opperiorque tenebunt. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS— &* page 6G. 
 
 1. There are only ten real Impersonal Verbs, and these are all of 
 the Second Conjugation. Six of them have a double Perfect, one 
 Active, and the other Passive : as, 
 
 LTbet, it pleases, libuit, or libitum est. 
 
 Licet, it is lawful, licuit, or licitum est. 
 
 Miseret, it pities, miseruit, or misertum est. 
 
 Piget, it irks, piguit? or pigitum est. 
 
 Pudet, it shames, puduit, or puditum est. 
 
 Tadet, it wearies, taeduit, or pertaDSum est. 
 
 The others form the Perfect regularly : as, decet, it becomes ; 
 oportet, it behoves ; pcenitet, it repents ; and liquet, it appears, which is 
 scarcely used in the Perfect. 
 
 2. There are besides a great many Verbs of all the Conjugations, 
 both Active and Passive, which are used Impersonally in the Third 
 Pers. Sing., sometimes with a slight change of signification : as, 
 
 First Conj. Special, vacat, stat, constat ; datur, pugnatur, statur. 
 Second Conj. Appdret, pertinet, debet, dolet, nocet ; placet, displi- 
 cctjfavctur, nocetur. 
 
 Third Conj. Contingit, inctpit, conducit, desviit, curritur. 
 Fourth Conj. Convenit, evZnit, expedit, venitur, ilur. 
 Also Irregular Verbs : as, est, obest,ft, praeUrii, nequit. 
 
 3. Those Verbs which denote the operations and appearances of 
 nature are also Impersonals : as, fulgurat, fulminat, tonat, p/uit. 
 
 tive, according to the Fourth Conjugation. Likewise in the Com. 
 pounds adorirStur, exorirelur ; and not adoreretur, exoreretur. The 
 Present fellows the Third, though orlris and oritur^ with the penult 
 long, are also found. 
 
128 RUDIMENTS, 
 
 REDUNDANT VERBS. 
 
 Redundant Verbs are those which have different forms to express 
 the same sense: as, assentio and assenlior, to agree; fabrico and fa* 
 bricor, to frame ; mereo and mereor, to deserve. The Passive form 
 of these Verbs is also used in a Passive sense. 
 
 1. Some Verbs are usually of the First Conjugation and 
 rarely of the Third : as, 
 
 Lavo, lavas, lavare, and lavo, lavis, lavere, to wash, 
 Sono, sonas, sonare, and sono, sonis, sonere, to sound, 
 
 2. Some are usually of the Second and rarely of the Third : 
 as, 
 
 Ferveo, ferves, fervere, and fervo, fervis, fervere, to boil, 
 Fulgeo, fulges, fulgere, and fulgo, fulgis, fulgere, to shine, 
 Strideo, strides, stridere, and strido, stridis, stridere, to creak, 
 Tergeo, terges, tergere, and tergo, tergis, tergere, to wipe, 
 Tueor, tueris, tueri, and tuor, tueris, tui, to defend, 
 
 3. Some are usually of the Third and rarely of the Fourth : 
 as, 
 
 Arcesso, arcessis, arcessere, and arcessio, arcessire, to send for, 
 Fodio, fodis, fodere, and fodio, fodis, fodlre, to dig, 
 Sallo, sallis, sallere, and sallio, sallis, salllre, to salt, 
 Mori or, moreris, mori, and morior, moriris, moriri, to die, 
 Orior, oreris, and orior, oriris, oriri, to rise. 
 Potior, poteris, and potior, potiris, potlri, to obtain. 
 
 Note, — Orior and potior are always of the Fourth Conjugation in 
 the Infinitive. 
 
 There is also one Verb which is usually of the Second and 
 more rarely of the Fourth : cieo, cies, ciBre, and cio, cis, clre, to 
 stir up. — See page 112, Note 15. 
 
 FIGURES OF SPEECH. 
 The Figures of Speech are included in the following lines : 
 Prosthesis apponit capiti 9 scd AphjEREsis auferU 
 Sykcopa de medio tollit, sed Epenthesis addit, 
 Abstrahit Apocope fni, sed dat Paragoge. 
 Consfringit Crasis, distracta Diuresis effert. 
 Liter a si legitur transposta, Metathesis exit. 
 Antithesis dices, tibi litera si varietur, 
 
 FIGURATIVE SYNTAX. 
 
 Figurative Syntax comprehends those forms of expression 
 which cannot be reduced to any of the general rules. 
 
 i. ellipsis. 
 Ellipsis is the omission of one or mo: e words necessary to com- 
 
APPENDIX. 129 
 
 plete the regular Syntax : as, Aberant bidui, sup. iter ; Expleri men- 
 tern nequit, sup. secundum, or quod ad ; Et genus, et virtus, nisi cum 
 re vilior alga est, sup. vilius ; Caper tibi salvus, et hcedi, sup. salvi. 
 
 II. PLEONASM. 
 
 Pleonasm is the redundance of one or more words not necessary to 
 complete the sense : as, Oculis vidi ; Sic ore locutus est ; Pateris li- 
 bamus et auro, for aureis pateris ; Vrbs Troja, for Troja. 
 
 III. ENALLAGE. 
 
 Enall&ge is the change or substitution of one number, case, tense, 
 &c. for another : as, Vestra indicatio est, for vestrum indicare ; Po- 
 pulum late regem, for regnantem ; Scelus, for scelestus ; Romanus, for 
 Romani ; Expediti militum, for milites ; Dare classibus austros, for 
 classes austris. 
 
 IV. HYPERBATON. 
 
 Hyperbaton Is the violation of the common arrangement of words 
 in a sentence : as, Italiam contra^ for contra Italiam ; Valet atque 
 vivit, for vivit atque valet ; Saxa vocant Itali mediis quae injluctibus 
 AraSj for quae saxa in mediis Jluctibus Itali vocant Aras ; Adeo super 
 unus eram, for supereram. 
 
RULES FROM RUDDIMAN'S GRAMMAR. 
 
 I. RULES FOR THE GENDER OF NOUNS. 
 
 I. GENERAL RULES. 
 
 1. Qvm maribus solum tribuuntur, mascula sunto. 
 
 Names of Males, and Nouns referring to the Male Sex, are 
 Masculine : as, Honierus, Homer ; pater, a father ; Tros, a 
 Trojan ; fur, a. thief; Mars, the god of war ; equus, a horse. 
 
 2. Esto femineum, quod femina sola reposcit. 
 
 Names of Females, and Nouns referring to the Female Sex, are 
 Feminine : as, Helena, Helen ; mater, a mother ; Troas, a 
 Trojan woman ; Venus, the goddess of love ; equa, a mare. 
 
 3. Sit commune dmim, sexum quod signat utrumque. 
 
 Nouns denoting either the Male or Female Sex are of the Com- 
 mon Gender : as, parens, a parent ; canis, z. dog, or bitch. 
 
 The following lines comprehend nearly all the Nouns of the Corn- 
 lion Gender : 
 
 Conjux atque parens, infans, patruelis et haeres, 
 Affinis, vindex, judex, dux, miles et hostis, 
 Augur et antistes, juvenis, conviva, sacerdos. 
 Munigweceps, vates, adolescens, civis et auctor. 
 Custos, nemo, comes, testis, sus, hosque, canisgwe, 
 Interpresg-we, cliens, princeps, praes, martyr et obses, 
 Atque index, hospes, quels adde satelles et exsul. 
 
 Conjux, a husband, or wife ; parens, a parent ; infans, an in- 
 fant ; patruelis, a cousin by the father's side : hceres, an heir, 
 or heiress ; affinis, a relation by marriage ; vindex, an aven- 
 ger ; judex, a judge ; dux, a leader ; miles, a soldier ; hostis, 
 an enemy; augur, a soothsayer; antistes, a high -priest ; ju- 
 venis, a young man, or woman ; conviva, a guest ; sacerdos, 
 a priest, or priestess ; municeps, a burgess ; vates, a prophet ; 
 adolescens, a young man, or woman ; civis, a citizen ; auctor, 
 an author ; custos, a keeper ; nemo, nobody ; comes, a com- 
 panion ; testis, a witness ; sus, a swine ; bos, an ox, or cow ; 
 canis, a dog, or bitch ; interpres, an interpreter ; cliens, a 
 client ; princeps, a prince, or princess ; praes, a surety ; mar-, 
 tyr, a martyr; obses, a hostage; index, an informer; hospes 
 a stranger ; satelles, a life-guardsman ; exsul, an exile. 
 
APPENDIX. 131 
 
 4. Multa, quibus sexus promiscuus, unaque vox est, 
 Nomina sunt, quorum genus est a fine petendum. 
 
 Some Nouns, referring to both Sexes, have their Gender regu- 
 lated by their terminations : as, passer, a sparrow, Masc. be- 
 cause Nouns in er are Masculine ; aqidla, an eagle, Fern, be- 
 cause Nouns in a of the First Declension are Feminine. 
 This class of Nouns includes many names of wild beasts, and 
 the names of most birds, fishes, and insects. Difference of 
 sex is indicated by the words mas and femina ; as, mas 
 passer; femina passer. 
 
 Such Nouns are said to be of the Epicoene Gender. 
 
 5. Menses cum Ventis generi conjunge virili. 
 
 Names of Months and Winds are Masculine : as, Aprllis, 
 April ; Aquilo, the north- wind ; Eur us, the east-wind. 
 
 6. Masculeum Fluvii nomen Montisque repone : 
 Ssepe tamen norma est finalis syllaba utrique. 
 
 Names of Rivers and Mountains are Masculine : as, Tiberis, 
 the Tiber; Othrys,a hill in Thessaly. Many of these, how- 
 ever, particularly those ending in a, e, and urn, adopt the 
 Gender of their terminations : as, Matrona, f. the Marne in 
 France ; JEtna, f. a mountain in Sicily ; Soracte, n. a hill in 
 Italy ; because Nouns in e of the Third Declension are Neu- 
 ter. — See Rules 16 and 18. 
 
 7. As partesque dabis maribus : sit at uncia dempta. 
 
 As, a pound, or any thing that maybe divided into twelve parts,* 
 is Masculine. The various component parts of as are also 
 Masculine, except uncia, an ounce, which is Feminine. 
 
 8. Jungito femineis nomen Regionis et Urbis ; 
 Prsecipue quod in n ternee fit, us osve secundae. 
 
 Est Tuder atque Argos neutrum, quibus adjice Gadir. 
 s Rarius hic Marathon capit, et Pharsalus, Abydos. 
 Mascula in us ternae, Pontus, Sasonque, Canopus, 
 Atque Times, Tecmon. Hie, at hoc vult ssepius 
 
 Anxur. 
 Caetera turba suos fines plerumque sequuntur. 
 
 Names of Countries and Cities are Feminine, especially those in 
 n of the Third Declension, and in us or os of the Second : as, 
 Britannia, Britain ; Persis, Persia ; Roma, Rome ; Cartha- 
 go, Carthage. This, as a general rule, refers chiefly to those 
 Nouns which have a Masculine termination : as, JEgyptus, 
 
 * The Component parts of as are, uncia, an ounce, Fern. ; sextans^ 
 2 ounces ; quadrans, 3; triens, 4; quincunx, 5; semis, 6; septuna. 
 7; bes, 8; dodrans, 9; dcxtans, or dccunx, 10; dcunx, 11 ounces. 
 
132 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Egypt ; Samos, the island of Samos ; Corinthus, Corinth ; 
 Lacedcemon, Lacedemon. 
 
 The following names of cities and towns do not follow the gene- 
 ral rule. Tuder, Argos, and Gadir, are Neut. Marathon, 
 Pharsdlus and Abydos, are generally Fern, but sometimes 
 Masc. Those in us of the Third Declension are Masc. : as, 
 Pessinus ; and also Pontus, when used as the name of a 
 country ; Sason, a small island ; Canopus, Tunes, Tecmon, 
 names of towns. Anxur is sometimes Masc. but more fre- 
 quently Neuter. 
 
 But many names of Countries and Cities adopt the Gender ot 
 their terminations : as, Sulmo, m. Ilium, n. Prceneste, n. names 
 of cities. Some of the exceptions are also found Feminine in 
 reference to the general word urbs : as, gclida Prccneste. Juv. 
 
 9. Arbor femineis dabitur : sed mas oleaster, 
 
 Et rhamnus : petit hic potius cytzsusque rubusque : 
 Hie quandoque larix, lotus volet, atque cupressus : 
 Hoc quod in um, suberque, siler, dant robur acerque. 
 
 Names of trees are Feminine : as, abies, the silver-fir ; pomus, 
 an apple-tree ; pirus, a pear-tree ; quercus, an oak. 
 
 Oleaster, the wild olive-tree ; and rhamnus, the white bramble, 
 are Masc. Cytisus, the shrub trefoil ; and rubus, the bram- 
 ble-bush, are generally Masculine. Larix, the larch-tree ; 
 lotus, the lote-tree; cupressus, the cypress, are sometimes 
 Masculine. Those in um are Neut; as, buxum, the box- 
 tree ; also suber, the cork-tree ; siler, the osier ; robur, oak 
 of the hardest kind ; and acer, the maple-tree. 
 
 Note. — Sentis, a brier, is also Masculine. 
 
 10. Femineum Naves genus atque Poemata quaerunt. 
 
 Names of Ships and Poems are Feminine : as, Argo, the ship 
 Argo ; Mnzis, the jEneid ; Ilias, the Iliad. 
 
 Proper Names, when applied to Ships or Poems, retain their 
 Gender : as, Python, m. Triton, m. ; and names of Poems 
 which want the Singular take the Gender of their termina- 
 tion : as, Adelphi, m. Georgica, n. 
 
 11. Adjicito neutris quodcunque inflexile nomen. 
 
 Indeclinable Nouns are Neuter : as, gummi, gum ; fas, right. 
 
 12. Liter® amant neutrum : sic pars pro nomine sumpta ; 
 Et verbum quodvis pro nuda voce repostum. 
 
 Names of letters are generally Neuter : as, a parvum ; i longum : 
 also Verbs and other parts of speech used as Nouns : as, 
 Scire tuum ; Cras istud ; likewise any word used objectively 
 without reference to its meaning : as, lux est monosyllabum* 
 
 13. Saepe genus vocum trahit ad se vox generalis : 
 Sic volucrem sequitur bubo % sic flumen Iader* 
 
APPENDIX. 133 
 
 The general word frequently regulates the gender of the various 
 words included under it : thus Bubo, an owl, is sometimes 
 Fem. taking the gender of avis, or volucris ; and Iader is 
 Neut. because flumen, the general word to which it refers, is 
 Neuter. 
 
 14 Adjectiva trium generum sunt cuncta z sed unum 
 Quaedam, multa duos, capiunt tres plurima fines. 
 
 Adjectives have three Genders ; some under one, some under 
 two, and some under three terminations. 
 
 15. Pro fixo positum, genus op tat mobile fixi. 
 
 An Adjective, when used for a Substantive, takes the Gender of 
 the Substantive which it represents. 
 
 II. SPECIAL RULES. 
 A. 
 
 1G. FLec dat A quod primse est: sed neutrum Pascha 
 requirit. 
 Hadria mas sequor, pariterque cometa, plane/a : 
 Mascula et interdum talpam damamque videbis. 
 
 Nouns in A of the First Declension are Feminine : as, mcnsa, a 
 table ; ripa, a bank ; unda, a wave. 
 
 Pascha, the passover, is Neut. Hadria, the Hadriatic Sea ; co- 
 meta, a comet ; and planeta, a planet, are Masculine ; like- 
 wise all Nouns applied to males : as, poeta, a poet ; nauta, a 
 sailor. Talpa, a mole ; and dama, a doe, are sometimes Mas- 
 culine. 
 
 Note, — Hadria, the town Hadria, is Feminine. 
 
 17. Sit neutri generis per A quicquid tertia flectit. 
 
 Nouns in A of the Third Declension are Neuter : as, polma, a 
 poem ; diadema, a crown. 
 
 E. 
 
 1 8. Haec petit E primae ; neutrum deposcit E ternae. 
 
 Nouns in E of the First Declension are Feminine : as, epitome, 
 an abridgment ; grammatice, grammar. Nouns in E of the 
 Third are Neuter : as, mare, the sea ; rete, a net. 
 
 I. U. Y. 
 
 19. Dant quibus 1 fines, Y, vel U, sunt omnia neutra. 
 
 Nouns in I, Y, and U, are Neuter : as, sinapi, mustard ; mzsy, 
 vitriol ; comu, a horn ; genu, the knee. 
 
 o. 
 
 20. Hie dat O : femineis halo cum caro dantur et echo ; 
 QiiDoque in 10, seu sint verbo, seu nomine nata, 
 
134 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Rem (numeris demptis) aliquam sine corpore sig- 
 nant. 
 
 Nouns in O are Masculine : as, sermo, speech ; carlo, a coal. 
 
 Halo, a circle round the sun or moon ; caro, flesh ; and echo, an 
 echo, are Fern. ; also Nouns in IO denoting any thing incor- 
 poreal, whether derived from verbs or nouns : as, legio, a le- 
 gion ; or at \o, a speech; rebellio, rebellion. 
 
 Nouns in 10 denoting any bodily substance, with Names of 
 Number, are Masc. according to the general rule : as, scipio, 
 a staff; ternio, the number three. 
 
 21. Adjice femineis, DO, GO : sed mascula cudo, 
 Harpago, sic ordo, simul udo, tendo, ligoque. 
 Rarius hjec margo vati est, hic ssepe cupido. 
 Arrhabo cum cardo muliebria vix imitanda. 
 
 Nouns in DO, and GO, are Feminine : as, arundo, a reed ; 
 formido, fear ; imago, an image ; orlgo, an origin. 
 
 Cudo, a leather cap; harpago, a drag; ordo, order; udo, a kind 
 of shoe ; tendo, a tendon ; and ligo, a spade, are Masc. Mar- 
 go, the brink of a river, is generally Masculine. Cupido, de- 
 sire, is often Masc. with the poets, but always Fem. in prose 
 writers. Arrhabo, an earnest ; and cardo, a hinge, are seldom 
 Feminine. 
 
 C. L. M. T. 
 
 22. Quod fit in L, vel T, C, vel M, neutralibus adde : 
 Mascula sol, mvgil, ceu sal, quod rarius hoc vult. 
 
 Nouns in L, T, C, and M, are Neuter : as, animal, an animal ; 
 
 toral, a bed-cover ; caput, the head ; lac, milk ; regnum, a 
 
 kingdom ; donum, a gift. 
 Sol, the sun, and mugil, a mullet-fish, are Masc Sal, salt, is 
 
 Masc. sometimes Neuter; Sales, Plural, is always Masculine. 
 
 N. 
 
 23. Masculeum capit N. Finita in men dato neutris, 
 Quseque secunda creat, cum gluten et ingnen et un- 
 
 guen : 
 Addideris pollen. Sindon petit hjec, et aedon ; 
 Alcyonem junges, data postea queis comes icon. 
 
 Nouns in N are Masculine : as, pecten, a comb ; canon, a rule. 
 Nouns in MEN are Neuter: as, carmen, a song ; lumen, light; 
 
 also Greek Nouns in ON of the Second Declension : as, sym- 
 
 lolon, a symbol ; likewise gluten, glue ; inguen, the groin ; 
 
 unguen, ointment ; po 7 len, fine flour. Sindon, fine linen ; 
 
 aedon, a nightingale ; Alcyon, the kingsfisher, and icon, an 
 
 image, are Feminine, 
 
APPENDIX. J 35 
 
 AR. 
 
 24. Postulat AR neutrum : sed masculeum salar optat. 
 
 Nouns in AR are Neuter : as, calcar, a spur ; jubar, the sun- 
 beam. Salar, a trout, is Masculine. 
 
 ER. 
 
 25. ER capit hic. Neutrum plantae fructusve requir- 
 
 unt ; 
 At tuber hic fructus; tuber quemcunque tumorem 
 Significaus neutrale petit ; cumque ubere spinther, 
 Verque, cadaver, iter. Dabit hic aut h-sec tibi linter. 
 
 Nouns in ER are Masculine : as, liber, a book ; atr, the air. 
 
 Names of Plants and Fruits are Neuter : as, papaver, a poppy ; 
 piper, pepper. Tuber, when it signifies the fruit of the tuber- 
 tree, is Masc. : but tuber, denoting any kind of swelling, is 
 Neuter ; also uber, a pap ; spinther, a clasp ; ver, the spring ; 
 cadaver, a carcass ; and iter, a journey. Linter, a boat, is 
 Masc. or Feminine. 
 
 OR. 
 
 26. Hie dat OR. Usec arbor : cor, adorque, hoc mar- 
 
 mor, et cequor. 
 
 Nouns in OR are Masculine : as, color, a colour ; honor, honour. 
 Arbor, a tree, is Feminine. Cor, the heart ; ad or, wheat ; mar* 
 mor, marble ; and aequor, the sea, are Neuter. 
 
 2J. Hoc dat UR. Hic furfur capiet, cum vulture turtur. 
 
 Nouns in UR are Neuter : as, murmur, a noise ; guttur, the 
 
 throat ; fulgur, lightning. 
 Furfur, bran ; vultur, a vulture ; and turtur, a turtle-dove, are 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 AS. 
 28. AS petit h^c. Neutrum est vas vasts, queisque 
 Pelasgi 
 Daiit atis iu patrio : quibus antis, mascula sunto ; 
 Adjicito quotquot format tibi flexio prima. 
 
 Nouns in AS are Feminine : as, cetas, an age ; pittas, piety. 
 
 Vas, vasis, a vessel, and Greek nouns having atis in the Geni- 
 tive, are Neuter: as, artocreas, artocreatis, a pie. Greek 
 Nouns having antis in the Gen. are Masc. : as, adamas, -an- 
 tis, an adamant; gigas, -antis, a giant ; also Nouns in as of 
 the First Declension : as, tiaras, a turban. 
 
 ES. 
 
 29. Hmc dabit ES. Capient ales hic H^Ecve, palumbes, 
 Atque dies ; sed ma? proles: mas poples et ames, 
 
136 
 
 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 FomeSy pes, paries, palmes cum limite stipes, 
 Queis addes frames, termes, cum gurgite cespes ; 
 Et quae fonte fluunt Graio : sed neutra capessunt 
 Hippo?nanes, panaces, nepenthes, sic cacoethes. 
 
 Nouns in ES are Feminine : as, rupes, a rock ; res, a thing. 
 
 Ales, a bird ; palumbes, a ring-dove ; and dies, a day, are Masc 
 or Feminine. The following Nouns are Masculine : meridies, 
 the mid-day ; poples, the ham of the leg ; ames, a fowler's 
 staff; forties, fuel ; pes, the foot ; paries, a wall; palmes, a 
 vine-branch ; limes, a limit ; stipes, the stock of a tree ; 
 frames, a path ; termes, an olive-bough ; gurges, a whirl- 
 pool ; cespes, a turf; also all Greek Nouns, either of the 
 First or Third Declension : as, cometes, a comet ; acinaces, a 
 Persian sword. The following Greek Nouns are Neuter, 
 hippomanes, a kind of poison ; panaces, all-heal ; nepenthes, 
 kill-grief; cacoethes, a bad custom. 
 
 Note, — Dies is always Masculine in the Plural. 
 
 IS. 
 
 30. IS dabo femineis. Sunt mascula piscis et axis, 
 GMs, callis, vermis, vectis, mensis, cucumisque, 
 Mugilis et postis, cum sanguine, fascis, et or bis, 
 Fustis item, collis, caulisqae, etfollis, et ensis, 
 Serpen temque notans cenchris, cum vomer e torris 
 In NIS finitum Latium, lapis, unguis, aqualis. 
 
 Nouns in IS are Feminine : as, classis, a fleet ; turris, a tower. 
 
 The following are Masculine : piscis, a fish ; axis, an axle-tree ; 
 glis, a rat ; callis , a beaten path ; vermis, a worm ; vectis, a 
 lever ; mensis, a month ; cucumis, a cucumber ; mugilis, a 
 mullet-fish ; postis, a post ; sanguis, blood ; fascis, a bundle ; 
 orbis, a circle, the world ; fustis, a staff; collis, a hill ; caulis, 
 the stalk of an herb ; follis, a pair of bellows ; ensis, a sword ; 
 cenchris, Gen. cenchris, a serpent ; vomis, a ploughshare ; 
 torris, a firebrand ; lapis, a stone ; unguis, a nail ; aqualis, a 
 water-pot; also Nouns of Latin origin in NIS: as, panis, 
 bread. But Greek Nouns in nis are Feminine, according to 
 the general rule ; as, tyrannis, tyranny. 
 
 Note. — Cenchris, -idis, a kind of hawk, is Feminine. 
 
 31. Hie aut HjEC finis, clunis, cum torque canalis, 
 
 Dant, scrobis, ac anguis: cordis muliebre prseoptat: 
 Masculeo potius gaudent pulvis, cinis, amnis. 
 
 Finis, the end ; clunis, a buttock ; torquis, a chain ; canalis, 
 a water-pipe ; scrobis, a ditch ; anguis, a serpent, are Masc. 
 or Fern., but more frequently Masculine. Corbis, a twig- 
 basket, is usually Feminine. Pulvis, dust ; cinis, ashes ; 
 
APPENDIX. 137 
 
 amnis, a river, are more commonly Masc. sometimes also 
 Feminine. 
 Note. — Fines, when it signifies the borders or territories of a 
 country, is always Masculine. 
 
 OS. 
 
 32. OS maribus detur. Sunt neutra chaos, melos, os, os : 
 Postulat HiEC arbos, cos, dos, et origine Graeca 
 Orta eos, arctos, perimetros cum diametro. 
 
 Nouns in OS are Masculine ; as,Jlos, a flower ; ros, dew. 
 
 Chaos, a confused mass; melos, a song; os, oris, the mouth; 
 os, ossis, a bone, are Neuter. Arbos, a tree ; cos, a whet- 
 stone ; dos, a dowry, are Feminine ; also the following Nouns 
 of Greek origin ; eos, the morning ; arctos, the constellation 
 of the Bear ; perimetros, the circumference ; and diametros, 
 the diameter of a circle. 
 
 US of the Second and Fourth Declension. 
 
 33. Nomen in US mas est, seu quartae sive secundae. 
 
 Nouns in US of the Second and Fourth Declensions are Mascu- 
 line : as, annus, a year ; vultus, the countenance. 
 
 34. Hjec domus et vannus, pro fructujicus, et alvus, 
 Sic humus ztque manu&> poscunt: acus addito quartae, 
 Porticus atque tribus. Capit hoc virus, pelaguscpic. 
 
 The following Nouns of the Second Declension are Feminine : 
 vannus, a sieve ; alvus, the belly ; humus, the ground : also 
 manus, the hand ; acus, a needle ; porticus, a gallery ; tribus, 
 a tribe, which are of the Fourth. Likewise domus, a house, 
 which is partly of the Second, and partly of the Fourth ; and 
 jicus, a fig, which is declined according to both. Virus, poi- 
 son ; and pelagus, the sea, of the Second, are Neuter. 
 
 35. Nomen in OS Graecum, quod in US mutare Latin i 
 Saepe solent, normam sequitur plerumque virilem : 
 Femineum sed multa petunt : ut, abyssus, eremus, 
 Antidotusque, pharus, dialectus, carbasus : adde 
 Ex odos et phlhongos genitum, quaeque a generali 
 Voce genus plantae et gemmae capiunt muliebre. 
 
 Greek Nouns in OS which the Latins change into US, are ge- 
 nerally Masculine : as, cyathus, a cup ; gyrus, a circle. 
 Many, however, are Feminine : as, abyssus, a bottomless pit ; 
 eremus, a desert; antidotus, an antidote; pharus, a watch, 
 tower ; dialectus, a dialect ; carbasus, a sail ; the Compounds 
 of odos and phthongos : as, periodus, a period ; diphthongus, a 
 diphthong ; also some names of plants and gems following the 
 Gender of the general words planta and gemma : as, papyrus, 
 an Egyptian plant ; amethystus, the amethyst. 
 
138 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 US of the Third Declension. 
 
 36. Postulat US neutrum, quoties id tertia flectit. 
 
 Nouns in US of the Third Declension are Neuter : as, pectus, 
 the breast ; littus, a shore ; nemus, a grove. 
 
 37. Femineum voluere palus, subscusque, salusque, 
 Quaeque sen ex, juvenis, cum servio, nomina formant, 
 Et virtus, incus. At mascula sunt lepus et mus, 
 Et pus corapositum : petit at muliebre lagopus. 
 
 The following Nouns are Feminine : pal us, a fen ; subscus, a 
 dovetail ; salus, health, safety ; senectus, old age ; juventus f 
 youth ; and servitus, slavery (from senex, juvenis and servio) ; 
 virtus, virtue ; incus., an anvil. Lepus, a hare ; mus, a 
 mouse ; and the Compounds of pus • as, tripus, a tripod, are 
 Masculine. Lagopus, hare's foot, is Feminine. 
 
 US doubtful. 
 
 38. Hie aut hjec donant balanus, specus, atque phaselus, 
 Barbitus, atque penus, grossus : sedgrus,atomusque 
 Femineum potius cupiunt ; colus adde, viriJe 
 Quod rard invenies : muliebre at contra camelus 
 Est ubi nonnunquam videas. Vult hic dare vulgus, 
 Sed magis hoc. Teniae specuset penus addito lieu? 
 
 tris. 
 
 The following Nouns in US are sometimes Masculine, and some, 
 times Feminine ; balanus, the fruit of the palm-tree ; specus, 
 -us, a den : phaselus, a yacht ; barbitus, a harp ; penus, -i, 
 or -us, all kinds of provisions ; grossus, a green fig. Grus, a 
 crane ; and atomus, an atom ; are generally Feminine, seldom 
 Masculine. Colus. a distaff, is seldom Masculine. Camelus. 
 a camel, is sometimes Feminine ; but more commonly Mas* 
 culine. Vulgus, the rabble^ is sometimes Masculine, but 
 more often Neuter. Specus and penus, of the Third Declen- 
 sion, are Neuter. 
 
 YS. ' 
 
 39. Nomen in YS Graecum est, genus et sibi femineum 
 
 vult. 
 
 Greek Nouns in YS are Feminine : as, chelys, a harp ; chlamys, 
 a soldier's cloak. 
 
 S preceded by a diphthong. 
 
 10. Ms neutrale petit : lau$,f rates, muliebria sunto. 
 
 Ms, brass, or money, is Neuter: laus, praise ; andfraus, fraud, 
 are Feminine. 
 
APPENDIX. 139 
 
 S preceded by a consonant, 
 
 41. S dato femineis, si consona ponitur ante. 
 
 Mascula scd pons,fons, mons, seps, dum denotat an- 
 
 guem ; 
 Et queis P praeit S polysyllaba,/0ra/?g dempto, 
 Denscpie, chalybs, cum gryphe, rudens, quod rarius 
 
 HiEC vult. 
 Hie aut HiEC serpens dat, scrobs, stirps truncus, 
 
 adepsqne. 
 Dans animans genus omne, tamen muliebre praeoptat. 
 Nouns in S preceded by a consonant are Feminine : as, mors, 
 
 death ; pars, a part ; trabs, a beam. 
 The following are Masculine : pons, a bridge ; fon's, a fountain ; 
 mons, a mountain ; seps, a kind of serpent ; nouns of mors 
 than one syllable in PS : as, hydrops, a dropsy ; (except for- 
 ceps, a pair of tongs, f.) ; dens, a tooth ; chalybs, steel ; gryps, 
 a griffon ; and rudens, a cable, which last is sometimes Femi- 
 nine. Serpens, a serpent ; scrobs, a ditch ; stirps, the trunk 
 of a tree ; and adeps, fatness, are Masculine or Feminine. 
 Animans, an animal, is of all Genders, but most commonly or 
 the Feminine. 
 Note, — Seps, a hedge, and stirps, offspring, kindred, are Femi- 
 nine only. 
 
 X. 
 
 42. Hjec petit X. Ax, ex maribus polysyllaba junge : 
 Die tamen H2EC fornax, smilax, car ex, velut halex, 
 Et cum prole panax, et for/ex atque supellex. 
 
 Nouns in X are Feminine : as, pax, peace ; vox, a voice. 
 
 Polysyllables in AX and EX are Masculine : as, thorax, the 
 breast ; frutex, a shrub. Of these, however, the following 
 are Feminine : fornax, a furnace ; smilax, bindweed ; carex, 
 a sedge ; halex, a herring ; panax, all-heal ; op o panax, the 
 juice of the herb all-heal ; forfex, a pair of scissors ; supcl- 
 lex, furniture. 
 
 43. Mascula sunto caliz, phoenix, pro vermeque bombyx, 
 Et coccyx, fornix, et onyx vas, aut lapis unde 
 
 Vas fit; oryx, tradux, grex his adjunge casque. 
 Femineo interdum data tradux cum grege cernes. 
 
 The following Nouns in X are Masculine : calix, a cup ; phoe- 
 nix, a bird called a phenix ; bombyx. a silk-worm; coccyx, a 
 cuckoo ; fornix, a vault ; onyx, alabaster, or an alabaster 
 box ; oryx, a wild goat ; tradux, a graft of a vine , grex, a 
 flock ; calyx, the bud of a flower. Tradux and grex are 
 sometimes Feminine. 
 
 Note, — Bombyx, when it signifies a silk garment ; and onyx, a 
 gem, are Feminine. 
 
140 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 44. Haec modd femineis, maribus modd juncta videbis ; 
 Calx pro parte pedis metave laboris, et hystrix, 
 Imbrex; sardonychem j u ngas, rumicem, silicemque : 
 Hie mage vult cortex, et obex, cum pumice varix ; 
 JLec potius lymax, lynx, et cum sandice perdix : 
 Atriplici neutrum melius dabo quam muliebre. 
 
 The following Nouns are sometimes Masculine and sometimes 
 Feminine : calx, the heel, or the end of any thing, the goal ; 
 hystrix, a porcupine ; imbrex, a gutter-tile ; sardonyx, a pre- 
 cious stone ; rumex, the herb sorrel ; silex, a flint ; and also 
 cortex, the bark of a tree ; obex, a bar ; pumex, a pumice- 
 stone ; varix, a swollen vein, which are seldom Feminine. 
 Limax, a snail ; lynx, an ounce ; sandix, a sort of purple ; 
 perdix, a partridge ; are more commonly Feminine. AtrU 
 plex, the herb orach, is generally Neuter. 
 
 Note. — Calx, when it signifies limestone, is always Feminine. 
 
 I, M, A, and E Plural. 
 
 45. I maribus plurale dabis : muliebre sed M vult : 
 Ast A, et E Grsecum, cupiunt neutralibus addi. 
 
 Plural Nouns in I are Masculine : as, Hberi, children ; those in 
 M are Feminine : as, cuncs, a cradle ; those in A are Neuter : 
 as, arma, arms. 
 
 Plural Nouns in E from the Greek are also Neuter : as, mele, 
 songs ; cete y whales. See page 97. 
 
 Defective Nouns. 
 
 46. In reliquis primo numero primive carentum 
 Recto, animo, qualem vocum natura reposcat, 
 Concipito talem : sic a prece prex tibi forma. 
 
 Hie dat casse tamen, dat et impete ; verbere vult 
 
 hoc; 
 Hie veprem, pecudis c,2crAt nmc ; hje postulat Idus. 
 
 In Nouns of other Terminations which are defective in the No- 
 minative, or in the whole of the Singular, the Gender is regu- 
 lated by the termination of the Nominative from which they 
 are supposed to have come : Thus preci (Dat.), a prayer, is 
 Feminine, because it comes from the old Nominative prex, 
 which is Feminine, by Rule 42. Feminis, (Gen.) the thigh, 
 is Neuter, because the supposed Nominative fern en is Neuter, 
 by Rule 23. 
 
 The following are Exceptions : casse, a net ; impetis, force, and 
 vepres, & brier, Masculine : verberis, a scourge, Neuter : pe~ 
 cudis, a beast, and Idus, the Ides of a month, Feminine, See 
 Defective Nonns, pages 97 and 98. 
 
APPENDIX. 141 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE RULES FOR THE GENDER 
 OF NOUNS. 
 
 Rule 1. Jupiter, Mars, Homerus, Virgilius, Tros, pater, 
 consul, flamen, aedilis, optio, fur, equus. 2. Juno, Diana, 
 Troas, Helena, Venus, Siren, mater, uxor, anus, nurus, socrus, 
 equa. 3. Conjux, parens, &c. 4. Passer, aquila, liberi, homo, 
 elephantus, hirundo, vulpes, salmo, balaena. 
 
 5. Januarius, Aprilis, September — Aquilo, Eurus, Notus, 
 Iapyx. 6. Tiberis, Rhodanus, Tagus, Eurotas, Euphrates, 
 Ganges, Tigris — Othrys, Olympus — Allia, Matrona, Lethe, 
 JEtna, Styx, Soracte, Alpes. 8. Italia, Britannia, iEgYptus, 
 Samos, Roma, Carthago, Lacedaemon, Persis, Pylos., — Tuder, 
 Argos, Gadir — Marathon, Pharsalus, Abydos — Pessinus, Hy- 
 drus, Opus, Pontus, Sason, Canopus, Tunes, Tecmon, — Anxur 
 — SulmOy Acragas, Londinum, Zeugma, Reate, Prxneste, 
 Cirre \ Albion, I lion, Tibur, Veil, Athena, Gades, Susa, Hie- 
 rosolyma. 
 
 7. As, sextans, semis, quincunx, bes — uncia. 9. Quercus, 
 abies, pinus, taxus, pirus, fraxinus — oleaster, rhamnus — cytisus, 
 rubus — larix, lotus, cupressus — buxum, ligustrum, suber, siler, 
 robur, acer — sentis. 10. Argo, Centaurus, Chimaera, Tigris, 
 Spes, Victoria, iEneis, Ilias. 11. Gummi, fas, nefas, pondo, 
 miile, caepe. 
 
 16. Ala, litera, turba, mensa, hedera, invidia, rana — Hadria, 
 cometa, planeta — talpa, dama — Pascha. 17. Dogma, poema, 
 diadema, epigramma, stemma. 18. Epitome, rhetorice, gram- 
 matice — ancile, cubile, mare, ovile, praesepe. 19. Sinapi, gummi 
 — cornu, genu, tonitru — moly, misy. 
 
 20. Sermo, bufo, carbo, pulmo, mucro — halo, caro, echo — 
 oratio, opinio, rebellio, communio, legio, seditio — scipio, scorpio, 
 papilio, pugio, unio, ternio, quaternio, senio. 21. Arundo, 
 imago, grando, caligo, testudo, origo — cudo, harpago, ordo, udo, 
 tendo, ligo — margo — cupido — cardo, arrhabo. 
 
 22. Animal, puteal, vectigal — lac, halec — caput, sinciput, oc- 
 ciput— bellum, regnum, donum, praelium, armentum — sol, mu- 
 gil — sal. 23. Canon, delphm, ren, paean, pecten — flumen, agmen, 
 carmen, cognomen, cacumen — symbolon, symposion, barbiton — 
 gluten, inguen, unguen, pollen — sindon, a'edon, alcyon, icon. 
 
 24. Calcar, nectar, jubar, far, lacunar— salar. 25. Liber, 
 imber, aer, ager, career, anser, agger, culter — papaver, cicer, 
 piper — tuber (a swelling), uber, spinther, ver, cadaver, iter — 
 linter. 26. Dolor, color, honor, timor, sopor — arbor — cor, ador, 
 marmor, cequor. 27. Guttur, murmur, robur, sulphur — furfur, 
 vultur, turtur. 
 
 28. JEtas, pietas, voluptas, lam pas, anas — vas (a vessel) — 
 artocreas, erysipelas — adamas, elephas — tiaras, pareas. 29. 
 jEdes, fames, sedes, res, facies, soboles, proles, spes, vulpes, 
 merces. quies, seges — ales* valumbes, dies — meridies — poples, 
 
 G 
 
142 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 ames, fomes, pes, paries, palmes, limes, stipes, trames, termes, 
 gurges, cespes — cometes, achates, lebes, magnes, acinaces — hip- 
 pomanes, panaces, nepenthes, caeoethes. 
 
 30. Avis, vallis, ovis,classis, naris, lis, pestis, apis, pellis, cen- 
 chris (a kind of hawk) — piscis, axis, glis, callis, vermis, vectis, 
 mensis, cucumis, mugilis, postis, sanguis, fascis, orbis, fustis, 
 collis, caulis, follis, ensis, cenchris (a kind of serpent), vomis, 
 torris, lapis, unguis, aqualis — panis, crinis, ignis, funis, — ty- 
 rannis, coronis. 31. Finis, clunis, torquis, canalis, scrobis, 
 anguis — corbis — pulvis, cinis, amnis. 
 
 32. Flos, ros, honos, mos — chaos, melos, os (a bone), os 
 (the mouth) — arbos, cos, dos, eos, arctos, perimetros, diametros, 
 33. Annus,, oculus, ventus, terminus, vultus, gradus, currus, 
 impetus. 34. Domus, vannus, ficus, alvus, humus, manus, 
 acus (a needle), portions, tribus — virus, pelagus. 35. Cyathus, 
 gyrus, dialogus, bolus — abyssus, eremus, antidotus, pharus, 
 dialectus, carbasus — periodus, methodus, synodus, diphthongus, 
 — amethystus, chrysolithus, crystallus, sapphirus, &c. — papy- 
 rus, nardus, byssus, hyssopus, costus, crocus, &c. 
 
 36. Corpus, onus, littus, nemus, pignus, thus. 37. Palus, 
 suvscus, salus, senectus, juventus, servitus, virtus, incus — 
 lepus, mus — tripus — lagopus. 3§. Balanus, specus (4th decl.), 
 phaselus, barbitus, penus (2d and 4th), grossus — grus, atomus 
 — colus — camelus — vulgus. 39. Chlamys, chelys. 40. Ms — 
 laus, fraus. 
 
 41. Mors, pars, gens, juglans, hyems, mens, trabs, stirps (an 
 offspring), seps (a hedge) — pons, fons, mons, seps (a kind of 
 serpent), dens, chalybs, gryps — rudens — hydrops, merops, epops 
 —forceps — serpens, scrobs, stirps (the stock of a tree), adeps — 
 animans. 
 
 42. Pax, lex, vox, calx (limestone), falx, arx, onyx (a gem), 
 cervix, comix, radix, bombyx (a silk garment) — thorax, corax, 
 murex, vertex, vortex, frutex— fornax, smilax, carex, halex, 
 panax, opopanax, forfex, supellex. 43. Calix, phamix, bom- 
 byx (a silkworm), coccyx, fornix, onyx (alabaster, or an ala- 
 baster-box), oryx, tradux, grex, calyx — tradux, grex. 44. 
 Calx (the heel, a goal), hystrix, imbrex, sardonyx, rumex, silex, 
 — cortex, obex, pumex, varix — Umax, lynx, sandyx, perdix — 
 atriplex. 
 
 45. Liberi, fasti, posteri — divitise, cunae, induciae, nuptise, 
 tenebrae — arma, castra, comitia, mcenia, rostra — mele, cete, 
 Tempe. 46. Spontis, preci, grates, ditionis, vicis, necis — casse, 
 impete, veprem — verbere—pecudis, Idus. 
 
APPENDIX. 143 
 
 II. RULES FOR THE QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 
 
 That part of Grammar which treats of the quantity of 
 Syllables, and the Construction of Verse, is called Pro- 
 sody. 
 
 By the Quantity of a Syllable is meant, the time occu- 
 pied in pronouncing it. 
 
 Syllables are either long or short. A long syllable occupies, in 
 pronouncing, double the time which is assigned to a short syllable. 
 Long syllables are marked thus, " : as, Dido ; short syllables are 
 marked thus, v : as, pater. 
 
 I. GENERAL RULES. 
 
 • 1. Vocalem breviant alia subeunte Latini. 
 
 A vowel before another vowel or a diphthong, in words of Latin 
 origin, is short : as, deus,puer, dece ; or before h and a vowel : 
 as, traho, mild, nihil; because h, in verse, is considered 
 merely as a breathing. 
 
 - 2. Ki capit r,fio produc: et nomina quintae 
 E servant longum, si praesit i, ceu specieu 
 Anceps ius erit patrio : sed protrahe alius, 
 Alterlus brevia tantum : commune sit ohe. 
 Pompei Cat produc, conformia jungens. 
 Diana??i varia : longa aer> dius et ekeu, 
 Et patrius primae cum sese solvit in au 
 
 Exc. The i is long mflo when not followed by r ; &s,flebam ; 
 in the other Tenses it is short : as, fierem. The e in the 
 penult of the Gen. and Dat. of Nouns of the -Fifth Declen- 
 sion, when preceded by i, is long : as, speciti* Genitives in 
 ius have the i long in prose, but commont in verse : as, 
 unius : but alius is always long, and alterius is always short. 
 Proper names in e'ius y and a'ius ; as, Pompeius, Cains, with 
 Vocatives of the same kind, are long ; also the old form of 
 the Genitive of the First Declension : as, terrai ; likewise 
 tier, dius, and eheu.. 
 
 Ohe, Diana and Io (a Proper Name) have the first syllable com- 
 mon ; but io (the interjection) follows the general ruk. 
 
 3. Hie Grseci variant, nee certa lege tenentur. 
 
 The Quantity of a Vowel before another vowel or a diphthong, 
 
 * All Nouns of the Fifth Declension have the e long in the penult 
 of the Genitive Singular, except Jides and res, in which it is common, 
 and spes, in which it is always short 
 
 t The quantity of a syllable is said to be common, or doubtful. 
 when it is found sometimes long, and sometimes short. 
 
144 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 in words derived from the Greek, cannot be reduced to any 
 precise Rule. It is short in some words : as, Danae, idga ; 
 and long in others : as, Lycaoii, Cytherea. 
 
 4. Si postponatur vocal i consona bina, 
 
 Aut duplex, longa est positu : sin utraque vocem 
 Incipiat, raro praeeunti est ultima longa. 
 
 A Vowel before two Consonants, either in the same, or in con- 
 secutive words, or before a double Consonant, is long : as, 
 bclluniy discorSj axis ; and in this case the vowel is said to 
 be long by Position. The Double Consonants are X> Z, and 
 «/, except in Compound words : as, Ujugus, quadrijugus. 
 
 The Latin poets after the time of Lucretius, seldom, if ever, al- 
 lowed a vowel in the end of a word to remain short, when 
 followed by a word beginning with sc y sp 9 sq, st, though from 
 the few examples which occur, they appear to have carefully 
 avoided such a collocation. The quantity of a vowel in the 
 end of a word is not affected by any other combination of con- 
 sonants, or by a double consonant in the beginning of the 
 following word. 
 
 5. Si mutae liquida est subjuncta in syllaba eadem, 
 Quae brevis antevenit vocalis, redditur anceps. 
 Hanc tamen in prosa semper breviare memento. 
 Sunt I, r, liquidae, queis raro jungimus m, n. 
 
 A Vowel naturally short, when followed by a Mute* and eithei 
 of the Liquids, /, r, in the same syllable, is common in verse, 
 but always short in prose : as, agris, pharetra, volucris. In 
 a few words taken immediately from the Greek, a vowel is 
 allowed to remain short before a Mute, and either of the two 
 other Liquids, m, n : as, cycnus, Procne. 
 
 If the Liquid stand before the Mute, or belong to a different 
 syllable, the preceding vowel is necessarily long : as, arte, 
 ab-luo, ob-ruOy quamob-rem. 
 
 A Vowel naturally long is never made short before a Mute and 
 a Liquid : as, matris, salubris, from mater, saluber. 
 
 6. Vocalem efficiet semper Contractio longam. 
 
 Contracted Syllables are long : as, cogo, for coago ; alius, for 
 aliius ; m, for si vis ; tiblcen, for tibiicen, or tibiacen. 
 
 7. Diphthongum produc in Grsecis atque Latinis : 
 In Grascis semper: at vrje composta sequente 
 Vocali brevia : veluti praeit atque praeustus. 
 
 * There are ten Mutes : b, c, d, f, j, k, p, q, t, v ; and four Li- 
 quids : 1, r, m, n, of which the first two only come within the limits 
 of this rule, exceDt in Greek words. 
 
APPENDIX. 145 
 
 Diphthongs are long in Latin and Greek words : as, Ccesar. au* 
 
 rum,foenus ; Euboea, JEneas, Harpyia. 
 Exc. The Preposition prce, when prefixed to a word beginning 
 
 with a Vowel, is short : as, praeeo, praeustus. 
 
 II. SPECIAL RULES. 
 
 First and Middle Syllables. 
 
 8. Derivata tenent mensuram primigenorum : 
 Orta tamen brevibus, susplcio, rcgula, sedes, 
 Secius, humaniiSy penuria, mobilis, humor, 
 
 J Tnnentum, forties , primam producere gaudent. 
 Corripiunt sed arista, vddum, sopor atque lucerna, 
 Dux<\\\z ducis, stab ilisque, fides, d it toque, qua" stilus, 
 Nata licet longis ; quae pluraque suggeret usus. 
 
 Derivative words usually retain the quantity of the words from 
 which they are formed : as, amicus, pavidus, from amo, pa- 
 veo ; mdternus, ndtivus, from mater, ndtus ; legam, legeram, 
 from lego, legi ; virgineus, sanguineus, from virginis and 
 sanguinis, 
 
 Exc. 1. The following Derivatives are long, although the corre 
 sponding syllables in their Primitives are short : susplcio 
 from suspicor, regula from rcgo i sedes from sedeo, secius from 
 secus, humanus from homo, penuria from penus, mobilis from 
 moveo, humor from humus, jumentum from juvo, fomes from 
 foveo. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following are short, from Primitives which have 
 the corresponding syllables long : arista from dreo, vadum 
 from vddo, sopor from sopio, lucerna from luceo, ducis from 
 dtico^ stabilis from stdtum, fides from fido, dttio from ditis, 
 quasillus from qudlus. 
 
 Note 1. — Mobilis, jumentum, and fomes are necessarily long, being 
 derived from the Supines, motum, jutum, and fotum ; these Supines 
 being probably lengthened by contraction. 
 
 Note 2. The following Derivative words, which are of frequent 
 occurrence, also differ in quantity from their Primitives : jugerum 
 from jugum, laterna from lateo, mdcero from macer, molestus from 
 moles, nota and noto from ndtus, perfidus from fidus, tegula from 
 ttgo, voco from vox, vocis. 
 
 9. Simplicium servant legem composta suorum, 
 Quamvis diphthongus vel vocalis varietur. 
 
 At breviant nihilum, cum pejero, dejero, nee non 
 Veridicus, sociis junctis, et semisopitus. 
 Cogmtus his addes, velut agnitus, innubus* atque 
 Vronubus : at longis ambitus mobile junges, 
 Imbecillus item: sed connubium variabis. 
 
J 46 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Compounds usually retain the quantity of the Simple words of 
 which they are composed: as, per lego, invidco, from lego, vi- 
 deo ; pcrlegi, invidi, from legi, vidi ; improbus, perjUrus, 
 from probus, juris. 
 
 The quantity of the simple word is not altered by the change of 
 a vowel or diphthong in the Compound : as^ conctdo, irritus, 
 from eudo, rat us ; concido, iniquus, from ccedo, cequus, 
 
 Exc, The following Compounds differ in quantity from the 
 Simple words : nihilum from ne and Ifilum, pejero and dejtro 
 from juro, rcridtcus and other Adjectives in diciis from d'ico, 
 semisflpitus from sopitus, cogmtus and agmtus from notus, innu~ 
 bus and pronubus from nubo, imbccillus from bacillus, ambitus 
 from itum, Connubium from nubo has the second syllable 
 common. 
 
 10. Quam disjuncta dabat mensuram praepositura, 
 Juncta tenet : subiens illam nisi litera mutet. 
 
 Prepositions, when compounded with other words, retain their 
 original quantity : as, amitto, dtduco ; aboleo, perimo, because 
 a and de are long, and ab and per short. Trans frequently 
 drops the last two letters in composition, but retains its pro- 
 per quantity : as, traduco, for transduco. 
 
 Prepositions ending in a Vowel become short, when prefixed to 
 words which begin with a vowel : as, deosculor, prohibeo. Ob 
 sometimes drops the b before a Consonant, in which case the 
 o remains short : as, timitto, for obmitfo. The Prepositions 
 which end in a Consonant become long by Position, when 
 placed before another Consonant : as, ddmiito. 
 
 11. Est PRO breve in Grfecis, PRO longum rite Latinis. 
 At rape qvae fundus, fugio, neptisque, neposque, 
 ^tfestum,fari,fateor,fanu7nq\\e crearunt. 
 
 Hisce prqfecto addes, pariterque procella, protervus, 
 A tque propago genus; propago protralie vitis. 
 Propino varia, verbum propago, prof undo : 
 Cum pello, euro genitis, Proserpina junge. 
 
 The Preposition pro is short in Greek words : as, Prometheus, 
 prologus, propheta ;* it is generally long in Latin words : as, 
 prodo, promitto, proveho. 
 
 Exc. 1. In the following Latin words pro is short; profundus, 
 prbfugio, profugus, proneptis, pronepos, prof est us, prbfari, 
 prbfteor, prbfanus, profano, prbfecto, proficiscor, prbfectus, 
 procella, protervus, and propago when it signifies a race of 
 lineage; but when it signifies a vine-stock, the first syllable 
 is long. 
 
 * Pro, in words transferred from the Greek, represents the Greek 
 Preposition <r^, in which the vowel is short. 
 
APPENDIX* 147 
 
 Etc. 2. In the following words pro is common : propino, pro- 
 pago (a Verb), pro/undo, propcllo, propulso, procuro, and Pro- 
 serpina, though not a Compound. 
 
 Note, — The rule here given for the quantity of pro in prof undo, 
 propcllo, and procuro, is not supported by sufficient authority : in the 
 first, pro is always found short in the best writers ; and in the other 
 two, it is always long. The first syllable of propago is common both 
 in the noun and verb. The distinction mentioned above is not ob- 
 served by the best writers. 
 
 12. SE produc et DI, praeter dirimo, atque disertus. 
 Est RE breve : at viduum personis protrahe refert. 
 
 The Inseparable Prepositions se and di are long in Compound 
 words : as, scparo, divello : except in dirimo and disertus. 
 
 Re is short : as, remitto ; also in verbs beginning with a vowel, 
 where d is inserted f )r the sake of euphony : as, redamo. Re 
 in the Impersonal Verb refert, is long ; but is here to be con- 
 sidered not as the inseparable Preposition, but as the dative 
 or ablative of res. 
 
 Re, though naturally short, is made long in the following Com- 
 pound words : recido, rtduco, religio, rtligiosus, reliquice, 
 rtlatum, remotum ; it is always long in the three Preterites, 
 reperit, repulit, and retulit. 
 
 The prefix ve, signifying small, is long in composition, and ne 
 (negative) and si, winch are long as monosyllables, are 
 short : as, vesanus, nefas, slquidem. 
 
 J 3. Pars si componens fini prior i vel donat, 
 
 Sit breve : vaticinor monstraverit ArctdphyZaxque. 
 
 I and in the end of the first component part of a word are 
 generally short : as, omnipotens } hodie. The exceptions are 
 contained in the following rule : 
 
 14. / quibus est flexu mutabile, jungito longis, 
 Quaeque queunt sensu salvo divellier, addens 
 De quibus aut Crasis aliquid vel Syncopa tollit. 
 Idem masculeum produc, et ubique, et ibidem ; 
 Huic dein agglomerans turbae composta diet. 
 His intra, retro, controque, et quando creata 
 (Quaadjquidem excepto,) bene junxeris, atque alioquin. 
 Quaeque per magnum scribuntur nomina Graiis. 
 
 The following words have i and long in the end of the first 
 component part : 
 
 1. Those in which i is the Termination of a case : as, quldam, 
 tant'idem, reipublicae, qualicunque. 
 
 2. Those in which the component parts may be separated with- 
 out injuring the sense: as, lud'imagister, lucrifacio, siquis 5 
 which are also written, ludi magister, lucri facio, si quiz. 
 
148 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 3. Those in which a syllable has been dropped by Oasis or 
 Syncope : as, tiblcen for tibiacen, blgce for bijugce, scilicet foi 
 scirclicet. 
 
 4. Idem has i long in the Nom. and Voc. Singular Masc, but 
 short in the Neuter. / is long in ublque and ibidem, but 
 short in ubivis, and doubtful in ubicunque. 
 
 5. The compounds of dies ; as, blduum, merldies. But quotidie 
 and quotidianus have the second syllable sometimes short. 
 
 6. Latin words compounded with intro, retro, contro and 
 quando ; as, introduco, retroduco, controversia, quandoque-; 
 likewise alioquin, cceteroquin, utrobique. 
 
 7. Words transplanted from the Greek in which c represents u : 
 as, geometra, Minotaurus, lagopus. 
 
 Note. — The two preceding rules would have been more simple had 
 the principle stated in Rule 9 been kept in view, that words when 
 joined in composition retain their natural quantity, unless they are 
 modified by contraction or otherwise. Thus the i in quldam, tantl- 
 dem, ludlmagister, slquis, S[C is long, because it is long in qui, tanti, 
 ludi, si, Qc. In blduum, Idem, scilicet, the first syllable is long by 
 contraction. The same principle applies to some words which have o 
 long in the end of the first component part : as, alioquin, cceteroquin, 
 utrobique, because it is long in alio, ccetero and utro. So likewise in 
 quare, quapropter, Qc, the a is long because it is long in qua. In om- 
 nipotens, semruir, Qc, the s of omnis and semis is dropped before the 
 consonants, and the i consequently remains short. 
 
 The following facts concerning the Compounds offacio are taken 
 from Professor Ramsay's excellent work on Latin Prosody : In cale- 
 jfacio, calefacto, labefacio, labefacto, madefac'io, pavefacio, rubcfacio, 
 stupefacio, tremefacio, tumefacio, the e is uniformly short. Patefacio 
 has the second syllable generally short ; it is lengthened by Lucretius 
 in two passages, of .which the one is a disputed reading. Tepefacio y 
 with one exception, has the e always short ; in liquefacio it is gene- 
 rally short. Putrefacio, which is an unusual word, appears to have the 
 e common. Expergefacta and confervefacit, are found with the e long, 
 but not in poets of the Augustan age. 
 
 Perfects and Supines of Verbs. 
 
 15. Praeterita assumunt primam dissyllaba longam. 
 Tolle blbit, scidit, etfidit, ac tulit, ortaque do, sto. 
 
 Preterites of two syllables and the Tenses formed from them, 
 have the first syllable long : as, vlni, mdi, vlci, tot ; veue- 
 ram, <Jc. 
 
 Exc. Btbi, scidi from scindo, fidi from findo, tuli, dedi, and 
 steti, or sttti, have the first syllable short. 
 
 16. Praeteritum geminans primam, breviabit utraraque, 
 Ut pario peperi ; vetet id nisi consona bina. 
 
 At quod credo creat tardat, ceu pedo secundana. 
 
APPENDIX. 149 
 
 Preterites which double the first syllable have the first two sylla- 
 bles short : as, peperi, tetigi, cecidi ; except cecidi from 
 ca*do, pepedi, and those in which the middle syllable is made 
 long by Position : as, fefelli. 
 
 1 7« Cuncta Supina tenent primam dissyllaba longam : 
 Praeter nata sero, cieo, lino, cum sino, sisto, 
 Quae breviant ; eo, ofoque, ruo, queo junge, reorque. 
 
 Supines of two syllables, and the parts of the Verb formed from 
 them, have the first syllable long : as, visum, cdsum, mdtum ; 
 visit S, <J"f. 
 
 Etc. Saturn from sero, citum* from cieo (See page 112, Note 15), 
 Htum from lino, situm from sino, statum from sisto, itum from 
 eo, datum from do, rutum in the compounds of ruo, quitum 
 from queo, ratum from reor, have the first syllable short. 
 
 13. Caetera praesentis mensuram verba reservant. 
 Excipe sed posui, positum, g&nui, genitumque, 
 Et pdtui; quae dant quoque solvo et volvo supina, 
 
 All Preterites and Supines, except those included in the preced- 
 ing Rules, retain, in the first syllable, the quantity of the first 
 syllable of the Present : as, voco, vocavi, vocatum ; cldmo, 
 cldmavi, cldmatum ; moneo, monui, monitum. 
 
 Exc. Pijsui, positum, from pono ; genui, genitum, from giyno : 
 solntum, and volutum, from solvo, and volvo, have the first 
 syllable short, though the corresponding syllable in the Pre- 
 sent is long. 
 
 19. Prae turn vocalem polysyllaba cuncta supina 
 Producunt, a turn, qui bus etum finis, et utum : 
 Ivi praeterito veniens sociabis et Itum. 
 Caetera corripies in itum quaecunque residunt. 
 
 Supines of more than two syllables in dtum, etum, and utum, 
 have the penult long : as, amdtum, deletum, minutum. So 
 also Supines in itum from Preterites in Ivi : as cupivi, cupi- 
 tum, (except eo and its compounds, See page 59) ; but all 
 other Supines in Hum have the penult short: as, monui, 
 monitum ; abolevi, abolitum. Recenseo, has recensltum. 
 
 20. In rus Participi semper penultima longa est. 
 Participles in rus have the penult always long : as, amaturus. 
 
 * The Compounds which are found in the Perfect Participle with 
 the penult short are concitus, excitus, incitus, and percitus ; concitus 
 is also supported by authority, and excitus and excitus are used indif- 
 ferently. These appear to be the only Compounds which are found in 
 the poets. 
 
 G 2 
 
150 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 INCREASE OR CREMENT OF NOUNS. 
 
 Nouns are said to increase when they have more sylla- 
 bles in the oblique cases than in the Nominative : as, 
 sermo, sermonis ; car do, cardinis. 
 
 21. Vocalis numero coeat nisi bina pridre, 
 Casibus obliquis non crescunt nomina primae, 
 Nee qua* quarta dedit, dedit aut inflexio quinta. 
 
 22. Quae sequitur primara tantum producit Iberi. 
 
 23. Semper A curtat atls ternae : sit dogmatis index. 
 
 24. O breviabit inis : sed pomgit enis et onis. 
 Mensuram variant at in his gentilia quasdam. 
 
 25. I breve mittit itis. Sed ab EC producitur ecis, 
 
 26. In D crementum breve nomina pauca tulerunt. 
 
 27. AL mas curtat alts : sed neutrum protrahit alts. 
 Elis cum Solis produc; reliquis breviatis. 
 
 28. ON nimis incertum est : EN hiis rape : caetera produc 
 
 29. Arts ab AR neutro produc : sed demito bacchar, 
 Par cum compositis, jubar his cum nectare jungens. 
 Protrahe J\ r ar Naris, furis, veris, Recimeris, 
 Byzer, Ser, et Iber, in ter Graecum, cethere dempto. 
 Oris ab OR longum est : cum neutris corripe Graeca. 
 Arboris et memoris brevies, indictaque cuncta. 
 
 30. Atis ab AS tardant, avails nisi, quaeque Latina. 
 Caetera, sed vasts dempto, correpta dabuntur. 
 
 31. ES patrium breviat : demas loatplesque, quiesque, 
 Et mansues, heeres, merces, et Graeca per etis. 
 
 32. Corripit TS crescens patrium : sed porrige gliris, 
 Et quod Romuleum Genitivum format in itis, 
 
 Et Psophis, Crenis, Nests, Graecumque quod in dat. 
 
 33. OS patrii crementa dedit producta : sed aufer 
 Quae tria correptis gaudent, bos, compos, et impos, 
 
 34. US crementa rapit : sed in iiris, et utis, et udts, 
 
 Quod praeit u longum est : Ligus hinc at tolle, peevsque, 
 Intercusque. Gradus medius producit US oris. 
 
 35. YS celerabit ydos ; sed tarde proferet ynis, 
 
 36. Consona cum praeit S, patrii penultima curta est. 
 
 Hinc Cyclops, seps, gryps, Cercops, plebs, aufer et hydrops. 
 
 37. T breve crementum patrii per itis sibi poscit. 
 
 38. Prae gis vocalem rapit X. Producito lex, rex, 
 EX icis abbreviat, vibex nisi. Caetera produc 
 Praeter abax y smilax, atrax, cum dropace, et anthrax % 
 
APPENDIX. 151 
 
 Fax, et Atax, chmaxqne, panaxque, sty?-axque, colaxqwe ; 
 Quaeque phylaxque, coraxque creant, et cum nece, recti* 
 Orba suis, vicis atque preci ; cum appendicc, fornix, 
 Coxend'ix, chcemxqxxQ, Cilix, natrixque, calixque, 
 Pix, et onyx, illix, histrix, cum mastiche, varix, 
 Queis Ercpcis,filicis, salicis, /<mmque, nivisque, 
 Cappadocis, calych, cum Naryce, prcecdce nectes : 
 Adde ducis, pariterque cruris, nu.ee cum truce junctis. 
 At patrio variato Syphox, cam Bebryce, sandix, 
 
 39. Pluralis casus, si crescit, protrahit A, E, 
 
 Et simul O. Bubus dempto, sed corripit I, U. 
 
 INCREASE OR CREMENT OF VERBS. 
 
 A Verb is said to increase when any part of it exceeds 
 the Second Person Singular of the Present of the Indica- 
 tive Active,, by one or more syllables : as, rogas, rogamus 
 rogabatis, rogabammi. 
 
 40. A verbum crescens auctu producit in omni. 
 Excipe crementum dare primum quod breve poscit. 
 
 41. E quoque producunt verba increscentia : verum 
 Prima E corripiunt ante r duo tempora ternae. 
 Rere sit et reris longum, btris at here curtum. 
 Semper E corripitur prae ram, rim, roque locatum. 
 Curtat et interdum steierunt, dederuntque poeta. 
 
 Note. — Besides strterunt and dederunt, various other verbs are 
 shortened by the poets in the penult of the Third Person Plural of the 
 Perfect Indicative. Virgil uses tulerunt : Horace, annuerunt, verte- 
 runt : Ovid, contigerunt, defuerunt, fiierunt, horruerunt, proebue- 
 runt, <Jt. 
 
 42. Corripit I crescens verbum : sed deme vetimus, 
 Notlmus, simus, qua?que his sata caetera ; jungens 
 Ivi praeteritum, prima incrementaque quartae. 
 PraHerito curtabis imus tamen undique : vates 
 Exacto variant rimus, ritisque futuro. 
 
 43. O produc verbis crescentibus ; U breve profer. 
 
 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 A. 
 
 44. Casibus A flexum brevia. Sed protrahe sextum, 
 Et quintum, Graeco quando hie de nomine in AS fit, 
 Casibus baud flexum produc. ltd, cum quid, et ejd, 
 Et puta non verbum subduxeris, hallei\uehijd. 
 
152 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 A in the end of words declined by cases, i. e. in Nouns, and 
 Adjectives, is short : as, musa, lampada, Tydea, bon&, eh.. 
 
 Exc. The Ablative of Nouns and Adjectives of the First De- 
 clension, and the Vocative of Greek Nouns in as of the First 
 and Third Declensions are long : as, Musa, jEned, Atld. 
 
 Note. — Vocatives in a of Greek Nouns in tes are short : as, AZeta, 
 Oresta. Those from Nominatives in es are sometimes, though rarely, 
 found long: as, Anchisd, JEacidd. But these more commonly follow 
 the general Rule. 
 
 A in the end of words not declined by cases, i. e. in Verbs, 
 and indeclinable words, is long : as, amd, frustrd, proettrea, 
 ergd, intra, a. 
 Exc. Ita, quia', eja, putcL put adverbially, and halleluja, are 
 short, 
 Note. — AlphU, Beta, the names of letters, have the a short. 
 
 E. 
 
 45. E brevia. Primae produc, et nomina quintae 
 Cum natis. Addes pluralia cuncta : secundae 
 Induperativum socians. Monosyllaba, demptis 
 EncHticis ac syllabicis, quoque longa repohes. 
 Adde a mobilibus flexus quaecunque secundi 
 Manarunt, summique gradus adverbia quaevis. 
 Sed bene* cum male corripies, tnferne, superne'. 
 Productis/tf/7/ze atque/ere jungantur, et ohe. 
 
 E in the end of a word is short : as, nati:, cubile, pat re, currZ. 
 
 Exc. 1. The following words have e long. Nouns of the First 
 and Fifth Declension : as, Calliope* Anchise ; re and die, 
 with their Compounds, qua-re, hod'ie, §c. • Plural Greek 
 Nouns : as, ce/e, Tempe ; and the Second Per. Sing, of the 
 Imperative of the Second Conjugation : as, doce, mane. 
 
 Note. — The Doric Vocatives of Greek Nouns are long : as, 
 Ulysse, Achille ; contracted cases : as, Diomcde for Diomedea ( the 
 contracted Genitive and Dative of the Fifth Declension : as, die, fide • 
 likewise jfome, which originally belonged to the Fifth. The Impera- 
 tive cave has the last syllable common. This license is usually ex- 
 tended to vale, vide, and responde, but not on good authority ; in the 
 best writers, where the reading is undisputed, they are always long. 
 
 Exc. 2. Monosyllables are long : as, e, me, te ; except the en- 
 clitic particles, que, v2, ne (interrogative), and the syllabic 
 adjections^/e, ce, te: as, suapte, hujusce, tide. 
 
 Exc. 3. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the Second Declen- 
 
 Final c is always long when it represents the Greek »?. 
 
APPENDIX. 153 
 
 ston are long : as, placide, pulchre, docthslme ; except ben?, 
 male, inferne, and su/>ern$ 9 which are short. Fermi, fere, 
 and ohe are also long. • 
 
 I. 
 
 46 I longum pono. Vocitantem corripe Graecis. 
 His tamen at ternus dabitur crescentibus anceps. 
 Sic variato mihi, tibi, cum sibi ; sed mage curtis. 
 Vult ibi, vultque cui, nisi, mox ubi,mm quasi, jungi. 
 Siciiti sed breviant, cum necubi, sicubl vates. 
 
 I in the end of a word is long : as, domini, patri, amavi, i. 
 
 Exc. 1. The Vocatives of Greek Nouns have the i short : as, 
 Alexi, AmarylCL 
 
 Xote. — The Vocatives of Greek Nouns having entcs in the Geni- 
 tive are long : as, Simois, -entos, Simol. 
 
 Exc. 2. Of the Datives of Greek Nouns which increase in the 
 Genitive, some are short : as, Palladi, Minoidi ; and others 
 are long : as, Thetidi, Paridi, Tyndaridi. The Datives and 
 Ablatives Plural in si : as, heroisi, are short. Mild, tibi, 
 sibi, i6i, ubi, and cut (a dissyllable), are common ; nisi and 
 quad are always short. 
 
 Note. — The Compounds of ibi, ubi, and uti are peculiar. Ibi and 
 ubi have the i common ; but in alibi it is always long, and in necubi 
 and sicubi, it is always short. The i is always long in uti and velutl, 
 but is always found short in sicuti. 
 
 o. 
 
 47. O commune loces. Dabis at monosyllaba longis, 
 Graecaque ceu Dido, ternum oextumque secundae, 
 Et patrium Graecum, atque adverbia nomine nata, 
 Qtw jungens et eo. Variant at denuo, sero, 
 Mutuo, postremo, vero : modo sed breve pones. 
 Saepius arnbo, duo, scio corripe, et illico et imo, 
 Et cedo da signans, ego, queis homo, cum cito, junge. 
 Sunt aliis variata Gerundia, longa Maroni. 
 Ergo pro causa produc ; secus editur anceps. 
 O in the end of a word is common : as, Ico, virgo, amo. 
 
 Note. — The poets of the Augustan age very rarely shortened final 
 in Verbs, or in Nouns of the Third Declension. Scio and nescio are 
 often found short, and credo, puto, rogo, void, when used parentheti- 
 cally or in colloquial discourse. Instances of being shortened in 
 other verbs are very rare. Homo is found short in Catullus, nemo 
 and led in Ovid, and mentid in the Satires of Horace. The later 
 poets appear to have considered common, and accordingly in their 
 works it is very often found short. 
 
154 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Exc. 1. — Monosyllables are long : as, o, do, sto ; Greek Nouns 1 
 as, Dido,* Sappho, Atho (Gen.) ; the Datives and Ablatives 
 of the Second Declension : as, domino, bono • Adverbs de- 
 rived from Adjectives : as, certo, crebro, falso, and ergo, on 
 account of; likewise quo and eb~, with the Compounds, quo- 
 vis, quocunque. 
 
 Exc. 2. — Denuo, sero, mutuo, postremo, vera, are generally long, 
 but sometimes short. Ambo, duo, scio, iUico, imo, cedo (De- 
 fective Verb), ego, homo, and cito, are commonly short. Modu, 
 and its Compounds, quomodo, dummodo, cfc. are short. 
 
 Note. — There appears to be a want of precision in the latter part 
 of the preceding rule. The result of Professor Ramsay's minute exa- 
 mination is as follows : Final o in ambo, ergo, ideo, imo, porro, 
 postremo, quando, sero, vero, is perhaps never found short except in 
 writers posterior to the Augustan age. It is always short in the fol- 
 lowing words, in good writers : cito, duo, ego, octo, modo the Adverb, 
 and its Compounds, dummodo, postmodo, quomodd, tantummodo. There 
 does not appear to be any good authority for the distinction which is 
 made in the rule between ergo, signifying on account of, and ergo, sig- 
 nifying therefore. 
 
 Exc. 3. The Gerund in do is always long in Virgil, but is some- 
 times found short in the later poets. 
 
 U and Y. 
 
 48. U semper longis, sed Y raptis jungere oportet. 
 
 U in the end of a word is long : as, vultu, cornu, dictu. 
 Y in the end of a word is short : as, moly, Tiphij. 
 
 B. 
 
 49. Corripe B Latium: peregrinum at tendere rnalim. 
 
 B in the end of a word is short : as, ab, ob, sub. Words adopted 
 from a foreign language are long : as, Job, Jacob. 
 
 c. 
 
 50. C produc, praeter nee, done'e : sed variabis 
 Hie bene pronomen : fac verbum jungimus isti. 
 
 C in the end of a word is long : as, ac, sic, illuc, due. 
 Exc. Nee and donee are short. The Pronoun hie, and the Verb 
 fac, are common. 
 
 Note Hie, the Adverb is always long; hie, the Pronoun is twice 
 
 found short in Virgil, but is generally long ; hoc, which is also said 
 to be common, is always found long, except in the comic writers. Fac 
 appears to be always short. 
 
 • Final o is always long when it represents the Greek v. 
 
APPENDIX. 155 
 
 D. 
 
 6]. D breve ponatur. Variare at Barbara possis. 
 
 D in the end of a word is short : as, ad, apud, quid. Foreign 
 words are common : as, David, Bogud. 
 
 L. 
 
 52. L breve sit. Cum sol, sal, nil, tolluntur Hebraea. 
 
 L in the end of a word is short : as, animal, vigil, consul. 
 
 Exc. Sol, sal, nil, with words adopted from the Hebrew, are 
 long: as, Daniel, Nabul. 
 Note. — Nil is long, because it is a contraction for nihil. 
 
 M. 
 
 53. M nunc vocalis perimit : rapuere vetusti. 
 
 M in the end of a word is cut off before a vowel ; the earlier 
 writers often preserved it, and made the syllable short. 
 
 N. 
 
 54. N produc. Demas en mis dans, quseque priore 
 Grseca per on casus numero tenuere secuudae ; 
 Et quartum casum, si sit brevis ultima recti. 
 Sin quoque pluralis ternae conjunge Pelasgum : 
 Forsitdn, in,forsdn, tamen, an, v-tclcn' insuper addens. 
 
 N in the end of a word is long : as, in, spltn, quin, Titan. 
 
 Exc. 1. Nouns in en, having inis in the Genitive, are short : as, 
 carmtn, pecten ; the Singular Cases of Greek Nouns in on : 
 as, Won ;* the Ace. Sing, of Greek Nouns which have the last 
 syllable of the Nom. short : as, Maian, Orpheon ; and sin, 
 the Greek termination of the Dat. Plural : as, Arcasm, 
 Troasin. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following words are also short: forsit an, In, for- 
 san, tamen, an, viden J , satin? . 
 
 R. 
 
 55. R brevies. Produc cujus dat patrius eris : 
 Addito Iber, aer, cether. Sit Celtiber anceps. 
 
 At par, far, lar, Ndr, quoque cur, fur, ad j ice longis. 
 
 R in the end of a word is short : as, imher, pater, Hector, suph. 
 
 Exc. Nouns in er having eris in the Genitive are long : as, 
 crater, ve"r ; also, Iber, aer, cether, par, with its compounds, 
 compdr, <5fc, far, lar, Ndr, cur, fur. Celtiber has the last 
 syllable common. 
 
 • Nouns in on which, in Greek, are written with *, are short 
 those having to are long. 
 
J 56' RUDIMENTS. 
 
 AS. 
 
 56. AS produc. Patrio sed adis quod flectit, dnasque 
 Sit breve : plurales teniae quibus addito quartos. 
 
 AS in the end of a word is long : as, pietas, me?isds, amds. 
 
 Exc. Greek Nouns having adis or ados, in the Genitive are 
 short: as, Areas, lampas * also anas ; and the Ace Plural 
 of Greek Nouns of the Third Declension: as, crater&s, 
 Troas. 
 Note. — Latin Nouns in as, formed after the manner of Greek pa- 
 tronymics, are short: as, Appias, Adrias. Greek Nouns in as, which 
 have antls in the Genitive, are long: as, Pallas, -antis. 
 
 ES. 
 
 57. Ponitur ES longum. Pluralia corripe Gneca 
 
 Quae crescunt; velut es de sum : pe?i$s addltur ill i ; 
 Cum neutris ; et queis patrii penultima curta est 
 Ternse. Tolle Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes. 
 
 ES in the end of a word is long: as, quies, ames, res, Circes. 
 
 Exc. 1. Greek Neuter Nouns, and those which increase in the 
 Genitive, are short: as, hippomanes, Arcade's, dclphines : also 
 es from sum, with its Compounds ales, ades ; and the Pre- 
 position penes. 
 
 Note. — Latin Nouns in es, in which es represents the Greek us, are 
 long : as, Alcides, Palamedes ; and the Nominative and Vocative 
 Plural in es of Greek Nouns, which form the Genitive Singular in 
 eos : as, haereses, crises ; because in such words the e represents the 
 Greek diphthong. E is always short in those words which, in Greek, 
 are written with 1 : as, in the Vocatives, Demosthenes, Socrates. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns of the Third Declension which have the penult 
 of the Genitive short : as, ales, aUtxs, dives, divitis ; except 
 Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes, with its Compounds bipes, 
 tripes, fyc, which follow the general rule. 
 
 IS. 
 
 58. IS brevio. Verum plurales protraho casus ; 
 ISque quod in patrio mutatur in itis, et inis, 
 
 Aut entis ; gratisque forts, glls, vis quoque, nomen 
 
 Seu verbum fuerit : sic et persona secunda 
 
 Protraliit IS, quoties itis plurale reponit. 
 
 In subjunctivi ris est commune futuro. 
 
 IS in the end of a word is short : as, turns, magis, bis, is, Jovis. 
 
 Exc. 1. Plural Cases are long : as, penrils, nobis, omnis for om. 
 nets ; also Nouns in is which have itis, inis, or entis, in the 
 Genitive : as, lis, Samnis, Salamis, SimoTs ; likewise gratis, 
 /oris, glls, and vis, whether it be a Noun or a Verb. 
 
APPENDIX. 157 
 
 Exc. 2. Is in the Second Per. Sing, is long, when the Second 
 Per. Plur. is in itis : as, audls, poss'is. Ris in the Second 
 Per. Sing, of the Future Perfect Indicative, and Perfect Sub- 
 junctive, is common. 
 
 OS. 
 
 59. OS produc. Patrius brevis est, et compos, et impos, 
 Osque ossis praebens. Rectos breviato secundse 
 
 (0 nisi det patrius) : neutra his dein addito Graium. 
 OS in the end of a word is long: sls,JIos 9 bonds, vos, Minos. 
 Exc. 1. Greek Genitives are short: as, Arcados, Tethyds ; also 
 
 compos, impds, and os (a bone), with its Compound exos. 
 Exc. 2. Greek Neuter Nouns are short : as, chaos, melds ; also 
 
 Greek Nouns of the Second Declension : as, Clards* Tene- 
 
 dos ; except those which have in the Genitive: as, Andi-o- 
 
 gcos, Athos. 
 
 US. 
 
 60. US correpta datur. Monosyllaba cum genitivis 
 Ternae vel quartae produc: uumerique secuudi 
 
 In quarta primum, quartum, quintumque ; et in uris, 
 
 Dumve vtis patrius, vel in udis, et untis, odisve est ; 
 
 Aut quintus fit in u; longus turn rectus habetur. 
 
 Ergo produces venerabile nomen Jesus. 
 
 US in the end of a word is short: as, annus, temp as, amamus. 
 
 Exc. 1. Monosyllables and Genitives of the Third Declension 
 are long: as, grus, sus, Ciitus,f Sapphus ; also the Gen. 
 Singular, and the Norn. Ace and Voc. Plural of the Fourth 
 Declension : as, fruetus ; and Nouns of the Third, which 
 have uris, utls, udis (the penult long), untis, or ddis, in the 
 Genitive : as, tellus, virtus, incus, Amathus, tripus. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns in us, which have u in the Vocative, are long : 
 as, Panthus (Voc. Panthii) ; also Jesus. 
 
 YS. 
 
 6\. YS junges brevibus. Tethys reperitur at anceps. 
 Longaque sunt, rectis aliter quae casibus YN dant. 
 YS in the end of a word is short : as, Capys, chelys, chlamys. 
 Exc. Nouns in ys, which have likewise yn in the Nom. are 
 long : as, Gortys. Tethys is sometimes found long. 
 
 T. 
 
 62. T brere semper erit : nisi quondam Syncopa tardet. 
 
 * OS is always short in those words which, in Greek, are written 
 with a, and long in those in which os represents the Greek us . 
 t U in these and similar words represents the Greek diphthong. 
 
158 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 T in the end of a word is short : as, caput, amat ; unless when 
 the preceding Vowel is lengthened by a Syncope : as, ahit foi 
 abiit> amarat for amaverat. 
 
 63. Ultima cujusque est communis Syllaba versus. 
 
 The last syllable of every line may be made long or short, ac- 
 cording to the pleasure of the poet. 
 
 EXERCISES ON THE RULES FOR THE QUANTITY 
 OF SYLLABLES. 
 
 1. Dens, puer, moneo, faciam, eo, ea, meus, tineae, traho, mihi, 
 l hil, reprehendo, ahenus, cohaereo, dehisco, audiit. 
 
 2. Fio, fiunt, fiebam — fieri, fierem — diei, speciei, aciei — rei, 
 fidei, spei — unius, illius, totius — alius — alterius — ohe, Diana, 
 To — aer, dius, eheu — aula!, terral — Pompeius, Caius, Veius. 
 
 3. Greek — Simois, Deucalion, Danae, Hyades — Arion, Ixion, 
 Briseis, Menelaus, ./Eneas, Peneus, Darius, Medea, Iphigenia. 
 Troes, heroes — Chorea, platea, Malea, Nereides. 
 
 4. Bellum, mortem, amant, est, arcessere — pax, exul, thorax 
 — Amazon, gaza, horizon — major, pejor, hujus, cujus, rejicio 
 — bijugus, quadrijugus — ariete, abiete, abiegnae, parietibus, 
 tenuis, genua, princlpium, consilium, fluviorum. 
 
 5. Agri, peragro, patres, patrius, barathrum, pharetra, illece- 
 bra, cathedra, integrum, funebris, muliebris, libri, migro, demi- 
 gro, nigrum, impigra, ludibriiun, reciprocus, mediocris, coch- 
 lear, Patroclus, volucris — matres, fratres, acris, atrum, aratrum, 
 theatrum, simulacrum, spectatrix, crebra, tetra, delubrum, 
 salubres, adjutrix — gubernaclum, spectaclmn — abluo, ablatus, 
 obruo, oblitus, subrideo, quamobrem. Greek — cycnus, Atlas, 
 daphne, Tecmessa. 
 
 6. Nil, mi, it, petit, Juli, cogo, cogito, debeo, nolo, malo, 
 alius, tibicen, sodes, bigae, scilicet, junior, jucundus, jumentum, 
 motum, fotum, momentum, fomentum, fomes, ala, mala, palus, 
 velum, seni, deni — Phaethon, deero, cui, iidem, deinde. 
 
 7. Aurum, musae, mcenia, Caesar, Graia, plebeiae — praeit, 
 praeustus, praealtus. 
 
 8. Amicitia, natura, virgineus, augurium, custodio, oratio, 
 sudacia, felicitas, utilitas, largitio, relatio, ratio, irritus, proditio, 
 superstitio, competitor, onerare, praecipitare, saluber, probabilis, 
 monimentum, munimentum, initium, involucrum, volumen, 
 moveam, rnoverem, moveram, movissem, legam, legerim, legens, 
 niveus, ferrugineus, regius, ambiguus, plurimus, divinitus, con- 
 vivium. For the exceptions, see the Rule. 
 
 9. Perlego, perlegi, invidet, invidit, perjurus, excido, excldo, 
 apparo, appareo, consolor, depeculor, despero, enodo, erudio, 
 investigo, eradico, indico, indlco, desolo, enato, consideo, con- 
 sido, permaneo, permano, suffoco, sufFoco, irrlto. See Rule. 
 
APPENDIX. 159 
 
 11. Prometheus, prologus, propheta, Propontis — prodo, pro- 
 mi t to, proveho, promulgo, provincia. See Rule. 
 
 12. Separo, semoveo, securus, secretus — diligo, dimitto, di- 
 mico — dirimOj disertus ; remitto, redamo, refer t ; vesanus. 
 
 13. Laniger, thurifer, opifer, semiviri, omnipotens, armipo- 
 tens, tubicen, cornicen, sacrifico, significo, causidicus, magnifl- 
 cus, multiplex, biceps, bidens, bipatens, triceps, triplex, Trivia, 
 siquidem, Agricola— duodecim, duodeni, sacrosanctus, Argonau- 
 ta, Philomela, philosophus, metropolis, bibliotheca, Cleopatra, 
 hodie. 
 
 14. Lucrifacio, agricultura, ludimagister — tibicen, bigae — 
 biduum, triduum, meridies, pridie, postridie, quotidie — georne- 
 tra, minotaurus, lagopus. See Rule and Note. 
 
 15. Veni, vidi, vici, feci, crevi, ivi, movi, fodi — bibi, scidi, 
 fidi (findo), tuli, dedi, steti. 16. Peperi, cecini, tetigi, pepuli, 
 memini, pupugi — cecidi, pepedi — cucurri, tetendi, momordi, 
 spopondi, pependi, poposci. 17. Visum, motum, potum, fle- 
 tum, stratum, cretum, cusum — satum, citum, litum, situm, 
 statum (sisto), itum, datum, rutum (from ruo: as, dirutum, 
 obrutum, S)C.), quitum, ratus — insitus, illitus, circumdatus, 
 concitus, eoccitus, incitus, percitus. 18. Voco, vocavi, vocatum ; 
 clamo, clamavi, clamatum ; moneo, monui, monitum — pono, 
 posui, positum ; gigno, genui,genitum ; solvo, solutum ; volvo, 
 volutum. 19. Mutatum, aratum, deletum, oletum, minutum, 
 exutum, auditum, cupitum, recensitum> monitum, territum, 
 placitum. 20. Amaturus, docturus, lecturus, politurus. 
 
 44. Penna, galea, regna, bella, sedilia, cornua, bona, meliora, 
 tria, ea, siqua, aliqua — musa, penna, galea, ea, siqua, aliqua — 
 a, da, ama, voca, frustra, praeterea, interea, erga, extr i, intra — 
 ita, quia, eja, puta, halleluja — triginta, sexaginta, contra, ultra. 
 
 Greek — Aenea, Palla, Atla — Anchisa, iEacida — Oresta, Poly- 
 decta, Thyesta. 
 
 45. Domine, nate, cubile, sedile, fermone, rupe, ille, iste, 
 curre, lege, legere, regere, canere, audire, esse, unde, saepe, 
 dulce, facile, sublime, suave, impune, ante, sine, atque — re, 
 die, rabie, quare, hodie, pridie, quotidie, (die, fide Gen.), fame — 
 doce, mone, habe, gaude — cave — me, te, se, e, de, ne — pen- 
 naque, aliusve, tantane, suapte, hujusce, tute — placide, pulchre, 
 valde, minime, maxime — bene, male, in/erne, super ne—fer me* 
 fere, ohe. 
 
 Greek — Penelope, Anchise, Tydide — cete, mele, pelage, 
 Tempe — Ulysse, Achille, Diomede (for Diomedea). 
 
 46. Domini, classi, audiri, fieri, amavi, fregi, i, viginti, fili, 
 geni, Juli, Ovidi, Virgili — mihi, tibi, sibi, ibi, ubi, cui — nisi, 
 quasi — sicuti, necubi, sicubi — alibi, veluti. 
 
 Greek — Alexi, Amarylli, Pari, Daphni, Theti — Simoi — PaL 
 ladi, Minoidi, Tethyi. 
 
 47. Leo, sermo, virgo, amo, peto, esto, ero, volo, octo — scio, 
 nescio, credo, puto, rogo, volo, homo, nemo, leo, mentio — o, do, 
 
160 
 
 R UD 1 31 E NTS. 
 
 sto, pro, proh — domino, genero, vento, bono, pulchro — crebro, 
 falso, certo, raro, merito — quo, eo, quocunque, qaovis, eodem — 
 denuo, sero, mutuo, postremo, vero, adeo, idco — modo, ambo, 
 duo, scio, nescio, illico, imo, cedo (give thou), ego, homo, cito — 
 quomodo, dummodo, postmodo — vigilando, cunctando— ergo. 
 Greek — Dido, Atho, Clio, Alecto, Sappho. 
 
 48. Cornu, fructu, manu, dictu, lectu, tu, Panthu — moly, 
 chely, Tiphy. 49. Ab, ob, sub— Job, Jacob. 50. Ac, sic, illuc, 
 hie (here), lac, hue, due — nee, donee, fac— hie (this), hoc. 51. 
 Ad, apud, illud, quid, id, David. 52. Animal, vigil, consul, 
 Hannibal, mel, fel, nihil, procul — sol, sal, nil — Daniel, Israel, 
 Nabul. 
 
 54. Non, en, Siren, Hymen, Pan, Titan, quin, Orion, iKnean 
 — carmen, pecten, nomen, agmen, tibiceii— for sit an, forsan, in, 
 an, tamen, viden\ satin. Greek — Ilhodon, Cerberon, Pelion, 
 Ilion — Maian, Parin, Thetin, Ityn — Athon, Androgeon, Demo- 
 leon — Arcasin, Troasin, heroism. 
 
 55. Calcar, imber, vir, cor, honor, vultur, amor, sequor, ter, 
 per, prseter — crater, ver, stater, Ser — aer, cether, Iber — Celtiber 
 — pur, far, lar, Nar, cur, fur. 
 
 56. Mensas, JEneas, pietas, amas, nefas, Arpinas, Antias, 
 Pallas (a man's name) — Pallas (a goddess), lampas, Areas, Ap- 
 pias, Adrias, anas — heroas, delphinas, Tampadas. 
 
 57. Rupes, patres, quies, res, dies, ames, doces, esses, to ties, 
 quoties — es, ades, potes — penes — miles, limes, eques, dives — 
 Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes, sonipes, quadrupes. Greek — 
 Anchises, Atrides, Penelopes, Circes — Tritones, Troes, Amaz- 
 ones, daemones, Socrates (Voc.) — cacoethes, hippomanes — here- 
 ses, phrases. 
 
 58. Classis, patris, is, quis, amabis, legis, legitis, ais, bis, 
 magis, fortassis — pennis, viris, regnis, nobis, vobis, illis, quis for 
 quibus, omnis for omnes, humilis for humiles — Quiris, Samnis, 
 lis, Salamis, Simois — gratis, ingratis, foris, glis, vis, vis, quam- 
 vis — audis, venis, fls, sis, adsis, possis, velis, nolis, malis — dede- 
 ris, fueris, dixeris, placaris. 
 
 59. Flos, dominos, custos, bonos, vos, heros — compos, impos, 
 os (a bone), eros. Greek — Minos, Androgeos, Athos — Claros, 
 Tenedos, Ilios — chaos, melos, Argos — Arcados, Pallados, Or- 
 pheos, Prometheos. 
 
 60. Annus, tempus, montibus, rebus, fructus (Norn. 8c Voc. 
 Sing.), legimus, sumus, paritus, tenus — jus, rus, grus, plus, sus 
 — fructus, luctus, portus, lacus — tellus, salus, servitus, palus, 
 Amathus, tripus, CEdipus. Greek — Clius, IMantus, Eratus, 
 Sapphus — Panthus, Jesus. 
 
 61. Capys, chelys, Erinnys — Phorcys, Trachys — Tethys. 
 
 62. Et, at, ut, tot, quot, amat, docet, legat, audivit, abit. 
 
APPENDIX. 161 
 
 SCANNING. 
 
 Scanning is the division of a verse into the several Feet 
 of which it is composed. 
 
 A verse is a certain number of syllables disposed so as 
 to form a line of poetry. 
 
 A Verse, when it contains the exact number of syllables, is called 
 Acaiakctic ; when it wants one syllable at the end to complete the 
 measure, it is called Catalectic ; when it wants two syllables, it is 
 called It r achy catalectic ; when it has a redundant syllable or foot, it 
 is called Hyper -catalectic, or Hypermeter, 
 
 A Foot is a portion of a Verse consisting of two or more 
 syllables. 
 
 The feet most commonly employed in Latin verse are the follow- 
 ing :— 
 
 1. A Spondee, which consists of two long syllables : as, rvpes. 
 
 2. An Iambus — a short and a long syllable : as, doces, 
 
 3. A Trochee — a long and short syllable : as, natus, 
 
 4. A Pyrrhic — two short syllables : as, deiis. 
 
 5. A Dactyl — a long and two short syllables : as, ponere. 
 
 6. An Anapcest — two short and a long syllable : as, bdnltds. 
 
 7. A Tribrach — three short syllables : as, legere. 
 
 8. A Choriambus — a long, two short, and a long syllable : as, 
 
 commemords. 
 
 CAESURA. 
 
 Caesura is the syllable which remains in the end of a word after the 
 completion of a foot. 
 
 The Caesura has received various names from the different positions 
 which it occupies in the verse. When it comes after the first foot, or 
 falls on the third half- foot, it is called Triemimeris, or the Triemi- 
 meral Caesura ; when it falls on the fifth half-foot, it is called Pen- 
 themimerls ; when it falls on the seventh half foot, it is called Heph- 
 themimeris ; when it falls on the ninth half-foot, it is called Enneemu 
 meris : as, 
 
 Ille la.-tus nive-um mo\-li ful-/ws hya-cintho. — Virg. 
 
 where tus, urn, li, tus, are examples of the Triemimeris, the Penthe- 
 mimeris, the Hephthemimeris, and the Enneemimeris. 
 
 The Caesura is commonly a long syllable ; but, when it falls on a 
 syllable naturally short, it sometimes renders it long: as, 
 
 Omnia vincit am-or, et nos cedamus amori. — Ovid* 
 
 The lengthening of a short syllable in the caesura may probably 
 be accounted for by the circumstance that the ancients in reciting their 
 verses were in the habit of resting the voice emphatically on the 
 caesural syllables, and longer time being thus assigned to them in 
 pronunciation, they would be artificially lengthened, though naturally 
 short. 
 
162 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 FIGURES IN SCANNING. 
 
 Figures in Scanning comprehend the various changes 
 which are made upon words to adapt them to the Verse. 
 
 SYXALCEPHA. 
 
 Synalcepha is the elision of the final Vowel or Diphthong, when the 
 following word begins with a vowel : as, 
 
 Conticuere omnes intentique ora tenebant. — Virg, 
 
 The Interjections o, heu, and ah, are not elided : as, 
 
 O et de Latia, o et de gente Sabina. — Ovid. 
 
 Other long Vowels and Diphthongs sometimes remain un-elided, 
 and are then generally made short : as, 
 
 Glauco, et Panopeae et Inoo Melicertae. — Virg, 
 
 ECTHLIPSIS. 
 
 EethUpsis is the elision of M with the preceding Vowel, when the 
 following word begins with a vowel : as, 
 
 O curas homim/m / o quantww est in rebus inane ! — Per*. 
 
 Sometimes, however, the syllable is not elided : as, 
 
 Et tantum venerata virwra, hunc sedula curet. — Tib. 
 
 SYNTHESIS. 
 
 Synceresis is the contraction of two Vowels, which naturally make 
 separate syllables, into one : as, Phcethon, for Pha-cthon ; aurea, for 
 aure-a. 
 
 Inarime Jovis imperiis imposta Typhoeo. — Virg. 
 
 Synaeresis is frequently employed in the following words : ' 
 
 Antehac, anteit, alveo, eadem, eodem, cui, hide, deest, decrat, deerit, 
 deliinc, dcin, deinceps, deinde, dii, diis, ii, iidem, iisdem, Sec. 
 
 I and u are frequently changed intoj and v, and joined, in pro*- 
 nunciation, with the following vowel: as, abjete, for abiete ; genv*' 
 for genua. 
 
 iEdificant, sectaque intexunt abjete costas. — Virg. 
 Genua labant, gelido concrevit frigore sanguis.— Virg. 
 
 DIAERESIS. 
 
 Diaeresis is the division of a Diphthong into two syllables : as, au- 
 lai for aidce ; suadent for suadenti 
 
 Aulai in medio libabant pocula Bacchi. — Virg. 
 
 J and v are sometimes changed into i and u, and form separate 
 syllables ; as, sub'iecta, for subjecta ; siliice, for silwe. 
 
 Si qua ferventi subVecta Cancro est. — Senec. 
 Aurarum et siliup metu. — Hor. 
 
APPENDIX. 163 
 
 DIFFERENT KINDS OF VERSE. 
 
 I. HEXAMETER. 
 
 Hexameter or Heroic verse consists of six feet, of which 
 the fifth is a Dactyl, and the sixth a Spondee ; the other 
 four may be either Dactyls or Spondees indiscriminately : 
 ' as, 
 
 Tityre- tu patu- lae recu- bans sab- tegmme- fagi. — Virg. 
 IntOn- si crl- nes long- ga cer- vice flu- ebat. — Tib. 
 
 Sometimes a Spondee occurs in the fifth place ; whence verses so 
 constructed are called Spondaic ; as, 
 
 Cara de- um subo- les mag- num Jovls- Incre- mentum. — Virg. 
 
 Spondaic verses are sometimes employed in solemn and mournful 
 descriptions, to express dignity, gravity, &c, and generally end in a 
 word of four syllables, with a Dactyl in the fourth foot. 
 
 II. PENTAMETER. 
 
 Pentameter verse consists of five feet. It is commonly 
 divided into two parts; the former consisting of two feet, 
 either Dactyls, or Spondees, and a Caesura ; the latter al- 
 ways containing two Dactyls and a Caesura : as, 
 
 Carmini- bus viv- es- tempus in- omne me- is. — Ovid. 
 
 This verse is generally combined with Hexameter in alternate 
 lines, and from this union is constituted, what is termed Elegiac 
 verse. 
 
 III. ASCLEPIADEAN. 
 
 Asclepiadean verse consists of a Spondee, a Dactyl, a 
 Caesura, and two Dactyls : as, 
 
 MaGce- nas ata- vis- edite- regibus. — Hor. 
 
 This species of verse, which is otherwise called Choriambic Trime- 
 ter Acatalectic, may also be scanned by a Spondee, two Choriambi, 
 and an Iambus. 
 
 IV. GLYCONIAN. 
 
 Glyconian Verse consists uf three feet ; a Spondee, and 
 two Dactyls : as, 
 
 Reddas- Incolii- mem precor. — Hor. 
 
 This species of verse, is otherwise called Choriambic Dimeter Aca~ 
 talectiCi and may be scanned by a Spondee, a Choriambus, and an 
 Iambus. Glyconian verse is usually combined with Asclepiadean. 
 
 v. sapphic and adonian. 
 Sapphic verse consists of five feet; a Trochee, a Spon- 
 dee, a Dactyl, and two Trochees : as, 
 
 Jam sa- tls ter- ris mvis- atque- dlrae. — Hur. 
 
164 RUDIMENTS. 
 
 Adonian verse, otherwise called Dactylic Dimeter Aca* 
 talectic, consists of a Dactyl and a Spondee : as, 
 
 Terruit- urbem Hor, 
 
 Sapphic and Adonian verses are always combined by the lyric 
 poets, in stanzas, consisting of three lines of the former, followed by 
 one of the latter. 
 
 VI. PHERECRATIAN. 
 
 Pherecratian verse consists of three feet ; a Spondee, a 
 Dactyl, and a Spondee : as, 
 
 Quamvls- PontTca- piniis. — Hor, 
 
 Pherecratian verse is otherwise called Choriambic Dimeter Catalec- 
 tic, and may also be scanned by a Spondee, a Choriambus, and a Ca- 
 talectic syllable. This verse is combined by Horace with Asclepia- 
 dean and Glyconian. 
 
 VII. PHALEUCIAN. 
 
 Phaleucian verse consists of five -feet ; a Spondee, a Dac- 
 tyl, and three Trochees : as, 
 
 Summam- nee metii- as di- era nee- optes. — Mart, 
 VIII. ALCAIC Or HORATIAN. 
 
 The Alcaic or Horatian stanza consists of four lines, ot 
 which the first two are Greater Dactylic Alcaic; the 
 third, Archilochian Iambic ; and the fourth, Lesser Dac- 
 tylic Alcaic, 
 
 Greater Dactylic Alcaic consists of a Spondee (varied sometimes 
 by an Iambus), an Iambus, a Caesura, and two Dactyls : as, 
 
 Cedes- coem- tis- saltibus- et domo. — Hor, 
 Vides- tit al- ta- stet nive- candidum. — Id, 
 
 Archilochian Iambic has a Spondee in the first and third places, 
 an Iambus in the second and fourth, with a Caesura in the end of the 
 line. The first foot is sometimes an Iambus : as, 
 
 Nee su- nrit aut- ponit- secu- res. — Hor, 
 Stete- re cau- sae cur- perl- rent. — Id, 
 
 Lesser Dactylic Alcaic consists of two Dactyls followed by two 
 Trochees : as, 
 
 Arbitri- o popu- laris- auras. — Hor, 
 
 Alcaic verse is called Horatian from its being used by Horace 
 more frequently than any other description of lyric metre. 
 
 IX. IAMBIC. 
 
 There are two kinds of Iambic verse, the one consisting 
 of four feet, the other of six. The former is called Iambic 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 J 65 
 
 Dimeter Catalectic ; the latter, Iambic Trimeter Acata- 
 lectic. 
 
 Iambic Verse originally admitted of no other foot but the Iambus : 
 
 **' 
 
 Inar- sit ae- stud- sms. — Hor. 
 
 Suis- et Ip- sa Ro- ma vi- ribus- ruit. — Id. 
 Afterwards, other feet, as the Spondee, the Dactyl, the Anapaest, 
 and the Tribrach were admitted into the first, third, and fifth places, 
 and sometimes, but very rarely, into the second and fourth. The 
 last continued invariably an Iambus : as, 
 Canidi- a ro- dens pol- licem — Hor. 
 Vide- re prope- rantCs- domiim. — Id. 
 Quoquo- sceles- ti rui- tis aut- cur dex- tens. — Id. 
 PavidQm- que lepo- rum aut- ad- venam- laqueo- gruem. — Id. 
 Aliti- bus at- que cam- bus homi- cidam Hec- torem. — Id. 
 Comic writers sometimes use an Iambic verse consisting of eight 
 feet, and therefore called Tetrameter, or Octonarius. 
 
 Besides these, the following kinds of verse are employed 
 in the lyric writings of Horace : 
 
 1. Dactylic Trochaic Archilochian, consisting of seven feet, of 
 which the first four are either Dactyls or Spondees, the remaining 
 three are Trochees : as, 
 
 Solvitiir- acris ht- ems gra- ta vice- veris- et Fa- voni. — Hor. 
 
 This verse is used in alternate lines with the following, B. I. Od. 
 IV. 
 
 2. Iambic Trimeter Catalectic, consisting of five feet and a Caesura, 
 and admitting of the same varieties as Iambic Trimeter. It must, 
 however, have an Iambus in the fifth place, on account of the defi- 
 ciency of a syllable in the sixth : as, 
 
 Trahunt- que sic- cas ma- chinae- carl- nas. — Hor. 
 
 This verse is used B. I. Od. IV. and is combined with the follow- 
 ing in alternate lines, B. II. Od. XVIII. 
 
 3. Trochaic Dimeter Catalectic, consisting of three Trochees, with 
 a Caesura : as, 
 
 Non e- bur ne- que aiire- iim. 
 
 4. The eighth Ode of the First Book contains two kinds of verse; 
 Choriambic Dimeter, consisting of a Dactyl and two Trochees ; and 
 Greater Sapphic, consisting of a Trochee, a Spondee, a Dactyl, a 
 Caesura, another Dactyl, and two Trochees : as, 
 
 Lydia- die per- omnes 
 
 Te de- os o- ro Syba- rim- cur prope- re's a- mando. 
 
 5. Greater Asclepiadean or Choriambic Pentameter, consisting of 
 
 II 
 
166 RUDIMENTS, 
 
 a Spondee, a Dactyl, a Caesura, another Dactyl and Caesura, and two 
 Dactyls : as, 
 
 Tu ne- quaeste- ris- scire ne- fas- quern mihi- quem tibi. 
 
 This verse is used, B. I. Odes XI. and XVIII. ; and B. IV. Od. 
 X. It may also be measured by a Spondee, three Choriambi, and an 
 Iambus. 
 
 6. Dactylic Tetrameter Acatalectic, consisting of the last four feet 
 of Hexameter s as, 
 
 Aiit Ephe- sum bona- risve Co- rlnthi. 
 O for- tes pe- joraque- passi. 
 
 This verse is combined in alternate lines with Hexameter, in the 
 7th and 28th Odes of the First Book, and in the 12th Epode. 
 
 7. Ionic a minore, employed B. III. Od. XII. may be divided 
 into eight feet, consisting of a Pyrrhic and a Spondee alternately : as, 
 
 Mise- rarum est- neque a- mori- dare- liidum- neque- dulci. 
 
 8. Dactylic Trimeter Catalectic, otherwise called the Lesser Archu 
 lochian % consisting of two Dactyls and a Caesura : as, 
 
 Arbori- busquS co- mae. 
 
 This verse is combined with Hexameter in alternate lines, B. IV. 
 Od. VII. 
 
 9. The 1 1 th Epode consists of Iambic Trimeter in the first verse, 
 and, in the second, of the latter part of Pentameter, followed by Iam- 
 bic Dimeter, which is called Archilochian Elegiambic ; as, 
 
 Scribere- versicu- los- am5- re per- cussum- gravi. 
 
 10. The 13th Epode, in the second verse, consists of Iambic DU 
 meter, followed by the latter half of Pentameter, and is called Iam- 
 belegiac : as, 
 
 NivSs- que de- ducunt- Jovem- nunc mare- nunc silu- ae. 
 
METRICAL TABLE 
 
 or THE 
 
 ODES OF HORACE. 
 
 3 Ode. M. 
 
 
 B. Ode. M. 
 
 1 B. 
 
 Ode. M. 
 
 . 1. III. 
 
 
 II. 1. VIII. 
 
 III. 
 
 19. IV, III. 
 
 2. V. 
 
 
 2. V. 
 
 
 20. V. 
 
 3. IV, III. 
 
 
 3. VIII. 
 
 
 21. VIII. 
 
 4. 1, 2. 
 
 
 4. V. 
 
 
 22. V. 
 
 5. Ill, VI, 
 
 IV. 
 
 5. VIII. 
 
 
 23. VIII. 
 
 C. III, IV. 
 
 
 6. V. 
 
 
 24. IV, III. 
 
 7. I, 6. 
 
 
 7. VIII. 
 
 
 25. IV, III. 
 
 8. 4. 
 
 
 8. V. 
 
 
 26. VIII. 
 
 9. VIII. 
 
 
 9. VIII. 
 
 
 27. V. 
 
 10. V. 
 
 
 10. V. 
 
 
 28. IV, III. 
 
 11. 5. 
 
 
 11. VIII. 
 
 
 29. VIII. 
 
 12. V. 
 
 
 12. Ill, IV. 
 
 
 30. III. 
 
 13. IV, III. 
 
 
 13. VIII. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. IV, III. 
 
 14. Ill, VI, 
 
 IV. 
 
 14. VIII. 
 
 
 2. V. 
 
 15. Ill, IV. 
 
 
 15. VIII. 
 
 
 3. IV, III. 
 
 16. VIII. 
 
 
 16. V. 
 
 
 4. VIII. 
 
 17. VIII. 
 
 
 17. VIII. 
 
 
 5. Ill, IV. 
 
 18. 5. 
 
 
 18. 3, 2. 
 
 
 6. V. 
 
 19. IV, III. 
 
 
 19. VIII. 
 
 
 7. I, 8. 
 
 20. V. 
 
 
 20. VIII. 
 
 
 8. III. 
 
 21. Ill, VI, 
 
 IV. 
 
 III. 1. VIII. 
 
 
 9. VIII. 
 
 22. V. 
 
 
 2. VIII. 
 
 
 10. 5. 
 
 23. Ill, VI, 
 
 IV. 
 
 3. VIII. 
 
 
 11. V. 
 
 24. Ill, IV. 
 
 
 4. VIII. 
 
 
 12. Ill, IV. 
 
 25. V. 
 
 
 5. VIII. 
 
 
 13. Ill, VI, IV, 
 
 26. VIII. 
 
 
 6. VIII. 
 
 
 14. VIII. 
 
 27. VIII. 
 
 
 7. Ill, VI, IV. 
 
 
 15. VIII. 
 
 28. I, 6. 
 
 
 8. V. 
 
 Ep. 1- 
 
 -10. IX. 
 
 29. VIII. 
 
 
 9. IV, III. 
 
 
 11. IX, 9. 
 
 30. V. 
 
 
 10. Ill, IV. 
 
 
 12. I, 6. 
 
 31. VIII. 
 
 
 11. V. 
 
 
 13. I, 10. 
 
 32. V. 
 
 
 12. 7. 
 
 
 14. I, IX. 
 
 33. Ill, IV. 
 
 
 13. Ill, VI, IV. 
 
 
 15. I, IX. 
 
 34. VIII. 
 
 
 14. V. 
 
 
 16. I, IX. 
 
 35. VIII. 
 
 
 15. IV, III. 
 
 
 17. IX. 
 
 36. IV, III. 
 
 
 16. Ill, IV. 
 
 Secular 
 
 
 37. VIII. 
 
 
 17. VIII. 
 
 Hymn. 
 
 V. 
 
 38. V. 
 
 
 18. V. 
 
 
 
INDEX 
 
 TO THE IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 
 CONTAINED IN THE APPENDIX. 
 
 The Numbers refer to the Sections of the Appendix, from page 93 to 107. 
 
 A 
 
 
 Apis 
 
 15 
 
 Bilbilis 
 
 8 
 
 A ccitu 
 
 26 
 
 Apium 
 
 31 
 
 Bilis 
 
 33 
 
 Accllvus 
 
 48 
 
 Aplustre 
 
 39 
 
 Bipennis 
 
 13 
 
 A chilli 
 
 6 
 
 Apollinares 
 
 35 
 
 Bonum 
 
 40 
 
 Acta 
 
 38 
 
 Aprllis 
 
 13 
 
 Bos 
 
 16 
 
 Admorritu 
 
 26 
 
 Aqualis 
 
 9 
 
 Braccae 
 
 37 
 
 Adolescens 
 
 54 
 
 Arbor 
 
 39 1 Brevia 
 
 38 
 
 TEdes 
 
 40 
 
 Arcanus 
 
 55 Bucolica 
 
 35 
 
 jfcdllis 
 
 13 
 
 Arduus 
 
 56 
 
 Buris 
 
 7 
 
 yEneadiim 
 
 2 
 
 Argilla 
 
 33 
 
 
 
 Squalls 
 
 55 
 
 Argos 
 
 21 
 
 C 
 
 
 Aer 
 
 10, 32 
 
 Argutiae 
 
 37 
 
 Cacoethes 
 
 28 
 
 ^Estiva 
 
 38 
 
 Anna 
 
 38 
 
 Caspe 
 
 25 
 
 jEther 10, 
 
 32,39 
 
 Artifex 
 
 42,47 
 
 Caster 
 
 47 
 
 Affabilis 
 
 55 
 
 Astu 
 
 27 
 
 Canalis 
 
 13 
 
 Affinis 
 
 13 
 
 Astus 
 
 27 
 
 Cancelli 
 
 36 
 
 Agathocli 
 
 6 
 
 Aulai 
 
 1 
 
 Cani 
 
 36 
 
 Album 
 
 34 
 
 Aurai 
 
 1 
 
 Cannabis 
 
 7,11 
 
 A lb us 
 
 56 
 
 Auris 
 
 9 
 
 Canorus 
 
 56 
 
 Ales 
 
 42,47 
 
 Aurum 
 
 31 
 
 Capus 
 
 39 
 
 Aliquis 
 
 46 
 
 Auxilium 
 
 39, 40 
 
 Carbasus 
 
 20 
 
 Aliquot 
 
 43 
 
 Avernus 
 
 18 
 
 Career 
 
 40 
 
 Alius 
 
 46 
 
 Avis 
 
 9, 13 
 
 Carnifex 
 
 47 
 
 Allobrogas 
 
 17 
 
 
 
 Caro 
 
 15 
 
 Almus 
 
 56 
 
 B 
 
 
 Carthagme 
 
 13 
 
 Alvear 
 
 39 
 
 Baccar 
 
 14 
 
 Casse 
 
 26 
 
 Amabilis 
 
 55 
 
 Bacchanalia 
 
 35 
 
 Cassis 
 
 39 
 
 Amaracus 
 
 39 
 
 Bacillus 
 
 39 
 
 Castrum 
 
 40 
 
 Arabage 
 
 26 
 
 Bastis 
 
 8, 11 
 
 Celer 
 
 42,47 
 
 Amnis 
 
 13 
 
 Balneum 
 
 23 
 
 Celeres, 
 
 36 
 
 Amussis 
 
 7 
 
 Balteus 
 
 39 
 
 Cepa 
 
 39 
 
 Anceps 
 
 42 
 
 Barathrum 
 
 34 
 
 Cete 
 
 28 
 
 Anclle 
 
 39 
 
 Batillus 
 
 39 
 
 Chaos 
 
 29 
 
 Angiportus 
 
 39 
 
 Bellaria 
 
 38 
 
 Charites 
 
 37 
 
 Anguis 
 
 13 
 
 BenefTcus 
 
 51 
 
 Cholera 
 
 33 
 
 Anterior 
 
 55 
 
 Benevolus 
 
 51 
 
 Cibaria 
 
 ZS 
 
 Antes 
 
 36 
 
 Bicorpor 
 
 47 
 
 Citer 
 
 50 
 
 Anubis 
 
 8 
 
 Bigae 
 
 37 
 
 Civilis 
 
 55 
 
 Aphractus 
 
 39 
 
 Bijugis 
 
 48 
 
 Civis 
 
 13 
 
INDEX. 
 
 169 
 
 Classis 
 
 13 
 
 Dispar 
 
 42 
 
 Feriae 
 
 37 
 
 Clavis, 
 
 9, 12 
 
 Ditionis 
 
 29 
 
 Fili 
 
 3 
 
 Clitellae 
 
 37 
 
 Diu 
 
 26 
 
 Fimus 
 
 32 
 
 Clypeus 
 
 39 
 
 Diuturnus 
 
 54 
 
 Finis 
 
 13, 40 
 
 Codicilli 
 
 36 
 
 Dives 42, 
 
 47,50 
 
 Flabra 
 
 38 
 
 Coelebs 
 
 41 
 
 Divitiae 
 
 37 
 
 Flebilis 
 
 55 
 
 Ccelicolum 
 
 2 
 
 Dos 
 
 15 
 
 Flexanimus 
 
 48 
 
 Ccelum 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 Famum 
 
 34 
 
 Cohors 
 
 15 
 
 E 
 
 
 Fori 
 
 36 
 
 Colluvies 
 
 39 
 
 Ebur 
 
 34 
 
 Fortuna 
 
 40 
 
 Comis 
 
 47 
 
 Effrenus 
 
 48 
 
 Fraga 
 
 38 
 
 Comitium 
 
 40 
 
 Egenus 
 
 56 
 
 Frenum 
 
 22 
 
 Compages 
 
 39 
 
 Elegi 
 
 39 
 
 Frugalis 
 
 55 
 
 Compar 
 
 42 
 
 Elephantus 
 
 39 
 
 Frux 
 
 29 
 
 Compedis 
 
 27 
 
 Elisabet 
 
 25 
 
 Fugitivus 
 
 56 
 
 Compos 
 
 41,47 
 
 Elysium 
 
 21 
 
 Fustis 
 
 13 
 
 Concolor 
 
 41,47 
 
 Epos 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 Conger 
 
 39 
 
 Ep iilum 
 
 23 
 
 G 
 
 
 Consors 
 
 42 
 
 Ergo 
 
 26 
 
 Gausapa 
 
 39 
 
 Copia 
 
 40 
 
 Esseda 
 
 39 
 
 Gelu 
 
 34,39 
 
 Cor 
 
 15 
 
 Euphrates 
 
 10 
 
 Gerrse 
 
 37 
 
 Cos 
 
 15 
 
 Eventus 
 
 39 
 
 Gibbus 
 
 39 
 
 Crepundia 
 
 38 
 
 Ex animus 
 
 48 
 
 Gloria 
 
 33 
 
 Crocus 
 
 39 
 
 Excubias 
 
 37 
 
 GlutTnum 
 
 39 
 
 Cubitus 
 
 39 
 
 Exos 
 
 47 
 
 Gracilis 
 
 49 
 
 Cucumis 
 
 7 
 
 Exsequiae 
 
 37 
 
 Grates 
 
 28 
 
 Cunabula 
 
 38 
 
 Exsomnis 
 
 48 
 
 Gratia 
 
 40 
 
 Cunae 
 
 37 
 
 Exspes 
 
 44 
 
 Grus 
 
 39 
 
 Cupedia 
 
 40 
 
 Exta 
 
 38 
 
 Gryps 
 
 15 
 
 Cutis 
 
 9, 12, 33 
 
 Exter 
 Exuviae 
 
 50 
 37 
 
 Gummis 
 
 7 
 
 D 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 Daphnis 
 
 6 
 
 F 
 
 
 Habilis 
 
 55 
 
 Daps 
 
 29 
 
 Facetiae 
 
 37 
 
 Hebes 
 
 47 
 
 Declivis 
 
 48, 55 
 
 Facilis 
 
 49 
 
 Heros 
 
 10 
 
 Degener 
 
 42, 47, 56 
 
 Facultas 
 
 40 
 
 Hesperus 
 
 32 
 
 Delirium 
 
 23 
 
 Faex 
 
 30 
 
 Hiems 
 
 28 
 
 Delie 
 
 4 
 
 Fama 
 
 33 
 
 Hierosolyma 
 
 35 
 
 Delphin 
 
 10 
 
 Fames 
 
 33 
 
 Hilaris 
 
 48 
 
 Deses 
 
 47 
 
 Familiaris 
 
 13 
 
 Hilum 
 
 34 
 
 Deterior 
 
 52 
 
 Far 
 
 14,28 
 
 Hortus 
 
 40 
 
 Dexter 
 
 50 
 
 Fas 
 
 28 
 
 Hospes 
 
 41 
 
 Dica 
 
 28 
 
 Fascis 
 
 40 
 
 Hospitftlis 
 
 55 
 
 Dicis 
 
 26 
 
 Fasti 
 
 36 
 
 Humilis 
 
 49 
 
 Dido 
 
 6 
 
 Fauce 
 
 15,26 
 
 Humus 
 
 33 
 
 Dilucalum 
 
 34 
 
 Fax 
 
 30 
 
 Hyberna 
 
 38 
 
 Diluvium 
 
 39 
 
 Febris 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 Dindymus 
 
 18 
 
 Februa 
 
 38 
 
 I 
 
 
 Dirae 
 
 37 
 
 Femmis 
 
 28 
 
 Idus 
 
 37 
 
I7U 
 
 
 
 INDEX, 
 
 
 
 
 Ignis 
 
 
 13 
 
 K 
 
 ' Manes 
 
 36 
 
 Ignobilis 
 
 
 55 
 
 Kalendae 
 
 37 Manubias 
 
 37 
 
 Ilia 
 
 
 38 
 
 
 1 Massicus 
 
 18 
 
 Illlmis 
 
 
 48 
 
 L 
 
 ' Materia 
 
 39 
 
 Imbecillis 
 
 48 
 
 ,49 
 
 Labes 
 
 30, 33 MatQrus 
 
 50 
 
 Imber 
 
 
 13 
 
 Lac 
 
 31 
 
 Matutlnus 
 
 56 
 
 Impar 
 
 
 42 
 
 Lacer 
 
 56 
 
 Mel 
 
 28 
 
 Jmpetis 
 
 
 27 
 
 Lactes 
 
 37 
 
 Melos 
 
 28 
 
 Impos 
 
 41 
 
 ,47 
 
 Lamenta 
 
 38 
 
 Memor 42, 
 
 47,56 
 
 Impubis 
 
 41 
 
 ,47 
 
 Lapicidinae 
 
 37 
 
 Menda 
 
 39 
 
 InanTmis 
 
 
 48 
 
 Lapithum 
 
 2 
 
 Mephitis 
 
 7 
 
 Incita 
 
 
 26 
 
 Lar 
 
 15 
 
 Meridies 
 
 32 
 
 Inclytus 
 
 
 53 
 
 Lardum 
 
 34 
 
 Meritus 
 
 53 
 
 Indoles 
 
 
 33 
 
 Laurus 
 
 39 
 
 Metus 
 
 28 
 
 Induciae 
 
 
 37 
 
 Lautia 
 
 38 
 
 Mille 
 
 25 
 
 Induviae 
 
 
 37 
 
 Legitlmus 
 
 56 
 
 Milliare 
 
 39 
 
 Ineptias 
 
 
 37 
 
 Lemures 
 
 36 
 
 Minae 
 
 37 
 
 Inermis 
 
 
 48 
 
 Lens 
 
 9 
 
 Minores 
 
 36 
 
 Inferi 
 
 
 36 
 
 Lethum 
 
 34 
 
 Mirabllis 
 
 55 
 
 Inferiae 
 
 
 27 
 
 Levisomnus 
 
 48 
 
 Mirificus 
 
 51 
 
 Inferus 
 
 
 50 
 
 Liberalis 
 
 55 
 
 Mirus 
 
 56 
 
 Inficias 
 
 
 26 
 
 Liberi 
 
 36 
 
 Mobilis 
 
 55 
 
 Ingeni 
 
 
 3 
 
 Limus 
 
 32 
 
 Mcenia 
 
 38 
 
 Ingens 
 
 
 54 
 
 Linter 
 
 15 
 
 MonTtum 
 
 39 
 
 Ingratiis 
 
 
 26 
 
 Litera 
 
 40 
 
 Mugil 
 
 13 
 
 Injugis 
 
 
 48 
 
 Locuples 
 
 42,47 
 
 Mundus 
 
 32 
 
 Injussu 
 
 
 26 
 
 Locus 
 
 19 
 
 Munia 
 
 28 
 
 Inops 
 
 42 
 
 ,47 
 
 Longinquus 
 
 55 
 
 Muria 
 
 39 
 
 Inquies 
 
 
 26 
 
 Lues 
 
 28 
 
 Mus 
 
 15 
 
 Insidiae 
 
 
 37 
 
 Lustrum 
 
 40 
 
 Muscus 
 
 32 
 
 Insomnis 
 
 
 48 
 
 Lutum 
 
 34 
 
 MusTca 
 
 31 
 
 Insons 
 
 
 47 
 
 Lux 
 
 30 
 
 Mutabilis 
 
 55 
 
 Instar 
 
 
 27 
 
 Luxus 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 Intercus 
 
 
 47 
 
 Lynx 
 
 15 
 
 N 
 
 
 Interdiu 
 
 
 26 
 
 
 
 Nasus 
 
 39 
 
 Interus 
 
 
 50 
 
 M 
 
 
 Natalis 
 
 13, 40 
 
 Invictus 
 
 
 53 
 
 Macedonas 
 
 17 
 
 Natu 
 
 26 
 
 Ismarus 
 
 
 18 
 
 Maceria 
 
 39 
 
 Nauci 
 
 26 
 
 
 
 
 Macies 
 
 31 
 
 Navis 
 
 9 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 Mactus 
 
 45 
 
 Necesse 
 
 44 
 
 Jerusalem 
 
 
 25 
 
 Masnalus 
 
 18 
 
 Nectar 
 
 14, 34 
 
 Jocus 
 
 
 19 
 
 JMagalia 
 
 38 
 
 Nefas 
 
 28 
 
 Jubar 
 
 14 
 
 ,34 
 
 Magnammus 
 
 48 
 
 Nemo 
 
 30 
 
 Jugeris 
 
 24 
 
 ,27 
 
 Magniloquus 
 
 51 
 
 Nequam 
 
 43, 55 
 
 Jugerum 
 
 
 24 
 
 Magnitudo 
 
 31 
 
 Neuter 
 
 46 
 
 Justa 
 
 
 38 
 
 Majores 
 
 36 
 
 Nex 
 
 29 
 
 Justitia 
 
 
 31 
 
 Majusculus 
 
 56 
 
 Nihil 
 
 28 
 
 Justitium 
 
 
 alCUS 
 
 51 
 
 Nil 
 
 28 
 
 Juvenis 
 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 Nix 
 
 16 
 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 1/1 
 
 NobTlis 
 
 55 
 
 Pestifer 
 
 56 
 
 Quantus 
 
 46 
 
 Noctu 
 
 26 
 
 Phalerae 
 
 37 
 
 Quicunque 
 
 46 
 
 Nonae 
 
 37 
 
 Pistrina 
 
 39 
 
 Quidam 
 
 46 
 
 Novus 
 
 53 
 
 Pitulta 
 
 33 
 
 Quies 
 
 33 
 
 Nox 
 
 15 
 
 Pius 
 
 4, 53 
 
 QuiHbet 
 
 46 
 
 Nugae 
 
 37 
 
 Pix 
 
 33 
 
 Quiris 
 
 15 
 
 Nullus 
 
 46 
 
 Plaga 
 
 40 
 
 Quisque 
 
 46 
 
 Nummum 
 
 5 
 
 Plebs 
 
 33,39 
 
 Quot 
 
 43 
 
 Nundinae 
 
 37 
 
 Plerlque 
 
 45 
 
 Quotcunque 
 
 43 
 
 Nuperus 
 
 53 
 
 Plus 
 
 45 
 
 Quotquot 
 
 43 
 
 Nuptiar 
 
 37 
 
 Poema 
 Pondo 
 
 16 
 25 
 
 Quotus 
 
 46 
 
 O 
 
 
 Pontus 
 
 32 
 
 R 
 
 
 Obsidio 
 
 39 
 
 Posteri 
 
 36 
 
 Rapum 
 
 39 
 
 Occiput 
 
 13 
 
 Posterus 
 
 50 
 
 Rastrum 
 
 22 
 
 Ocior 
 
 52 
 
 Postis 
 
 13 
 
 Ravis 
 
 7 
 
 Olympia 
 
 35 
 
 Potis 
 
 44 
 
 Redux 
 
 47 
 
 Opera 
 
 40 
 
 Praeceps 
 
 42 
 
 Regalis 
 
 55 
 
 Opimus 
 
 54 
 
 Praecordia 
 
 38 
 
 Reliquiae 
 
 37 
 
 Opis 15, 
 
 28,40 
 
 Praepes 
 
 47 
 
 Repetundarum 
 
 27 
 
 Opus 
 
 25 
 
 Praestigiaa 
 
 37 
 
 Reses 
 
 47 
 
 Orbis 
 
 13 
 
 Praetextus 
 
 39 
 
 Restis 
 
 9, 12 
 
 Orestes 
 
 10 Preci 
 
 28 
 
 Rivalis 
 
 13 
 
 Orgia 
 
 38 
 
 Precox 
 
 56 
 
 Ros 
 
 30 
 
 Os 
 
 15,30 
 
 Primitise 
 
 37 
 
 Rostrum 
 
 40 
 
 Osiris 
 
 8 
 
 Primoris 
 
 45 
 
 Rudis 
 
 13 
 
 Ostrea 
 
 39 
 
 Principium 
 
 40 1 Ruma 
 
 39 
 
 
 
 Prior 
 
 52 Rus 
 
 13, 28 
 
 P 
 
 
 Proceres 
 
 36, Ruscum 
 
 39 
 
 Pan 
 
 10 
 
 Procllvis 
 
 48 J 
 
 
 Pangasus 
 
 18 
 
 Proles 
 
 30, 33 1 S 
 
 
 Par U, 
 
 42, 53 
 
 Promptu 
 
 26 Sacer 
 
 53 
 
 Parental! a 
 
 38 
 
 Pronus 
 
 54 
 
 Sal 14, 
 
 34, 40 
 
 Parietinae 
 
 37 
 
 Propinquus 
 
 55 
 
 Salebrae 
 
 37 
 
 Pars 
 
 13, 40 
 
 Propior 
 
 52 
 
 Salinae 
 
 37 
 
 Particeps 
 
 42 
 
 Puber 
 
 47 
 
 Salum 
 
 30 
 
 Pater-familias 
 
 1 
 
 Pubes 
 
 33 
 
 Salus 
 
 33 
 
 Pauci 
 
 45 
 
 Pubis 
 
 41,47 
 
 Salutaris 
 
 55 
 
 Pauper 
 
 41,47 
 
 Pugil 
 
 13 
 
 Samnis 
 
 15 
 
 Pax 
 
 33 
 
 Pugillares 
 
 36 
 
 Sanguis 
 
 32 
 
 Peciidis 
 
 29 
 
 Pulvis 
 
 32 
 
 j Satias 
 
 30 
 
 Pelagus 
 
 34 
 
 Puppis 
 
 9 
 
 Satur 
 
 54 
 
 Pelvis 
 
 9 
 
 Pus 
 
 34 
 
 Scalae 
 
 37 
 
 Penates 
 
 36 
 
 Pusillanimis 
 
 48 
 
 Scopae 
 
 37 
 
 Penum 
 
 34 
 
 Pylades 
 
 10 
 
 Securis 
 
 9, 12 
 
 Penus 
 
 32, 39 
 
 
 
 Segmen 
 
 39 
 
 Peplus 
 
 39 
 
 Q 
 
 
 Sementis 
 
 9, 12 
 
 Pergamus 
 
 20 
 
 Quadriga? 
 
 37 SemianTmis 
 
 48 
 
 Persuasus 
 
 53 
 
 .Qualis 
 
 46 
 
 Seminecis 
 
 45 
 
J72 
 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 Semis 
 
 25 | Superus 
 
 50 ! Tros 
 
 10 
 
 Semisomnus 
 
 48 J Suppetiae 
 
 27 Tulli 
 
 3 
 
 Senectus 
 
 31 i Supplex 
 
 42, 47jTurris 
 
 9 
 
 Senex 
 
 41, 54|Sus 
 
 16 ' Tussis 
 
 7 
 
 Separ 
 
 42 j SyracQsae 
 
 35! 
 
 
 Sepes 
 
 39iSyrtis 
 
 s\ U 
 
 
 September 
 
 13 
 
 
 •Uber 
 
 42,47 
 
 Septunx 
 
 15 
 
 T 
 
 ■ Ulterior 
 
 52 
 
 Sequior 
 
 55 
 
 Tabes 
 
 28 ! Ultrix 
 
 47 
 
 Sera pis 
 
 8 
 
 Tabum 
 
 28 
 
 Unguis 
 
 13 
 
 Sestertium 
 
 5 
 
 Taenarus 
 
 18 
 
 Utensilia 
 
 38 
 
 Sextans 
 
 15 
 
 Talaria 
 
 38 
 
 Uter 
 
 15 
 
 Sibil us 
 
 30 
 
 Tantundem 
 
 44 
 
 Uter 
 
 46 
 
 Similis 
 
 49 
 
 Tartarus 
 
 18 
 
 
 
 Sinapis 
 
 7,11 
 
 Taygetus 
 
 18 
 
 V 
 
 
 Sinister 
 
 50 
 
 Tellus 
 
 33 
 
 Valvae 
 
 37 
 
 Sinus 
 
 39 
 
 Tempe 
 
 28 
 
 Vas 
 
 24 
 
 Sitis 7, 
 
 11, 33 
 
 Tenebrae 
 
 37 
 
 Vectis 
 
 13 
 
 Situs 
 
 30 
 
 Tenellus 
 
 56 
 
 Venia 
 
 33 
 
 Soboles 
 
 30, 33 
 
 Teres 
 
 47 
 
 Vepres 
 
 £8 
 
 Sodalis 
 
 13 
 
 Tesqua 
 
 38 
 
 Ver 
 
 34 
 
 Sol 
 
 30 
 
 Thermae 
 
 37 
 
 Verbe'ris 
 
 27 
 
 Sons 
 
 47 
 
 Thermopylae 
 
 35 
 
 Versic51or 
 
 56 
 
 Sopor 
 
 32 Thus 
 
 28 
 
 Vesper 
 
 27 
 
 Sordis 
 
 29 Tiberis 
 
 8 
 
 Vespera 
 
 33 
 
 Sors 
 
 13 Tignus 
 
 39 
 
 V r eternus 
 
 32,39 
 
 Sospes 4 1 
 
 47, 56 Tigris 
 
 11 
 
 Vetus 
 
 41, 50 
 
 Sphinx 
 
 15 l Tonitrus 
 
 39 
 
 Vicis 
 
 29 
 
 Sponsalia 
 
 38 ' Toral 
 
 39 
 
 Victrix 
 
 47 
 
 Spontis 
 
 27 
 
 Torcular 
 
 39 
 
 Vigil 
 
 42, 47 
 
 Stabllis 
 
 55 
 
 Tot 
 
 43 Vindicias 
 
 37 
 
 Statlva 
 
 38 
 
 Totidem 
 
 43 Virus 
 
 34 
 
 Stramen 
 
 39 
 
 Transtra 
 
 38 
 
 Vis 
 
 7 
 
 Strigilis 
 
 9, 12 
 
 Tricae 
 
 37 
 
 Viscum 
 
 31, 39 
 
 Subllmis 
 
 48 
 
 Tricorpor 
 
 41 
 
 Vitrum 
 
 34 
 
 Suffimen 
 
 39 
 
 Tricuspis 
 
 41 
 
 Vocalis 
 
 55 
 
 Supellex 
 
 13, 33 
 
 Trigae 
 
 37 Volucris 
 
 13, 42 
 
 Superi 
 
 36 
 
 Tripes 
 
 41 Voliipe 
 
 44 
 
 Superstes 
 
 41,47 
 
 Triticum 
 
 31 
 
 Vulgus 
 
 34,39 
 
 THE END. 
 
 FEINTED BY OLIVEB AND BOYD, 
 TWEEDDALE COUBT, HIGH STBEET, EDINBURGH. 
 
EDUCATIONAL WOKKS published by OLIVEE and BOYD, 
 Edinburgh ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., London. 
 
 A Medal was awarded by Her Majesty's Commissioners of the Inter- 
 national Exhibition to Messrs Oliver and Boyd for their Educational 
 Works , in which are now included the greater part of the Educational 
 Publications of Mr James Gordon, to whom a Medal was also awarded. 
 
 ENGLISH BEADING, GRAMMAR, Etc. *• d. 
 
 Armstrong's English Composition, Part I. Is. 6d. — Part II 2 
 
 Both Parts in one, 3s. — Key to ditto 2 
 
 English Etymology 2 
 
 English Etymology for Junior Classes 4 
 
 Connon's System of English Grammar 2 6 
 
 First Spelling Book 6 
 
 Cowper's Poems, with Life by M'Diarmid 2 
 
 Dalgleish's Outlines of English Grammar and Analysis, with 
 
 Exercises. Just published. [Key, nearly ready] . 8 
 
 Progressive English Grammar [Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 
 
 Grammatical Analysis, with Exercises [Key, 2s.]... 9 
 
 English Composition in Prose & Yerse [Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 6 
 
 Demaus' Selections from Paradise Lost, with Notes 1 6 
 
 Analysis of Sentences 3 
 
 Ewing's Principles of Elocution, improved by Calvert 3 6 
 
 Fisher's Assembly's Shorter Catechism Explained 2 
 
 Fulton's Edition of Johnson's Dictionary 1 6 
 
 Lennie's Child's A, B, C, Part I. l}d.— Part II. 3d.— Ladder.... 10 
 
 Principles of English Grammar [The Key, 3s. 6d.] 1 6 
 
 Lessons from Dr M'Culloch's First Reading-Book, large type, for 
 
 hanging on the wall, 10 sheets, Is.; or mounted on Roller 1 8 
 
 M'Culloch's First Reading-Book, l}d.— Second Reading-Book.. 3 
 
 Third Reading-Book 10 
 
 Fourth Reading-Book and Synopsis of Spelling 1 6 
 
 Series of Lessons in Prose and Verse 2 
 
 Course of Reading in Science and Literature 3 
 
 Manual of English Grammar 1 6 
 
 * Prefixes and Affixes of the English Language 2 
 
 M'Dowall's Rhetorical Readings for Schools 2 6 
 
 Millen's Initiatory English Grammar 1 
 
 Milton's Poems, with Life and Notes. Oliver and Boyd's Edition 2 
 
 Morell's Poetical Reading-Book 2 6 
 
 Rae's First Lessons in English Grammar 6 
 
 Reid's Rudiments of English Grammar 6 
 
 Rudiments of English Composition [The Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 
 
 Pronouncing English Dictionary, Reduced to 5 
 
2 OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 
 
 English Reading, etc., continued. s. d.\ 
 
 Robinson's (Canon) Shakspeare's King Richard II. ; with His- 
 torical and Critical Introductions ; Grammatical, Philological, 
 
 and Miscellaneous Notes. Just published 2 o| 
 
 Robinson's (Canon) Wordsworth's Excursion. The Wanderer. 
 
 With Notes to aid in Analysis and Paraphrasing 8 I 
 
 Sessional School Etymological Guide 2 6 
 
 Old Testament Biography 6 
 
 New Testament Biography 6 
 
 Spalding's (Professor) History of English Literature 3 6 
 
 White's System of English Grammar 1 6 I 
 
 OBJECT LESSONS. 
 Object Lesson Cards on the Vegetahle Kingdom. Set of 20 in a Box 21 
 Ross's How to Train Young Eyes and Ears, a Manual of Object 
 Lessons for Parents and Teachers 1 6 
 
 WRITING, ARITHMETIC, AND BOOK-KEEPING. 
 
 Gray's Introduction to Arithmetic [The Key, 2s.] 10 
 
 Hutton's Arithmetic & Book-keeping, by S. & D. Entry, by Trotter 2 6 
 
 Book-keeping, by S. & D. Entry, by Trotter, separately 2 
 
 Two Ruled Writing Books for Ditto : Single Entry 1 6 
 
 Double Entry 1 6 
 
 Ingram's Principles of Arithmetic, Improved Edition [Key, 2s.] ... 1 
 
 Maclaren's Arithmetic for Junior Classes, with Answers annexed 6 
 
 System of Practical Book-keeping 1 6 
 
 A Set of Ruled Writing Books adapted for the Work 1 6 
 
 Melrose's Arithmetic, by Trotter, Improved Edition [Key, 2s. 6d.] 1 6 
 
 Scott's First Lessons in Arithmetic [Answers, 6d.] 6 
 
 Mental Calculation Text-Book, Pupil's Copy 6 
 
 Teacher's Copy 6 
 
 Writing Copy-Books, withEngraved Headings, in a progres- 
 sive Series of 20 Numbers : Post Paper, 4d. ; MediumPaper , each 3 
 
 Copy Lines, 30 Sorts each 4 
 
 Smith's Practical Arithmetic for Junior Classes [Answers, 6d.]... 6 
 
 Practical Arithmetic for Senior Classes [Answers, 6d.]... 2 
 
 Key to Ditto 2 6 
 
 Stewart's First Lessons in Arithmetic [Answers, 6d.] 6 
 
 Practical Arithmetic, Improved Edition [The Key, 2s.] 1 6 
 
 Trotter's Arithmetic for Junior Classes [Answers, 6d.] 6 
 
 Arithmetic for Advanced Classes [Answers, 6d.] 6 
 
 The abqye two Books bound together in leather.... 1 3 
 CompleX^7 stem of Arithmetic [The Key, 4s. 6d.] 3 
 
 _ /L . . 
 
OLIVER AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 3 
 
 GEOGRAPHY AND ASTRONOMY. s. d. 
 
 Clyde's (Dr) Elementary Geography 1 6 
 
 School Geography 4 
 
 Edinburgh Academy Modern Geography 2 6 
 
 Ancient Geography 3 
 
 Ewing's Geography, with Astronomy and Physical Geography... 4 6 
 
 with 14 Maps 6 
 
 General Atlas of Modern Geography, 29 Maps 7 6 
 
 Lawson's Geography of the British Empire 3 
 
 Mathematical and Physical Geography 1 3 
 
 Murphy's Bible Atlas, 24 Maps, coloured, & Historical Descriptions 1 6 
 
 Reed's Rudiments of Modern Geography (Map), Is. ; with 5 Maps 1 3 
 
 First Book of Geography (Reid's Rudiments abridged) 6 
 
 Outlines of Sacred Geography, with Map of Palestine 6 
 
 Introductory Atlas of Modern Geography, 10 Maps 2 6 
 
 I School Atlas of Modern Geography, 16 Maps 5 
 
 Reid's (Hugo) Elements of Astronomy 3 
 
 Physical Geography,with Astronomy (Phys. Chart). 1 
 
 Stewart's Modern Geography, with Physical Geography and 
 
 Astronomy, Maps, and Physical Chart 3 6 
 
 White's Abstract of General Geography (with 4 Maps, lg. 3d.)... 1 
 
 System of Modern Geography (with 4 Maps, 2s. 9d.) 2 6 
 
 School Atlas of Modern Geography, 24 Maps , 6 
 
 Elementary Atlas of Modern Geography, 10 Maps 2 6 
 
 SCHOOL SONGS. 
 
 Hunter's School Songs for Junior Classes : 60 Songs, mostly 
 for two voices, 4d. — Second Series, 63 Songs 4 
 
 School Songs for Advanced Classes: 44 Songs, mostly 
 
 for three voices, 6d. — Second Series, 46 Songs. 6 
 
 School Psalmody. 58 pieces arranged for three voices 4 
 
 HOUSEHOLD ECONOMY. 
 
 Gordon's Household Economy, a Manual for Female Training 
 Colleges and the Senior Classes of Girls' Schools 2 
 
 MATHEMATICS, NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, Etc. 
 
 Ingram's Mathematics, by Trotter [The Key, 3s. 6d.], reduced to.., 4 6 
 
 Mensuration, by Trotter 2 
 
 Ingram & Trotter's Euclid's Plane Geometry and Trigonometry 1 6 
 
 Elements of Algebra 3 
 
 Lee's Catechism of Natural Philosophy, Parts I. & II., each 9 
 
 Nicol's (Professor) Introductory Book of the Sciences 1 6 
 
 Trotter's Logarithms and Practical Mathematics 3 
 
4 OLIVEE ABD BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 
 
 HISTORY. s. 
 
 Corkran's History of England in Epochs, with Maps and Genea- 
 logical and Chronological Tables 2 6 I 
 
 Graham's (Dr) Genealogical and Historical Diagrams 4 6 
 
 Simpson's History of Scotland, with Map 3 6 
 
 Goldsmith's History of England, with Map 3 6 
 
 Goldsmith's History of Rome, with Map 3 6 
 
 Goldsmith's History of Greece, with Map 3 
 
 Tytler's Elements of General History, with 2 Maps, etc 3 6 
 
 Watts' Scripture History, with Notiee by Dr Tweedie 2 
 
 White's History of England for Junior Classes 1 6 
 
 History of Scotland for Junior Classes 1 6 
 
 History of Scotland for Senior Classes 3 6 
 
 History of Great Britain and Ireland, with an Account 
 
 of the Present State and Resources of the United King- 
 dom and its Colonies. With Map, reduced to 3 
 
 History of France, with Map 3 6 
 
 Sacred History 1 6 
 
 Outlines of the History of Rome 1 6 
 
 Outlines of Universal History 2 
 
 Elements of Universal History, 7s.; or in separate Parts, 
 
 Ancient History — Middle Ages— Modern History each 2 
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 Olympus and its Inhabitants : a Narrative Sketch of the Classical 
 Mythology, by Agnes Smith. Edited by John Carmichael, M. A. 3 
 
 ITALIAN. 
 
 Lemmi's Theoretical and Practical Italian Grammar [Key, 5s.]... 5 
 Rampini's Italian Grammar [Key, 2s.] t 2 6 
 
 GAELIC. 
 
 Forbes' Principles of Gaelic Grammar 3 6 
 
 LOGIC. 
 
 Baynes' (Professor) Port Royal Logic 4 
 
 SCHOOL REGISTERS. 
 
 Myron's School Register of Attendance, Absence, and Fees, ar- 
 ranged on a New and Improved Plan, and adapted to the 
 Revised Code. Each folio serves 50 pupils for a Quarter 1 
 
 Pupil's Daily Register of Marks. Spaces for 48 Weeks ; with 
 Spaces for a Summary and Order of Merit for each month, for 
 each quarter, and for the year 2 
 
OLIVES AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 5 
 
 LATIN AND GREEK. * d. 
 
 Ainsworth's Latin Dictionary, by Duncan 9 
 
 Cicero's Orationes Selectae, by Professor Ferguson 1 6 
 
 Cato Major, Laelius, etc., by Professor Ferguson 1 6 
 
 De Officiis, by Professor Ferguson 1 6 
 
 Clyde's (Dr) Greek Syntax, with Notice by Professor Blackie.... 4 
 
 Dymock's Caesar, with Notes, Index, and Map of Gaul 4 
 
 Sallust, with Notes and Index 2 
 
 Edinburgh Academy Class-Books : — 
 
 Eudiments of the Latin Language 2 
 
 Latin Delectus, with Vocabulary 3 
 
 Rudiments of the Greek Language 3 6 
 
 Greek Extracts, with Vocabulary and Index 3 6 
 
 Ciceronis Opera Selecta, published at 4s. 6d 3 
 
 Selecta e Poetis Latinis 3 
 
 Ferguson's (Professor) Grammatical Exercises, with Notes and 
 
 Vocabulary [Key, 2s.] 2 
 
 Introductory Latin Delectus, with Vocabulary 2 
 
 Ovid's Metamorphoses, with Notes and Index 2 6 
 
 Fergusson's (Dr J.) Greek Exercises, Vocaby [The Key, 3s. 6d.]. 3 6 
 
 Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I. and II., with Vocab. 2 6 
 
 Geddes' (Professor) Greek Grammar, for Colleges and Schools... 4 
 
 Greek Testament, Griesbach's Readings, by Duncan, reduced to 3 6 
 
 Hamilton's Functions of Si and Qui 6 
 
 True Theory of the Subjunctive 5 
 
 True Theory of the Greek Negative MjJ, 3 6 
 
 Homer's Iliad, by Veitch,fromBekker's Text, and Index, reduced to 3 6 
 
 Books I., VI., XX., and XXIV., with a copious 
 
 Vocabulary, by J. Fergusson, M.D 3 6 
 
 Hunter's Ruddiman's Latin Rudiments 1 6 
 
 Sallust, with Notes 1 6 
 
 Virgil, with Critical Notes 2 6 
 
 Horace, with various Readings 2 
 
 Livy's History, Books XXI. to XXV., with Notes 4 
 
 Latin Testament by Beza, revised by Dickinson 3 6 
 
 M'Dowall's Csesar, with Vocabulary, Notes, Map, and Memoir... 3 
 
 Virgil, with Vocabulary, Notes, and Memoir 3 
 
 Macgowan's First Latin Lessons, by Dr Halle, with Vocabulary 2 
 
 Second Latin Lessons, with Vocabulary 2 6 
 
 Matr's Introduction to Latin Syntax, by Stewart, with Vocabulary 3 
 
 M assie's Latin Prose Composition, with Vocab. & Index Verborum 3 6 
 
 Melville's Lectiones Selectae, for Beginners, with Vocabulary... 1 6 
 Neilson's Eutropius and Aurelius Victor, New Edition, Improved 
 
 by M'Dowall, with Vocabulary, etc 2 
 
 Stewart's Cornelius Nepos, with Notes, Index, and Vocabulary 3 
 
6 OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 
 
 FRENCH. s. d. 
 
 Beljame's Grammar of the French Language, 2s. ; or with Exer- 
 cises, 3s. 6d. Exercises separately 2 
 
 Caron's First French Class-Book [The Key, Is.] 1 
 
 First French Eeading-Book, with Vocabulary 1 
 
 French Grammar, with Exercises [The Key 2s.] 2 
 
 Chambaud's Fables Choisies, by Scot & Wells, with Vocabulary 2 
 
 Christison's Easy Grammar of the French Language [Key, 8d.]... 1 4 
 
 Eecueil de Fables et Contes Choisis, with Vocabulary 1 4 
 
 Fleury's Histoire de France, with Translations of the 
 
 more difficult and idiomatic passages 2 6 
 
 French Testament, Ostervald's Protestant Version, neat,gt.edges 1 6 
 
 Gibson's Le Petit Fablier, with copious Vocabulary 1 6 
 
 Hallard's French Grammar, with Exercises, reduced to 3 6 
 
 The Key 3 6 
 
 Longmoor's Catechism of French Grammar 9 
 
 Schneider's Edinburgh High School French Conversation- 
 Grammar [The Key, 2s. 6d.] 3 6 
 
 Edinburgh High School New Practical French 
 
 Reader, with Questions in French on the subjects read 3 6 
 Edinburgh High School French Manual of Con- 
 versation and Commercial Correspondence 2 6 
 
 Surenne's New French Dialogues 2 
 
 French Manual and Traveller's Companion 3 6 
 
 French Heading Instructor, reduced to 2 6 
 
 French and English Dictionary, without Pronunciation, 3 6 
 
 Pronouncing French and English Dictionary. 22d 
 
 Thousand. [Pronunciation shown by are-spelling of the words.'].. 1 6 
 
 Pronouncing French Primer 1 6 
 
 Fenelon'sTelemaque,2vols,eachls.; or bound together 2 6 
 
 Moliere's L'Avare, stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d) 1 
 
 Moliere's Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme (bound, Is. 6d.) 1 
 
 Moliere's Le Misanthrope and LeMariage Force, 1 vol. 
 
 stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d.) 1 
 
 Voltaire's Histoirede Charles XII, stiff wrapper (bd. 1/6) 1 
 
 , Voltaire's Russie sous Pierre le Grand, 2 vols, each... 1 
 
 Voltaire's La Henriade, stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d)... 1 
 
 Synoptical Tables of the French Language 1 6 
 
 Wolski's French Extracts for Beginners 2 6 
 
 New French Grammar, with Copious Exercises 3 6 
 
 *#* A detailed Catalogue will be forwarded post free, on application 
 to Oliver and Boyd; and a specimen copy of any Booh will likewise be sent 
 post free on receipt of the retail price in postage stamps. 
 
FRENCH CLASS-BOOKS, 
 
 By CHARLES HENEI SCHNEIDER, F.E.T.S., M.C.P., 
 
 FRENCH MASTER IN THE HIGH SCHOOL, EDINBURGH, ETC. 
 
 THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL FRENCH 
 CONVERSATION-GRAMMAR : arranged on an entirely New 
 Plan, with Questions and Answers in French. 17th Edition. 
 Price 3s. 6d. 
 
 KEY TO THE EXERCISES. Price 2s. 6d. Also, 
 
 THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL NEW PRACTICAL 
 FRENCH READER, with Questions in French on the Subjects 
 read. 16 th Edition. Price 3s. 6d. Also, 
 
 THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL FRENCH 
 MANUAL OF CONVERSATION AND COMMERCIAL 
 CORRESPONDENCE. 7th Edition. Price 2s. 6d. 
 
 From Professor Max Muller, of the University of Oxford. 
 
 " Oxford, January 27, 1862. 
 " Dear Sir, — I have had real pleasure in examining your French Grammar. 
 The system you have adopted is well calculated to impress each rule and its 
 application on the mind of the pupil. The book is "well arranged, and hears 
 clear traces of being the work of an experienced teacher and a thoughtful 
 mind. Your French Header forms a useful companion to your Grammar. 
 Yours sincerely." 
 
 From J. Gregory Jones, Esq., Secretary to the Liverpool College. 
 
 " Liverpool College, December 8, 1864. 
 " Dear Sir, — The introduction of a good French Grammar into the College 
 has for some time been a subject of anxiety to the Principal. After a careful 
 inspection of some of the best which have come under his notice, he has 
 determined to adopt yours. I shall be glad if you will forward to me, as soon 
 as you can, 300 copies of your Grammar." 
 
 (Since this first order was executed, 400 copies more have been sent to the 
 College.) 
 
 The author vrill be happy to transmit, free by post, to the principals 
 of public or private schools, a specimen copy of any of these boohs on the 
 following conditions : — 
 
 A Prospectus of the school must be forwarded, along with 24 stamps for 
 either of the books, 36 for one Grammar and Reader, and 42 for the three books. 
 French teachers will receive any of these books free by post, by sending the 
 author their cards and 12 stamps to the High School, Edinburgh. 
 
 Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh. Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., London. 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 HEW AND EEVISED EDITIONS. 
 
 OUTLINES OF UNIYEKSAL HISTORY, in Three Parts. 
 Part I. Ancient History. Part II. Middle Ages. Part III. Modern History. 
 Edited by H. White, B.A., Trinity College, Cambridge; M.A. and Ph. Dr., | 
 Heidelberg. 8th Edition, continued to the Autumn of 1866. Price 2s. 
 
 DR WHITE'S ELEMENTS OF UNIVERSAL HISTORY, on 
 
 a New and Systematic Plan. In Three Parts. Part I. Ancient History. 
 Part II. History of the Middle Ages. Part III. Modern History. With a 
 Map. 10th Edition, continuedto the Autumn of 1866. 7s.; or in Parts, 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 This work contains numerous synoptical and other tables, to guide the re- 
 searches of the student, with sketches of literature, antiquities, and manners 
 during each of the great chronological epochs. 
 
 TYTLER'S ELEMENTS OF GENERAL HISTORY, Ancient 
 and Modern. To which are added, a Comparative View of Ancient and 
 Modern Geography, and a Table of Chronology. With two large Maps, etc. 
 New Edition, continued to the middle of 1866. 3s. 6d. 
 
 EDINBURGH ACADEMY MODERN GEOGRAPHY. Eleventh 
 Edition (Sept. 1866), Revised and Enlarged. A handsome Class-book printed 
 with large type. 2s. 6d. 
 
 SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. By James Clyde, LL.D., one of the 
 
 Classical Masters of the Edinburgh Academy. With special Chapters on 
 Mathematical and Physical Geography, and Technological Appendix. 10th 
 Edition (Oct. 1866), Corrected throughout. 4s. 
 
 In composing the present work, the author's object has been, not to dissect 
 the several countries of the world, and then label their dead limbs, but to depict 
 each country, as made by God and modified by man, so that the relations 
 between the country and its inhabitants — in other words, the present geo- 
 graphical life of the country — may appear. 
 
 Athenaum. — " We have been struck with the ability and value of this work, 
 which is a great advance upon previous Geographic Manuals. . . . Almost 
 for the first time, we have here met with a School Geography that is quite 
 a readable book, — one that, being intended for advanced pupils, is well adapted 
 to make them study the subject with a degree of interest they have never yet 
 felt in it. 
 
 DR CLYDE'S ELEMENTARY GEOGRAPHY. 10th Edition 
 
 (Oct. 1866), Corrected throughout. Is. 6d. 
 
 In the Elementary Geography (intended for less advanced pupils), it has been 
 endeavoured to reproduce that life-like grouping of facts — geographical por- 
 traiture as it may be called — which has been remarked with approbation in 
 the School Geography. 
 
 Edinburgh : Oliver and Boyd. London : Simpkin, Marshall, and Co. 
 
( 
 
OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 
 School Geography. By James Clyde, LL.D., one of the 
 
 Classical Masters of the Edinburgh Academy. With special Chapters 
 on Mathematical and Physical Geography, and Technological Appen- 
 dix. 10th Edition (October 1866), Corrected throughout. 4s. 
 
 In composing the present work, the author's object has been, not 
 to dissect the several countries of the world, and then label their dead 
 limbs, but to depict each country, as made by G-od and modified by man, 
 so that the relations between the country and its inhabitants — in other 
 words, the present geographical life of the country — may appear. 
 
 Athenaeum. — " We have been struck with the ability and value of this 
 work, which is a great advance upon previous Geographic Manuals. . . . 
 Almost for the first time, we have here met with a School Geography that 
 is quite a readable book, — one that, being intended for advanced pupils, is 
 well adapted to make them study the subject with a degree of interest they 
 have never yet felt in it. . . Students preparing for the recently-instituted 
 University and Civil Service examinations will find this their best guide." 
 
 Dr Clyde's Elementary Geography. 10th Edition 
 
 (October 1866), Corrected throughout. Is. 6d. 
 
 In the Elementary Geography (intended for less advanced pupils), it has 
 been endeavoured to reproduce that life-like grouping of facts — geographical 
 portraiture, as it may be called — which has been remarked with approbation 
 in the School Geography. 
 
 Greek Syntax, with a Eationale of the Constructions, by 
 James Clyde, LL.D., one of the Classical Masters of the Edinburgh 
 Academy. With Prefatory Notice by John S. Blackie, Professor 
 of Greek in the University of Edinburgh. Third Edition. 4s. 
 
 Greek Grammar for the Use of Colleges and Schools. 
 
 By Professor Geddes, University of Aberdeen. 7th Edition. 4s. 
 
 The author has endeavoured to construct such a book as might combine 
 the clearness and conciseness of the older Greek Grammars with the accu- 
 racy and fulness of more recent ones. 
 
 Geography of the British Empire. By William Lawson, 
 
 St Mark's College, Chelsea. 3d Edition, with Corrections. 3s. 
 Part I. Outlines of Mathematical and Physical Geography. 
 
 II. Physical, Political, and Commercial Geography of the British Islands. 
 III. Physical, Political, and Commercial Geography of the British Colonies. 
 
 The Museum. — " It is out of sight the best book on the subject that we 
 possess. It is as far as possible removed from being a dry book. . . . 
 The volume contains a vast amount of interesting and accurate information, 
 well arranged and happily illustrated." 
 
 Lawson's Outlines of Mathematical and Physical 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. Is. 3d. Contains the First Part of the Author's 
 Geography of the British Empire, 
 
OLIVEK AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEES. 
 Edinburgh Academy Modern Geography. Eleventh 
 
 Edition (Sept. 1866), Revised and Enlarged. 2s. 6d. 
 
 *.£* This is a handsome class-book, printed on fine paper with 
 a large type, and is especially adapted for schools where a manual in 
 a small type and condensed form is considered objectionable. 
 
 A Compendium of Modern Geography, Political, 
 
 Physical and Mathematical: With a Chapter on the Ancient 
 
 Geography of Palestine, Outlines of Astronomy and of Geology, 
 
 a Glossary of Geographical Names, Descriptive and Pronouncing 
 
 Tables, Questions for Examination, etc. By the Eev. Alex. 
 
 Stewart, LL.D. 20th Edition, Revised; with 11 Maps, of which 
 
 5 are by W. & A. K. Johnston. 3s. 6d. 
 
 The work includes an Alphabetical table of the Chief Eoots of Geograph- 
 ical Names. Such an analytical glossary, it is believed, will be of use in 
 exciting the interest of the scholar ; while it both increases his knowledge, 
 and, by exercising his reflective faculties, makes him more fully master of 
 what he learns. 
 
 A Concise History of England in Epochs. By J. F. 
 
 Corkran. With Maps and Genealogical and Chronological Tables, 
 
 and comprehensive Questions to each Chapter. 5th Edition. 2s. 6d. 
 
 *#* Intended chiefly for the Senior Classes of Schools, and for the 
 
 Junior Students of Training Colleges. 
 
 The writer has endeavoured to convey a broad and full impression of the 
 great Epochs, and to develop with care, but in subordination to the rest of 
 the narrative, the growth of Law and of the Constitution. 
 
 History of English Literature ; with an Outline of the 
 
 Origin and Growth of the English Language. Illustrated by 
 Extracts. For the Use of Schools and of Private Students. 
 By Wm. Spalding, A.M., late Professor of Logic, Ehetoric, and 
 Metaphysics, in the University of St Andrews. 3s. 6d. 9th Edition. 
 
 School Songs. By T. M. Hunter. With Preface by 
 
 J. Currie, M.A., Principal of the Church of Scotland Training 
 
 College, Edinburgh. 
 
 For Junior Classes : 60 Songs, principally for two voices. 4d. 
 
 Do. do. Second Series : 63 Songs. 4d. Just Published. 
 
 For Advanced Classes, 44 Songs, principally for three voices. 6d. 
 
 Do. do. Second Series : 46 Songs. 6d. Just Published. 
 
 %* Notice. — The Second Seetes has been published to meet the desire of 
 Teachers who wished a greater variety of Songs than were contained in the 
 First Series. 
 
 School Psalmody. Containing 58 pieces for three voices. 4d. 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 003 040 106 2 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ..>*..■,■■■: 
 
 « 
 
 w